|
78
|
1 ;;; Do NOT edit this file!
|
|
|
2 ;;; It is automatically generated using "make autoloads"
|
|
|
3 ;;; See update-autoloads.sh and autoload.el for more details.
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
5
|
|
100
|
6 ;;;### (autoloads (BibTeX-auto-store) "latex" "auctex/latex.el")
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
8 (autoload 'BibTeX-auto-store "latex" "\
|
|
|
9 This function should be called from bibtex-mode-hook.
|
|
|
10 It will setup BibTeX to store keys in an auto file." nil nil)
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
12 ;;;***
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-info" "auctex/tex-info.el")
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 ;;;***
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
18 ;;;### (autoloads (japanese-latex-mode japanese-plain-tex-mode) "tex-jp" "auctex/tex-jp.el")
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
20 (autoload 'japanese-plain-tex-mode "tex-jp" "\
|
|
|
21 Major mode for editing files of input for Japanese plain TeX.
|
|
|
22 Set japanese-TeX-mode to t, and enters plain-tex-mode." t nil)
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
24 (autoload 'japanese-latex-mode "tex-jp" "\
|
|
|
25 Major mode for editing files of input for Japanese plain TeX.
|
|
|
26 Set japanese-TeX-mode to t, and enters latex-mode." t nil)
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
28 ;;;***
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
30 ;;;### (autoloads (TeX-submit-bug-report TeX-insert-quote TeX-auto-generate-global TeX-auto-generate ams-tex-mode) "tex" "auctex/tex.el")
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
32 (autoload 'ams-tex-mode "tex" "\
|
|
|
33 Major mode for editing files of input for AmS TeX.
|
|
|
34 See info under AUC TeX for documentation.
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
36 Special commands:
|
|
|
37 \\{TeX-mode-map}
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
39 Entering AmS-tex-mode calls the value of text-mode-hook,
|
|
|
40 then the value of TeX-mode-hook, and then the value
|
|
|
41 of AmS-TeX-mode-hook." t nil)
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
43 (autoload 'TeX-auto-generate "tex" "\
|
|
|
44 Generate style file for TEX and store it in AUTO.
|
|
|
45 If TEX is a directory, generate style files for all files in the directory." t nil)
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
47 (autoload 'TeX-auto-generate-global "tex" "\
|
|
|
48 Create global auto directory for global TeX macro definitions." t nil)
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
50 (autoload 'TeX-insert-quote "tex" "\
|
|
|
51 Insert the appropriate quote marks for TeX.
|
|
|
52 Inserts the value of `TeX-open-quote' (normally ``) or `TeX-close-quote'
|
|
|
53 \(normally '') depending on the context. If `TeX-quote-after-quote'
|
|
|
54 is non-nil, this insertion works only after \".
|
|
|
55 With prefix argument, always inserts \" characters." t nil)
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
57 (autoload 'TeX-submit-bug-report "tex" "\
|
|
|
58 Submit via mail a bug report on AUC TeX" t nil)
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 ;;;***
|
|
|
61
|
|
78
|
62 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-recompile-directory-norecurse batch-byte-compile display-call-tree byte-compile-sexp byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-file byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "bytecomp/bytecomp.el")
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
64 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
65 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
|
|
|
66 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
68 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
69 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
|
|
|
70 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
|
|
|
71 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also unless argument
|
|
|
72 NORECURSION is non-nil.
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
74 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
|
|
|
75 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
|
|
|
76 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
|
|
|
77 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
79 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
81 If the fourth argument FORCE is non-nil,
|
|
|
82 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
84 (autoload 'byte-recompile-file "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
85 Recompile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME if it needs recompilation.
|
|
|
86 This is if the `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
88 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not*
|
|
|
89 compiled. But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user
|
|
|
90 whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 don't ask and recompile anyway." t nil)
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
92 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
93 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
|
|
|
94 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
|
|
|
95 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling." t nil)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
97 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
98 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
|
|
|
99 Print the result in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
100 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
102 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
103 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
|
|
|
104 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
106 (autoload 'byte-compile-sexp "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
107 Compile and return SEXP." nil nil)
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
109 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
110 Display a call graph of a specified file.
|
|
|
111 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
|
|
|
112 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
|
|
|
113 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
|
|
|
114 all functions called by those functions.
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
116 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
|
|
|
117 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
|
|
|
118 cons, etc.).
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
120 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
|
|
|
121 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
|
|
|
122 invoked interactively." t nil)
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
124 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
125 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
126 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
|
|
|
127 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
|
|
|
128 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
129 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
131 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory-norecurse "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
132 Same as `batch-byte-recompile-directory' but without recursion." nil nil)
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
134 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
135 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
136 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
137 For example, invoke `xemacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
139 ;;;***
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
141 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "bytecomp/disass.el")
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
143 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
|
|
|
144 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
|
|
|
145 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
|
|
|
146 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
|
|
|
147 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
|
|
|
148 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
150 ;;;***
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el")
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
154 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
156 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
158 ;;;***
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el")
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
162 (defvar calendar-setup 'one-frame "\
|
|
|
163 The frame set up of the calendar.
|
|
|
164 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
|
|
|
165 dediciated frame) or `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
|
|
|
166 frames); with any other value the current frame is used.")
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
168 ;;;***
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
170 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el")
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
172 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
|
|
|
173 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
|
|
|
174 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
176 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
|
|
|
177 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
|
|
|
178 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
|
|
|
179 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
|
|
|
180 the screen.")
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
182 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
|
|
|
183 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
|
|
|
184 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
|
|
|
185 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
|
|
|
186 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
188 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
|
|
|
189 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
|
|
|
190 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
|
|
|
191 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
|
|
|
192 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
|
|
|
193 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
|
|
|
194 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
196 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
|
|
|
197 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
|
|
|
198 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
|
|
|
199 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
|
|
|
200 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
202 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
|
|
|
203 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
|
|
|
204 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
206 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
|
|
|
207 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
|
|
|
208 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
210 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
|
|
|
211 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
|
|
|
212 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
|
|
|
213 displayed.")
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
215 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
|
|
|
216 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
|
|
|
217 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
219 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
|
|
|
220 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
|
|
|
221 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
|
|
|
222
|
|
|
223 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
225 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
|
|
|
226 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
|
|
|
227 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
|
|
|
228
|
|
|
229 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
|
|
|
230 calendar.")
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
232 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
|
|
|
233 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
|
|
|
234 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
236 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
|
|
|
237 calendar.")
|
|
|
238
|
|
|
239 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
|
|
|
240 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
|
|
|
241 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
243 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
|
|
|
244 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
|
|
|
245 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
|
|
|
246 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
|
|
|
247 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
249 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
|
|
|
250 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
|
|
|
251 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
|
|
|
252 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
|
|
|
253 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
|
|
|
254 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
|
|
|
255 a function is also provided for this:
|
|
|
256 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
|
|
|
257
|
|
|
258 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
|
|
|
259 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
|
|
|
260 date is not visible in the window.
|
|
|
261
|
|
|
262 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
|
|
|
263 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
|
|
|
264 functions that move by days and weeks.")
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
266 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
|
|
|
267 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
|
|
|
268
|
|
|
269 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
|
|
|
270 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
|
|
|
271 date is visible in the window.
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
273 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
|
|
|
274 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
|
|
|
275 functions that move by days and weeks.")
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
277 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
|
|
|
278 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
|
|
|
279
|
|
|
280 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
282 MONTH/DAY
|
|
|
283 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
|
|
|
284 MONTHNAME DAY
|
|
|
285 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
|
|
|
286 DAYNAME
|
|
|
287
|
|
|
288 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
|
|
|
289 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
|
|
|
290 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
|
|
|
291 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
|
|
|
292 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
|
|
|
293 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
|
|
|
294 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
|
|
|
295 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
|
|
|
296 respectively.
|
|
|
297
|
|
|
298 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
|
|
|
299 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
|
|
|
300 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
|
|
|
301
|
|
|
302 DAY/MONTH
|
|
|
303 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
|
|
|
304 DAY MONTHNAME
|
|
|
305 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
|
|
|
306 DAYNAME
|
|
|
307
|
|
|
308 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
|
|
|
309 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
311 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
|
|
|
312 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
|
|
|
313 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
|
|
|
314 window but will appear in a diary window.
|
|
|
315
|
|
|
316 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
|
|
|
317 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
|
|
|
318
|
|
|
319 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
|
|
|
320 entries (in the default American style):
|
|
|
321
|
|
|
322 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
|
|
|
323 &1/1. Happy New Year!
|
|
|
324 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
|
|
|
325 21: Payday
|
|
|
326 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
|
|
|
327 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
|
|
|
328 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
|
|
|
329 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
|
|
|
330 mar 16 Dad's birthday
|
|
|
331 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
|
|
|
332 &* 15 time cards due.
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
334 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
|
|
|
335 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
|
|
|
336 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
|
|
|
337 single diary entry
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
339 02/11/1989
|
|
|
340 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
|
|
|
341 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
|
|
|
342 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
|
|
|
343 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
|
|
|
344 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
|
|
|
345 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
|
|
|
346
|
|
|
347 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
|
|
|
348 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
|
|
|
349 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
|
|
|
350
|
|
|
351 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
|
|
|
352
|
|
|
353 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
|
|
|
354
|
|
|
355 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
|
|
|
356 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
|
|
|
357 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
|
|
|
358 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
|
|
|
359 `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', `diary-phases-of-moon',
|
|
|
360 `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', and
|
|
|
361 `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
|
|
|
362 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
|
|
|
363
|
|
|
364 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
|
|
|
365 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
|
|
|
366 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
|
|
|
367 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
|
|
|
368 for these functions for details.
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
370 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
|
|
|
371 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
|
|
|
372
|
|
|
373 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
|
|
|
374 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
376 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
|
|
|
377 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
|
|
|
378
|
|
|
379 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
|
|
|
380 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
382 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
|
|
|
383 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
|
|
|
384 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
|
|
|
385
|
|
|
386 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
|
|
|
387 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
|
|
|
388 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
390 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
|
|
|
391 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
|
|
|
392 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
|
|
|
393 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
|
|
|
394
|
|
|
395 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
|
|
|
396 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
|
|
|
397 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
|
|
|
398 1990. The accepted European date styles are
|
|
|
399
|
|
|
400 DAY/MONTH
|
|
|
401 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
|
|
|
402 DAY MONTHNAME
|
|
|
403 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
|
|
|
404 DAYNAME
|
|
|
405
|
|
|
406 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
|
|
|
407 characters with or without a period.")
|
|
|
408
|
|
|
409 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern '((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
|
|
|
410 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
|
|
|
411 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
413 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern '((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<[^*0-9]") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "\
|
|
|
414 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
|
|
|
415 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
417 (defvar european-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year) "\
|
|
|
418 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
|
|
|
419 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
421 (defvar american-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year) "\
|
|
|
422 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
|
|
|
423 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
|
|
|
424
|
|
|
425 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook 'lpr-buffer "\
|
|
|
426 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
|
|
|
427 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
|
|
|
428 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
|
|
|
429 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
|
|
|
430 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
|
|
|
431
|
|
|
432 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
|
|
|
433 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
|
|
|
434 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
|
|
|
435
|
|
|
436 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
|
|
|
437 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
|
|
|
438 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
|
|
|
439 of the form
|
|
|
440
|
|
|
441 #include \"filename\"
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
443 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
|
|
|
444 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
|
|
|
445 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
|
|
|
446 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
|
|
|
447 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
|
|
|
448
|
|
|
449 For example, you could use
|
|
|
450
|
|
|
451 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
|
|
|
452 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
|
|
|
453 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
|
|
|
454
|
|
|
455 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
|
|
|
456 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
|
|
|
457 lexicographic order.")
|
|
|
458
|
|
|
459 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
|
|
|
460 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
|
|
|
461 Can be used for appointment notification.")
|
|
|
462
|
|
|
463 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
|
|
|
464 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
|
|
|
465 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
|
|
|
466 diary display.
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
468 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
|
|
|
469 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
|
|
|
470 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
|
|
|
471 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
|
|
|
472 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
|
|
|
473 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
|
|
|
474 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
|
|
|
475
|
|
|
476 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
|
|
|
477 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
|
|
|
478 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
|
|
|
479 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
|
|
|
480 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
|
|
|
481 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
|
|
|
482 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
|
|
|
483 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
|
|
|
484
|
|
|
485 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
|
|
|
486 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
|
|
|
487 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
|
|
|
488 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
|
|
|
489 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
|
|
|
490 describes the style of such diary entries.")
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
492 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
|
|
|
493 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
|
|
|
494
|
|
|
495 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
|
|
|
496 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
|
|
|
497 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
|
|
|
498 of the form
|
|
|
499 #include \"filename\"
|
|
|
500 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
|
|
|
501 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
|
|
|
502 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
|
|
|
503 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
|
|
|
504 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
|
|
|
505
|
|
|
506 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
|
|
|
507 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
|
|
|
508 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
|
|
|
509 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
|
|
|
510 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
|
|
|
511 describes the style of such diary entries.")
|
|
|
512
|
|
|
513 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
|
|
|
514 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
|
|
|
515 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
|
|
|
516 are holidays.")
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
518 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
|
|
|
519 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
|
|
|
520 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
|
|
|
521 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
|
|
|
522 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
524 (defvar general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Ground Hog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fool's Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
|
|
|
525 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
|
|
|
526 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
527
|
|
|
528 (put 'general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
530 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
|
|
|
531 *Local holidays.
|
|
|
532 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
533
|
|
|
534 (put 'local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
536 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
|
|
|
537 *User defined holidays.
|
|
|
538 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
539
|
|
|
540 (put 'other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
541
|
|
|
542 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))
|
|
|
543
|
|
|
544 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
545
|
|
|
546 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))
|
|
|
547
|
|
|
548 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
549
|
|
|
550 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))
|
|
|
551
|
|
|
552 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
553
|
|
|
554 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))
|
|
|
555
|
|
|
556 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
557
|
|
|
558 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
|
|
|
559 *Jewish holidays.
|
|
|
560 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
561
|
|
|
562 (put 'hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
563
|
|
|
564 (defvar christian-holidays '((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas"))) "\
|
|
|
565 *Christian holidays.
|
|
|
566 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
567
|
|
|
568 (put 'christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
569
|
|
|
570 (defvar islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))) "\
|
|
|
571 *Islamic holidays.
|
|
|
572 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
573
|
|
|
574 (put 'islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
575
|
|
|
576 (defvar solar-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require 'cal-dst) t) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts '(format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) "")))) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends '(format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))) "\
|
|
|
577 *Sun-related holidays.
|
|
|
578 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
579
|
|
|
580 (put 'solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
582 (defvar calendar-holidays (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays christian-holidays hebrew-holidays islamic-holidays solar-holidays) "\
|
|
|
583 *List of notable days for the command M-x holidays.
|
|
|
584
|
|
|
585 Additional holidays are easy to add to the list, just put them in the list
|
|
|
586 `other-holidays' in your .emacs file. Similarly, by setting any of
|
|
|
587 `general-holidays', `local-holidays' `christian-holidays', `hebrew-holidays',
|
|
|
588 `islamic-holidays', or `solar-holidays' to nil in your .emacs file, you can
|
|
|
589 eliminate unwanted categories of holidays. The intention is that (in the US)
|
|
|
590 `local-holidays' be set in site-init.el and `other-holidays' be set by the
|
|
|
591 user.
|
|
|
592
|
|
|
593 Entries on the list are expressions that return (possibly empty) lists of
|
|
|
594 items of the form ((month day year) string) of a holiday in the in the
|
|
|
595 three-month period centered around `displayed-month' of `displayed-year'.
|
|
|
596 Several basic functions are provided for this purpose:
|
|
|
597
|
|
|
598 (holiday-fixed MONTH DAY STRING) is a fixed date on the Gregorian calendar
|
|
|
599 (holiday-float MONTH DAYNAME K STRING &optional day) is the Kth DAYNAME in
|
|
|
600 MONTH on the Gregorian calendar (0 for Sunday,
|
|
|
601 etc.); K<0 means count back from the end of the
|
|
|
602 month. An optional parameter DAY means the Kth
|
|
|
603 DAYNAME after/before MONTH DAY.
|
|
|
604 (holiday-hebrew MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Hebrew calendar
|
|
|
605 (holiday-islamic MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Islamic calendar
|
|
|
606 (holiday-julian MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Julian calendar
|
|
|
607 (holiday-sexp SEXP STRING) SEXP is a Gregorian-date-valued expression
|
|
|
608 in the variable `year'; if it evaluates to
|
|
|
609 a visible date, that's the holiday; if it
|
|
|
610 evaluates to nil, there's no holiday. STRING
|
|
|
611 is an expression in the variable `date'.
|
|
|
612
|
|
|
613 For example, to add Bastille Day, celebrated in France on July 14, add
|
|
|
614
|
|
|
615 (holiday-fixed 7 14 \"Bastille Day\")
|
|
|
616
|
|
|
617 to the list. To add Hurricane Supplication Day, celebrated in the Virgin
|
|
|
618 Islands on the fourth Monday in August, add
|
|
|
619
|
|
|
620 (holiday-float 8 1 4 \"Hurricane Supplication Day\")
|
|
|
621
|
|
|
622 to the list (the last Monday would be specified with `-1' instead of `4').
|
|
|
623 To add the last day of Hanukkah to the list, use
|
|
|
624
|
|
|
625 (holiday-hebrew 10 2 \"Last day of Hanukkah\")
|
|
|
626
|
|
|
627 since the Hebrew months are numbered with 1 starting from Nisan, while to
|
|
|
628 add the Islamic feast celebrating Mohammed's birthday use
|
|
|
629
|
|
|
630 (holiday-islamic 3 12 \"Mohammed's Birthday\")
|
|
|
631
|
|
|
632 since the Islamic months are numbered from 1 starting with Muharram. To
|
|
|
633 add Thomas Jefferson's birthday, April 2, 1743 (Julian), use
|
|
|
634
|
|
|
635 (holiday-julian 4 2 \"Jefferson's Birthday\")
|
|
|
636
|
|
|
637 To include a holiday conditionally, use the sexp form or a conditional. For
|
|
|
638 example, to include American presidential elections, which occur on the first
|
|
|
639 Tuesday after the first Monday in November of years divisible by 4, add
|
|
|
640
|
|
|
641 (holiday-sexp
|
|
|
642 (if (zerop (% year 4))
|
|
|
643 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
|
|
|
644 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
|
|
|
645 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
|
|
|
646 (list 11 1 year)))))))
|
|
|
647 \"US Presidential Election\")
|
|
|
648
|
|
|
649 or
|
|
|
650
|
|
|
651 (if (zerop (% displayed-year 4))
|
|
|
652 (holiday-fixed 11
|
|
|
653 (extract-calendar-day
|
|
|
654 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
|
|
|
655 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
|
|
|
656 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
|
|
|
657 (list 11 1 displayed-year)))))))
|
|
|
658 \"US Presidential Election\"))
|
|
|
659
|
|
|
660 to the list. To include the phases of the moon, add
|
|
|
661
|
|
|
662 (lunar-phases)
|
|
|
663
|
|
|
664 to the holiday list, where `lunar-phases' is an Emacs-Lisp function that
|
|
|
665 you've written to return a (possibly empty) list of the relevant VISIBLE dates
|
|
|
666 with descriptive strings such as
|
|
|
667
|
|
|
668 (((2 6 1989) \"New Moon\") ((2 12 1989) \"First Quarter Moon\") ... ).")
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
670 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
671
|
|
|
672 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
|
|
|
673 Display a three-month calendar in another window.
|
|
|
674 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in the middle
|
|
|
675 surrounded by the previous and next months. The cursor is put on today's date.
|
|
|
676
|
|
|
677 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
678
|
|
|
679 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file; appropriate setting
|
|
|
680 of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' will cause the diary entries for
|
|
|
681 the current date to be displayed in another window. The value of the variable
|
|
|
682 `number-of-diary-entries' controls the number of days of diary entries
|
|
|
683 displayed upon initial display of the calendar.
|
|
|
684
|
|
|
685 An optional prefix argument ARG causes the calendar displayed to be ARG
|
|
|
686 months in the future if ARG is positive or in the past if ARG is negative;
|
|
|
687 in this case the cursor goes on the first day of the month.
|
|
|
688
|
|
|
689 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved into view.
|
|
|
690 Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar can be scrolled forward
|
|
|
691 or backward.
|
|
|
692
|
|
|
693 The cursor can be moved forward or backward by one day, one week, one month,
|
|
|
694 or one year. All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
|
|
|
695 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the digit keys
|
|
|
696 and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. The window is replotted as
|
|
|
697 necessary to display the desired date.
|
|
|
698
|
|
|
699 Diary entries can be marked on the calendar or displayed in another window.
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
701 Use M-x describe-mode for details of the key bindings in the calendar window.
|
|
|
702
|
|
|
703 The Gregorian calendar is assumed.
|
|
|
704
|
|
|
705 After loading the calendar, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
706 `calendar-load-hook' are run. This is the place to add key bindings to the
|
|
|
707 calendar-mode-map.
|
|
|
708
|
|
|
709 After preparing the calendar window initially, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
710 `initial-calendar-window-hook' are run.
|
|
|
711
|
|
|
712 The hooks given by the variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' are run
|
|
|
713 everytime the calendar window gets scrolled, if the current date is visible
|
|
|
714 in the window. If it is not visible, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
715 `today-invisible-calendar-hook' are run. Thus, for example, setting
|
|
|
716 `today-visible-calendar-hook' to 'calendar-star-date will cause today's date
|
|
|
717 to be replaced by asterisks to highlight it whenever it is in the window." t nil)
|
|
|
718
|
|
|
719 (autoload 'list-yahrzeit-dates "calendar" "\
|
|
|
720 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
|
|
|
721 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
|
|
|
722 from the cursor position." t nil)
|
|
|
723
|
|
|
724 ;;;***
|
|
|
725
|
|
|
726 ;;;### (autoloads (diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el")
|
|
|
727
|
|
|
728 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
|
|
|
729 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
|
|
|
730 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
|
|
|
731 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
|
|
|
732 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
|
|
|
733
|
|
|
734 ;;;***
|
|
|
735
|
|
|
736 ;;;### (autoloads (holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el")
|
|
|
737
|
|
|
738 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
|
|
|
739 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
|
|
|
740 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
741
|
|
|
742 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
743
|
|
|
744 ;;;***
|
|
|
745
|
|
|
746 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el")
|
|
|
747
|
|
|
748 (autoload 'phases-of-moon "lunar" "\
|
|
|
749 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
|
|
|
750 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
751
|
|
|
752 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
753
|
|
|
754 ;;;***
|
|
|
755
|
|
|
756 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el")
|
|
|
757
|
|
|
758 (defvar calendar-time-display-form '(12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")")) "\
|
|
|
759 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
|
|
|
760
|
|
|
761 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
|
|
|
762 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
|
|
|
763 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
|
|
|
764
|
|
|
765 For example, the form
|
|
|
766
|
|
|
767 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
|
|
|
768 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
|
|
|
769
|
|
|
770 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
772 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
|
|
|
773 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
|
|
|
774
|
|
|
775 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
|
|
|
776 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
|
|
|
777 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
|
|
|
778 York City.
|
|
|
779
|
|
|
780 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
781
|
|
|
782 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
|
|
|
783 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
|
|
|
784
|
|
|
785 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
|
|
|
786 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
|
|
|
787 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
|
|
|
788 York City.
|
|
|
789
|
|
|
790 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
791
|
|
|
792 (defvar calendar-location-name '(let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'north) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'east) "E" "W")))) "\
|
|
|
793 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', calendar-latitude'.
|
|
|
794 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
|
|
|
795 pair.
|
|
|
796
|
|
|
797 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
798
|
|
|
799 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
|
|
|
800 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to +/- 2 minutes.
|
|
|
801 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
|
|
|
802
|
|
|
803 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
|
|
|
804 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
|
|
|
805
|
|
|
806 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
807
|
|
|
808 (autoload 'solar-equinoxes-solstices "solar" "\
|
|
|
809 Date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
|
|
|
810 Requires floating point." nil nil)
|
|
|
811
|
|
|
812 ;;;***
|
|
|
813
|
|
|
814 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-dynamic-list-completions comint-dynamic-complete comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint/comint.el")
|
|
|
815
|
|
|
816 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
|
|
|
817 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
|
|
|
818 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
|
|
|
819 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
|
|
|
820 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
|
|
|
821 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
|
|
|
822 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
|
|
|
823 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
|
|
|
824
|
|
|
825 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
|
|
|
826
|
|
|
827 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
|
|
|
828 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
|
|
|
829 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
|
|
|
830 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
|
|
|
831 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
|
|
|
832 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
|
|
|
833
|
|
|
834 (autoload 'comint-dynamic-complete "comint" "\
|
|
|
835 Dynamically perform completion at point.
|
|
|
836 Calls the functions in `comint-dynamic-complete-functions' to perform
|
|
|
837 completion until a function returns non-nil, at which point completion is
|
|
|
838 assumed to have occurred." t nil)
|
|
|
839
|
|
|
840 (autoload 'comint-dynamic-list-completions "comint" "\
|
|
|
841 List in help buffer sorted COMPLETIONS.
|
|
|
842 Typing SPC flushes the help buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
843
|
|
|
844 ;;;***
|
|
|
845
|
|
|
846 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb) "gdb" "comint/gdb.el")
|
|
|
847
|
|
|
848 (defvar gdb-command-name "gdb" "\
|
|
|
849 Pathname for executing gdb.")
|
|
|
850
|
|
|
851 (autoload 'gdb "gdb" "\
|
|
|
852 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gdb-FILE*.
|
|
|
853 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
854 and source-file directory for GDB. If you wish to change this, use
|
|
|
855 the GDB commands `cd DIR' and `directory'." t nil)
|
|
|
856
|
|
|
857 ;;;***
|
|
|
858
|
|
|
859 ;;;### (autoloads (gdbsrc) "gdbsrc" "comint/gdbsrc.el")
|
|
|
860
|
|
|
861 (autoload 'gdbsrc "gdbsrc" "\
|
|
|
862 Activates a gdb session with gdbsrc-mode turned on. A numeric prefix
|
|
|
863 argument can be used to specify a running process to attach, and a non-numeric
|
|
|
864 prefix argument will cause you to be prompted for a core file to debug." t nil)
|
|
|
865
|
|
|
866 ;;;***
|
|
|
867
|
|
|
868 ;;;### (autoloads (perldb xdb dbx sdb) "gud" "comint/gud.el")
|
|
|
869
|
|
|
870 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
|
|
|
871 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
872 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
873 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
874
|
|
|
875 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
|
|
|
876 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
877 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
878 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
879
|
|
|
880 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
|
|
|
881 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
882 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
883 and source-file directory for your debugger.
|
|
|
884
|
|
|
885 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
|
|
|
886 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
|
|
|
887
|
|
|
888 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
|
|
|
889 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
890 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
891 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
892
|
|
|
893 ;;;***
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "comint/inf-lisp.el")
|
|
|
896
|
|
|
897 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
|
|
|
898
|
|
|
899 ;;;***
|
|
|
900
|
|
|
901 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "comint/rlogin.el")
|
|
|
902
|
|
|
903 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
|
|
|
904
|
|
|
905 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
|
|
|
906 Open a network login connection to HOST via the `rlogin' program.
|
|
|
907 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
|
|
|
908
|
|
|
909 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
|
|
|
910 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
|
|
|
911 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
|
|
|
912 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
|
|
|
913
|
|
|
914 When called from a program, if the optional second argument is a string or
|
|
|
915 buffer, it names the buffer to use.
|
|
|
916
|
|
|
917 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
|
|
|
918 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
|
|
|
919
|
|
|
920 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
|
|
|
921 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
|
|
|
922 INPUT-ARGS.
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
924 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
|
|
|
925 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
|
|
|
926 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
|
|
|
927 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
|
|
|
928 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
|
|
|
929
|
|
|
930 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
|
|
|
931 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
|
|
|
932 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
|
|
|
933 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
935 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
|
|
|
936 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
|
|
|
937 variable." t nil)
|
|
|
938
|
|
|
939 ;;;***
|
|
|
940
|
|
|
941 ;;;### (autoloads (shell) "shell" "comint/shell.el")
|
|
|
942
|
|
|
943 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern (purecopy "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *") "\
|
|
|
944 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
|
|
|
945 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
|
|
|
946 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
|
|
|
947 shell buffer.
|
|
|
948
|
|
|
949 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
|
|
|
950 shell-mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
|
|
|
951 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
|
|
|
952
|
|
|
953 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
|
|
|
954
|
|
|
955 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
|
|
|
956 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
|
|
|
957 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
|
|
|
958 If buffer exists and shell process is running,
|
|
|
959 just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
|
|
|
960 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
|
|
|
961 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
|
|
|
962 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
|
|
|
963 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
|
|
|
964 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
|
|
|
965 discards input when it starts up.)
|
|
|
966 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
|
|
|
967 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
|
|
|
968 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
|
|
|
969
|
|
|
970 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
|
|
|
971 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
|
|
|
972 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
|
|
|
973 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
|
|
|
974
|
|
|
975 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
|
|
|
976
|
|
|
977 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
|
|
|
978
|
|
|
979 ;;;***
|
|
|
980
|
|
|
981 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "comint/telnet.el")
|
|
|
982
|
|
|
983 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
|
|
|
984
|
|
|
985 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
|
|
|
986 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
|
|
|
987 With a prefix argument, prompts for the port name or number as well.
|
|
|
988 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*HOST-telnet*'.
|
|
|
989 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
|
|
|
990 See also `\\[rsh]'." t nil)
|
|
|
991
|
|
|
992 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
|
|
|
993
|
|
|
994 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
|
|
|
995 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
|
|
|
996 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
|
|
|
997 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
|
|
|
998 See also `\\[telnet]'." t nil)
|
|
|
999
|
|
|
1000 ;;;***
|
|
|
1001
|
|
124
|
1002 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all custom-buffer-create customize-apropos customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face customize-variable-other-window customize-variable customize) "cus-edit" "custom/cus-edit.el")
|
|
106
|
1003
|
|
|
1004 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
1005 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a customization group." t nil)
|
|
|
1006
|
|
106
|
1007 (autoload 'customize-variable "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
1008 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a variable." t nil)
|
|
|
1009
|
|
124
|
1010 (autoload 'customize-variable-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
1011 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a variable.
|
|
|
1012 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
|
|
|
1013
|
|
106
|
1014 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
|
|
102
|
1015 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
|
|
|
1016 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
|
|
98
|
1017
|
|
124
|
1018 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
1019 Show customization buffer for FACE in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
1020
|
|
106
|
1021 (autoload 'customize-customized "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
1022 Customize all already customized user options." t nil)
|
|
|
1023
|
|
106
|
1024 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
1025 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
1026 If ALL (e.g., started with a prefix key), include options which are not
|
|
|
1027 user-settable." t nil)
|
|
|
1028
|
|
106
|
1029 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
1030 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
|
|
|
1031 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
|
|
|
1032 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
|
|
|
1033 that option." nil nil)
|
|
|
1034
|
|
116
|
1035 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
1036 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
|
|
|
1037
|
|
120
|
1038 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
1039 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
|
|
124
|
1040 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
|
|
|
1041
|
|
|
1042 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
1043 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
|
|
120
|
1044 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
|
|
124
|
1045 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
|
|
|
1046 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
|
|
|
1047
|
|
|
1048 ;;;***
|
|
|
1049
|
|
|
1050 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-initialize-frame custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "custom/cus-face.el")
|
|
106
|
1051
|
|
|
1052 (autoload 'custom-declare-face "cus-face" "\
|
|
|
1053 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
|
|
|
1054
|
|
124
|
1055 (autoload 'custom-initialize-frame "cus-face" "\
|
|
|
1056 Initialize local faces for FRAME if necessary.
|
|
|
1057 If FRAME is missing or nil, the first member of (frame-list) is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
1058
|
|
106
|
1059 (autoload 'custom-set-faces "cus-face" "\
|
|
|
1060 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
|
|
|
1061 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
|
|
|
1062
|
|
|
1063 (FACE SPEC [NOW])
|
|
|
1064
|
|
|
1065 SPEC will be stored as the saved value for FACE. If NOW is present
|
|
|
1066 and non-nil, FACE will also be created according to SPEC.
|
|
|
1067
|
|
|
1068 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
|
|
|
1069
|
|
|
1070 ;;;***
|
|
|
1071
|
|
124
|
1072 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-browse-other-window widget-browse widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "custom/wid-browse.el")
|
|
106
|
1073
|
|
|
1074 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
|
|
98
|
1075 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
|
|
|
1076
|
|
124
|
1077 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
|
|
|
1078 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
|
|
|
1079
|
|
|
1080 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
|
|
|
1081 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
1082
|
|
98
|
1083 ;;;***
|
|
|
1084
|
|
118
|
1085 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-apply) "wid-edit" "custom/wid-edit.el")
|
|
|
1086
|
|
|
1087 (autoload 'widget-apply "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
1088 Apply the value of WIDGET's PROPERTY to the widget itself.
|
|
|
1089 ARGS are passed as extra arguments to the function." nil nil)
|
|
110
|
1090
|
|
|
1091 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
1092 Create widget of TYPE.
|
|
|
1093 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
|
|
|
1094
|
|
|
1095 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
1096 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
|
|
|
1097
|
|
|
1098 ;;;***
|
|
|
1099
|
|
78
|
1100 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "edebug/edebug.el")
|
|
|
1101
|
|
|
1102 (autoload 'def-edebug-spec "edebug" "\
|
|
|
1103 Set the edebug-form-spec property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
|
|
|
1104 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
|
|
|
1105 \(naming a function), or a list." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
1106
|
|
|
1107 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
|
|
|
1108
|
|
|
1109 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
|
|
|
1110 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
|
|
|
1111 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
|
|
|
1112 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
|
|
|
1113 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
|
|
|
1114
|
|
|
1115 ;;;***
|
|
|
1116
|
|
|
1117 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff/ediff-mult.el")
|
|
|
1118
|
|
|
1119 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
|
|
|
1120 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
|
|
|
1121
|
|
|
1122 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
|
|
|
1123
|
|
|
1124 ;;;***
|
|
|
1125
|
|
82
|
1126 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "ediff/ediff-util.el")
|
|
78
|
1127
|
|
|
1128 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
|
|
82
|
1129 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
|
|
|
1130 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
|
|
78
|
1131 which see." t nil)
|
|
|
1132
|
|
82
|
1133 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
|
|
|
1134 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
|
|
|
1135 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
|
|
|
1136 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
|
|
|
1137
|
|
78
|
1138 ;;;***
|
|
|
1139
|
|
|
1140 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff/ediff.el")
|
|
|
1141
|
|
|
1142 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1143 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
|
|
|
1144
|
|
|
1145 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1146 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
|
|
|
1147
|
|
|
1148 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
|
|
|
1149
|
|
|
1150 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
|
|
|
1151
|
|
|
1152 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1153 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
|
|
|
1154
|
|
|
1155 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
|
|
|
1156
|
|
|
1157 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1158 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
|
|
|
1159
|
|
|
1160 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
|
|
|
1161
|
|
|
1162 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1163 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
|
|
|
1164 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
1165 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
1166
|
|
|
1167 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
|
|
|
1168
|
|
|
1169 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1170 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
|
|
|
1171 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
1172 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
1173
|
|
|
1174 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
|
|
|
1175
|
|
|
1176 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1177 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
|
|
|
1178 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
|
|
|
1179 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
1180
|
|
|
1181 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
|
|
|
1182
|
|
|
1183 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1184 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
|
|
|
1185 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
1186 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
1187
|
|
|
1188 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
|
|
|
1189
|
|
|
1190 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1191 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
|
|
|
1192 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
|
|
|
1193 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
|
|
|
1194 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
1195 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
1196
|
|
|
1197 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1198 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
|
|
|
1199 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
1200 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
1201
|
|
|
1202 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
|
|
|
1203
|
|
|
1204 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1205 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
|
|
|
1206 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
1207 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
1208
|
|
|
1209 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
1210
|
|
|
1211 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
1212
|
|
|
1213 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1214 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
|
|
|
1215 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
|
|
|
1216 follows:
|
|
|
1217 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
|
|
|
1218 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
|
|
|
1219
|
|
|
1220 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1221 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
|
|
|
1222 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
|
|
|
1223 follows:
|
|
|
1224 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
|
|
|
1225 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
|
|
|
1226
|
|
|
1227 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1228 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
|
|
|
1229 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
|
|
|
1230 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
|
|
|
1231 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
|
|
|
1232
|
|
|
1233 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1234 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
|
|
|
1235 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
|
|
|
1236 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
|
|
|
1237 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
|
|
|
1238 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
|
|
|
1239
|
|
|
1240 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
|
|
|
1241
|
|
|
1242 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1243 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1244
|
|
|
1245 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1246 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1247
|
|
|
1248 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
1249
|
|
|
1250 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1251 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1252
|
|
|
1253 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1254 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1255
|
|
|
1256 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1257 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
|
|
|
1258 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
|
1259 buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1260
|
|
|
1261 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1262 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
|
|
80
|
1263 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
78
|
1264 buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1265
|
|
|
1266 (autoload 'run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1267 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
|
|
|
1268 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a lide describing a
|
|
|
1269 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
|
|
|
1270
|
|
|
1271 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1272 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME." t nil)
|
|
|
1273
|
|
|
1274 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1275 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
1276
|
|
|
1277 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
|
|
|
1278
|
|
|
1279 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
|
|
|
1280
|
|
|
1281 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1282 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
|
|
|
1283 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
|
1284 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
|
|
|
1285
|
|
|
1286 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1287 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
|
|
|
1288 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
|
|
|
1289
|
|
|
1290 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1291 Display Ediff's manual.
|
|
|
1292 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
|
|
|
1293
|
|
|
1294 ;;;***
|
|
|
1295
|
|
98
|
1296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "default-dir" "efs/default-dir.el")
|
|
|
1297
|
|
|
1298 (defvar default-directory-function nil "\
|
|
|
1299 A function to call to compute the default-directory for the current buffer.
|
|
|
1300 If this is nil, the function default-directory will return the value of the
|
|
|
1301 variable default-directory.
|
|
|
1302 Buffer local.")
|
|
|
1303
|
|
|
1304 ;;;***
|
|
|
1305
|
|
|
1306 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump-back-other-frame dired-jump-back-other-window dired-jump-back dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired) "dired" "efs/dired.el")
|
|
|
1307
|
|
|
1308 (defvar dired-compression-method 'compress "\
|
|
|
1309 *Type of compression program to use.
|
|
|
1310 Give as a symbol.
|
|
|
1311 Currently-recognized methods are: gzip pack compact compress.
|
|
|
1312 To change this variable use \\[dired-do-compress] with a zero prefix.")
|
|
|
1313
|
|
|
1314 (defvar dired-compression-method-alist '((gzip ".gz" ("gzip") ("gzip" "-d") "-f") (compress ".Z" ("compress" "-f") ("compress" "-d") "-f") (pack ".z" ("pack" "-f") ("unpack")) (compact ".C" ("compact") ("uncompact"))) "\
|
|
|
1315 *Association list of compression method descriptions.
|
|
|
1316 Each element of the table should be a list of the form
|
|
|
1317
|
|
|
1318 (compress-type extension (compress-args) (decompress-args) force-flag)
|
|
|
1319
|
|
|
1320 where
|
|
|
1321 `compress-type' is a unique symbol in the alist to which
|
|
|
1322 `dired-compression-method' can be set;
|
|
|
1323 `extension' is the file extension (as a string) used by files compressed
|
|
|
1324 by this method;
|
|
|
1325 `compress-args' is a list of the path of the compression program and
|
|
|
1326 flags to pass as separate arguments;
|
|
|
1327 `decompress-args' is a list of the path of the decompression
|
|
|
1328 program and flags to pass as separate arguments.
|
|
|
1329 `force-flag' is the switch to pass to the command to force overwriting
|
|
|
1330 of existing files.
|
|
|
1331
|
|
|
1332 For example:
|
|
|
1333
|
|
114
|
1334 (setq dired-compression-method-alist
|
|
98
|
1335 (cons '(frobnicate \".frob\" (\"frob\") (\"frob\" \"-d\") \"-f\")
|
|
|
1336 dired-compression-method-alist))
|
|
|
1337 => ((frobnicate \".frob\" (\"frob\") (\"frob\" \"-d\"))
|
|
|
1338 (gzip \".gz\" (\"gzip\") (\"gunzip\"))
|
|
|
1339 ...)
|
|
|
1340
|
|
|
1341 See also: dired-compression-method <V>")
|
|
|
1342
|
|
|
1343 (defvar dired-ls-program "ls" "\
|
|
|
1344 *Absolute or relative name of the ls program used by dired.")
|
|
|
1345
|
|
|
1346 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
|
|
|
1347 *Switches passed to ls for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
|
|
|
1348 Can contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'.")
|
|
|
1349
|
|
|
1350 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux dgux usg-unix-v)) "chown" "/etc/chown") "\
|
|
114
|
1351 *Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
|
|
98
|
1352
|
|
|
1353 (defvar dired-gnutar-program nil "\
|
|
|
1354 *If non-nil, name of the GNU tar executable (e.g. \"tar\" or \"gnutar\").
|
|
|
1355 GNU tar's `z' switch is used for compressed tar files.
|
|
|
1356 If you don't have GNU tar, set this to nil: a pipe using `zcat' is then used.")
|
|
|
1357
|
|
|
1358 (defvar dired-unshar-program nil "\
|
|
|
1359 *Set to the name of the unshar program, if you have it.")
|
|
|
1360
|
|
|
1361 (defvar dired-local-variables-file ".dired" "\
|
|
|
1362 *If non-nil, filename for local variables for Dired.
|
|
|
1363 If Dired finds a file with that name in the current directory, it will
|
|
|
1364 temporarily insert it into the dired buffer and run `hack-local-variables'.
|
|
|
1365
|
|
|
1366 Type \\[info] and `g' `(emacs)File Variables' `RET' for more info on
|
|
|
1367 local variables.")
|
|
|
1368
|
|
|
1369 (defvar dired-kept-versions 2 "\
|
|
|
1370 *When cleaning directory, number of versions to keep.")
|
|
|
1371
|
|
|
1372 (defvar dired-find-subdir nil "\
|
|
|
1373 *Determines whether dired tries to lookup a subdir in existing buffers.
|
|
|
1374 If non-nil, dired does not make a new buffer for a directory if it can be
|
|
|
1375 found (perhaps as subdir) in some existing dired buffer. If there are several
|
|
|
1376 dired buffers for a directory, then the most recently used one is chosen.
|
|
|
1377
|
|
|
1378 Dired avoids switching to the current buffer, so that if you have
|
|
|
1379 a normal and a wildcard buffer for the same directory, C-x d RET will
|
|
|
1380 toggle between those two.")
|
|
|
1381
|
|
|
1382 (defvar dired-use-file-transformers t "\
|
|
|
1383 *Determines whether dired uses file transformers.
|
|
|
1384 If non-nil `dired-do-shell-command' will apply file transformers to file names.
|
|
|
1385 See \\[describe-function] for dired-do-shell-command for more information.")
|
|
|
1386
|
|
|
1387 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
|
|
|
1388 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
|
|
|
1389 This means that if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
|
|
|
1390 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
|
|
|
1391 The target is put in the prompt for file copy, rename, etc.")
|
|
|
1392
|
|
|
1393 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time nil "\
|
|
|
1394 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
|
|
|
1395 \(This works on only some systems.)\\<dired-mode-map>
|
|
|
1396 Use `\\[dired-do-copy]' with a zero prefix argument to toggle its value.")
|
|
|
1397
|
|
|
1398 (defvar dired-no-confirm nil "\
|
|
|
1399 *If non-nil, a list of symbols for commands dired should not confirm.
|
|
|
1400 It can be a sublist of
|
|
|
1401
|
|
|
1402 '(byte-compile chgrp chmod chown compress copy delete hardlink load
|
|
|
1403 move print shell symlink uncompress recursive-delete kill-file-buffer
|
|
|
1404 kill-dired-buffer patch create-top-dir revert-subdirs)
|
|
|
1405
|
|
|
1406 The meanings of most of the symbols are obvious. A few exceptions:
|
|
|
1407
|
|
|
1408 'compress applies to compression or decompression by any of the
|
|
|
1409 compression program in `dired-compression-method-alist'.
|
|
|
1410
|
|
|
1411 'kill-dired-buffer applies to offering to kill dired buffers for
|
|
|
1412 directories which have been deleted.
|
|
|
1413
|
|
|
1414 'kill-file-buffer applies to offering to kill buffers visiting files
|
|
|
1415 which have been deleted.
|
|
|
1416
|
|
|
1417 'recursive-delete applies to recursively deleting non-empty
|
|
|
1418 directories, and all of their contents.
|
|
|
1419
|
|
|
1420 'create-top-dir applies to `dired-up-directory' creating a new top level
|
|
|
1421 directory for the dired buffer.
|
|
|
1422
|
|
|
1423 'revert-subdirs applies to re-reading subdirectories which have
|
|
|
1424 been modified on disk.
|
|
|
1425
|
|
|
1426 Note that this list also applies to remote files accessed with efs
|
|
|
1427 or ange-ftp.")
|
|
|
1428
|
|
|
1429 (defvar dired-backup-if-overwrite nil "\
|
|
|
1430 *Non-nil if Dired should ask about making backups before overwriting files.
|
|
|
1431 Special value 'always suppresses confirmation.")
|
|
|
1432
|
|
|
1433 (defvar dired-omit-files nil "\
|
|
|
1434 *If non-nil un-interesting files will be omitted from this dired buffer.
|
|
|
1435 Use \\[dired-omit-toggle] to see these files. (buffer local)")
|
|
|
1436
|
|
|
1437 (defvar dired-mail-reader 'rmail "\
|
|
|
1438 *Mail reader used by dired for dired-read-mail (\\[dired-read-mail]).
|
|
|
1439 The symbols 'rmail and 'vm are the only two allowed values.")
|
|
|
1440
|
|
118
|
1441 (defvar dired-refresh-automatically t "\
|
|
|
1442 *If non-nil, refresh dired buffers automatically after file operations.")
|
|
|
1443
|
|
98
|
1444 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
|
|
|
1445
|
|
|
1446 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
|
|
|
1447 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
|
|
|
1448 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
|
|
|
1449 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
|
|
|
1450 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
|
|
|
1451 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
|
|
|
1452 its first element is taken as the directory name and the resr as an explicit
|
|
|
1453 list of files to make directory entries for.
|
|
|
1454 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
|
|
|
1455 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
|
|
|
1456 delete them by typing \\[dired-expunge-deletions].
|
|
|
1457 Type \\[dired-describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
|
|
|
1458
|
|
|
1459 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
|
|
|
1460
|
|
|
1461 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
|
|
|
1462
|
|
|
1463 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
|
|
|
1464 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
1465
|
|
|
1466 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
|
|
|
1467
|
|
|
1468 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
|
|
|
1469 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
|
|
|
1470
|
|
|
1471 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
|
|
|
1472 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
|
|
|
1473
|
|
|
1474 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back)
|
|
|
1475
|
|
|
1476 (autoload 'dired-jump-back "dired" "\
|
|
|
1477 Jump back to dired.
|
|
|
1478 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
|
|
|
1479 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
|
|
|
1480 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
|
|
|
1481 buffer and try again." t nil)
|
|
|
1482
|
|
|
1483 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back-other-window)
|
|
|
1484
|
|
|
1485 (autoload 'dired-jump-back-other-window "dired" "\
|
|
|
1486 Like \\[dired-jump-back], but to other window." t nil)
|
|
|
1487
|
|
|
1488 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back-other-frame)
|
|
|
1489
|
|
|
1490 (autoload 'dired-jump-back-other-frame "dired" "\
|
|
|
1491 Like \\[dired-jump-back], but in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
1492
|
|
|
1493 ;;;***
|
|
|
1494
|
|
116
|
1495 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-ftp-path) "efs-cu" "efs/efs-cu.el")
|
|
114
|
1496
|
|
|
1497 (defvar efs-path-root-regexp "^/[^/:]+:" "\
|
|
|
1498 Regexp to match the `/user@host:' root of an efs full path.")
|
|
|
1499
|
|
116
|
1500 (autoload 'efs-ftp-path "efs-cu" "\
|
|
|
1501 Parse PATH according to efs-path-regexp.
|
|
|
1502 Returns a list (HOST USER PATH), or nil if PATH does not match the format." nil nil)
|
|
|
1503
|
|
|
1504 ;;;***
|
|
|
1505
|
|
|
1506 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-path-file-handler-function) "efs-dump" "efs/efs-dump.el")
|
|
|
1507
|
|
|
1508 (or (assoc efs-path-root-regexp file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (cons efs-path-root-regexp 'remote-path-file-handler-function) file-name-handler-alist)))
|
|
|
1509
|
|
|
1510 (autoload 'remote-path-file-handler-function "efs-dump" "\
|
|
|
1511 Function to call special file handlers for remote files." nil nil)
|
|
114
|
1512
|
|
|
1513 ;;;***
|
|
|
1514
|
|
118
|
1515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "efs-fnh" "efs/efs-fnh.el")
|
|
|
1516
|
|
|
1517 (defvar allow-remote-paths t "\
|
|
|
1518 *Set this to nil if you don't want remote paths to access
|
|
|
1519 remote files.")
|
|
|
1520
|
|
|
1521 ;;;***
|
|
|
1522
|
|
114
|
1523 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-root-file-name-completion efs-root-file-name-all-completions efs-set-passwd) "efs-netrc" "efs/efs-netrc.el")
|
|
|
1524
|
|
|
1525 (autoload 'efs-set-passwd "efs-netrc" "\
|
|
|
1526 For a given HOST and USER, set or change the associated PASSWORD." t nil)
|
|
|
1527
|
|
|
1528 (autoload 'efs-root-file-name-all-completions "efs-netrc" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1529
|
|
|
1530 (autoload 'efs-root-file-name-completion "efs-netrc" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1531
|
|
|
1532 ;;;***
|
|
|
1533
|
|
|
1534 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-report-bug) "efs-report" "efs/efs-report.el")
|
|
|
1535
|
|
|
1536 (autoload 'efs-report-bug "efs-report" "\
|
|
|
1537 Submit a bug report for efs." t nil)
|
|
|
1538
|
|
|
1539 ;;;***
|
|
|
1540
|
|
116
|
1541 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-file-handler-function efs-nslookup-host efs-display-ftp-activity) "efs" "efs/efs.el")
|
|
|
1542
|
|
|
1543 (autoload 'efs-display-ftp-activity "efs" "\
|
|
|
1544 Displays the number of active background ftp sessions in the modeline.
|
|
|
1545 Uses the variable `efs-mode-line-format' to determine how this will be
|
|
|
1546 displayed." t nil)
|
|
114
|
1547
|
|
|
1548 (autoload 'efs-nslookup-host "efs" "\
|
|
|
1549 Attempt to resolve the given HOSTNAME using nslookup if possible." t nil)
|
|
|
1550
|
|
|
1551 (autoload 'efs-file-handler-function "efs" "\
|
|
|
1552 Function to call special file handlers for remote files." nil nil)
|
|
|
1553
|
|
|
1554 ;;;***
|
|
|
1555
|
|
78
|
1556 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "electric/ebuff-menu.el")
|
|
|
1557
|
|
|
1558 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
|
|
|
1559 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
|
|
|
1560 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
|
|
|
1561 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
|
|
|
1562
|
|
|
1563 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
|
|
|
1564 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
|
|
|
1565 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
|
|
|
1566
|
|
|
1567 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
|
|
|
1568 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
|
|
|
1569 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
|
|
|
1570
|
|
|
1571 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
|
|
|
1572
|
|
|
1573 Non-null optional arg FILES-ONLY means mention only file buffers.
|
|
|
1574 When called from Lisp code, FILES-ONLY may be a regular expression,
|
|
|
1575 in which case only buffers whose names match that expression are listed,
|
|
|
1576 or an arbitrary predicate function.
|
|
|
1577
|
|
|
1578 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
1579
|
|
|
1580 ;;;***
|
|
|
1581
|
|
|
1582 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-command-history Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "electric/echistory.el")
|
|
|
1583
|
|
|
1584 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
|
|
|
1585 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
|
|
|
1586 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
|
|
|
1587
|
|
|
1588 (autoload 'electric-command-history "echistory" "\
|
|
|
1589 \\<electric-history-map>Major mode for examining and redoing commands from `command-history'.
|
|
|
1590 This pops up a window with the Command History listing.
|
|
|
1591 The number of command listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
1592 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
1593 Combines typeout Command History list window with menu like selection
|
|
|
1594 of an expression from the history for re-evaluation in the *original* buffer.
|
|
|
1595
|
|
|
1596 The history displayed is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
1597
|
|
|
1598 Like Emacs-Lisp mode except that characters do not insert themselves and
|
|
|
1599 Tab and Linefeed do not indent. Instead these commands are provided:
|
|
|
1600 \\{electric-history-map}
|
|
|
1601
|
|
|
1602 Calls the value of `electric-command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
|
|
|
1603 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
|
|
|
1604
|
|
|
1605 ;;;***
|
|
|
1606
|
|
|
1607 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "electric/ehelp.el")
|
|
|
1608
|
|
|
1609 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
|
|
|
1610 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
|
|
|
1611 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
|
|
|
1612 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
|
|
|
1613 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
|
|
|
1614 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
|
|
|
1615 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
|
|
|
1616 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
|
|
|
1617
|
|
|
1618 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
|
|
|
1619 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
|
|
|
1620
|
|
|
1621 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
|
|
|
1622 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
|
|
|
1623 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
|
|
|
1624 this value is non-nil.
|
|
|
1625
|
|
|
1626 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
|
|
|
1627 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
|
|
|
1628 things.
|
|
|
1629
|
|
|
1630 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
|
|
|
1631 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
|
|
|
1632 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
|
|
|
1633
|
|
|
1634 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1635
|
|
|
1636 ;;;***
|
|
|
1637
|
|
|
1638 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "electric/helper.el")
|
|
|
1639
|
|
|
1640 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
|
|
|
1641 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1642
|
|
|
1643 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
|
|
|
1644 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1645
|
|
|
1646 ;;;***
|
|
|
1647
|
|
|
1648 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulators/edt.el")
|
|
|
1649
|
|
|
1650 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
|
|
|
1651 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
|
|
|
1652
|
|
|
1653 ;;;***
|
|
|
1654
|
|
|
1655 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulators/mlconvert.el")
|
|
|
1656
|
|
|
1657 (autoload 'convert-mocklisp-buffer "mlconvert" "\
|
|
|
1658 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
|
|
|
1659
|
|
|
1660 ;;;***
|
|
|
1661
|
|
|
1662 ;;;### (autoloads (teco-command) "teco" "emulators/teco.el")
|
|
|
1663
|
|
|
1664 (autoload 'teco-command "teco" "\
|
|
|
1665 Read and execute a Teco command string." t nil)
|
|
|
1666
|
|
|
1667 ;;;***
|
|
|
1668
|
|
|
1669 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulators/tpu-edt.el")
|
|
|
1670
|
|
|
1671 (fset 'tpu-edt-mode 'tpu-edt-on)
|
|
|
1672
|
|
|
1673 (fset 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
|
|
|
1674
|
|
|
1675 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
|
|
|
1676 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
|
|
|
1677
|
|
|
1678 ;;;***
|
|
|
1679
|
|
|
1680 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "emulators/tpu-extras.el")
|
|
|
1681
|
|
|
1682 (autoload 'tpu-set-scroll-margins "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1683 Set scroll margins." t nil)
|
|
|
1684
|
|
|
1685 (autoload 'tpu-set-cursor-free "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1686 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
|
|
|
1687
|
|
|
1688 (autoload 'tpu-set-cursor-bound "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1689 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
|
|
|
1690
|
|
|
1691 ;;;***
|
|
|
1692
|
|
|
1693 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulators/ws-mode.el")
|
|
|
1694
|
|
|
1695 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
|
|
|
1696 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
|
|
|
1697
|
|
|
1698 BUGS:
|
|
|
1699 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
|
|
|
1700 are not implemented
|
|
|
1701 - Options for search and replace
|
|
|
1702 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
|
|
|
1703 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
|
|
|
1704
|
|
|
1705 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
|
|
|
1706 Emacs-like.
|
|
|
1707
|
|
|
1708 The key bindings are:
|
|
|
1709
|
|
|
1710 C-a backward-word
|
|
|
1711 C-b fill-paragraph
|
|
|
1712 C-c scroll-up-line
|
|
|
1713 C-d forward-char
|
|
|
1714 C-e previous-line
|
|
|
1715 C-f forward-word
|
|
|
1716 C-g delete-char
|
|
|
1717 C-h backward-char
|
|
|
1718 C-i indent-for-tab-command
|
|
|
1719 C-j help-for-help
|
|
|
1720 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
|
|
|
1721 C-l ws-repeat-search
|
|
|
1722 C-n open-line
|
|
|
1723 C-p quoted-insert
|
|
|
1724 C-r scroll-down-line
|
|
|
1725 C-s backward-char
|
|
|
1726 C-t kill-word
|
|
|
1727 C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1728 C-v overwrite-mode
|
|
|
1729 C-w scroll-down
|
|
|
1730 C-x next-line
|
|
|
1731 C-y kill-complete-line
|
|
|
1732 C-z scroll-up
|
|
|
1733
|
|
|
1734 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
|
|
|
1735 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
|
|
|
1736 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
|
|
|
1737 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
|
|
|
1738 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
|
|
|
1739 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
|
|
|
1740 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
|
|
|
1741 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
|
|
|
1742 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
|
|
|
1743 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
|
|
|
1744 C-k b ws-begin-block
|
|
|
1745 C-k c ws-copy-block
|
|
|
1746 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
|
|
|
1747 C-k f find-file
|
|
|
1748 C-k h ws-show-markers
|
|
|
1749 C-k i ws-indent-block
|
|
|
1750 C-k k ws-end-block
|
|
|
1751 C-k p ws-print-block
|
|
|
1752 C-k q kill-emacs
|
|
|
1753 C-k r insert-file
|
|
|
1754 C-k s save-some-buffers
|
|
|
1755 C-k t ws-mark-word
|
|
|
1756 C-k u ws-exdent-block
|
|
|
1757 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1758 C-k v ws-move-block
|
|
|
1759 C-k w ws-write-block
|
|
|
1760 C-k x kill-emacs
|
|
|
1761 C-k y ws-delete-block
|
|
|
1762
|
|
|
1763 C-o c wordstar-center-line
|
|
|
1764 C-o b switch-to-buffer
|
|
|
1765 C-o j justify-current-line
|
|
|
1766 C-o k kill-buffer
|
|
|
1767 C-o l list-buffers
|
|
|
1768 C-o m auto-fill-mode
|
|
|
1769 C-o r set-fill-column
|
|
|
1770 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1771 C-o wd delete-other-windows
|
|
|
1772 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
|
|
|
1773 C-o wo other-window
|
|
|
1774 C-o wv split-window-vertically
|
|
|
1775
|
|
|
1776 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
|
|
|
1777 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
|
|
|
1778 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
|
|
|
1779 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
|
|
|
1780 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
|
|
|
1781 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
|
|
|
1782 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
|
|
|
1783 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
|
|
|
1784 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
|
|
|
1785 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
|
|
|
1786 C-q a ws-query-replace
|
|
|
1787 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
|
|
|
1788 C-q c end-of-buffer
|
|
|
1789 C-q d end-of-line
|
|
|
1790 C-q f ws-search
|
|
|
1791 C-q k ws-to-block-end
|
|
|
1792 C-q l ws-undo
|
|
|
1793 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
|
|
|
1794 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
|
|
|
1795 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1796 C-q w ws-last-error
|
|
|
1797 C-q y ws-kill-eol
|
|
|
1798 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
|
|
|
1799 " t nil)
|
|
|
1800
|
|
|
1801 ;;;***
|
|
|
1802
|
|
|
1803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loaddefs-eos" "eos/loaddefs-eos.el")
|
|
|
1804
|
|
|
1805 ;;;***
|
|
|
1806
|
|
|
1807 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "games/blackbox.el")
|
|
|
1808
|
|
|
1809 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
|
|
|
1810 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
|
|
|
1811 the default is 4.
|
|
|
1812
|
|
|
1813 What is blackbox?
|
|
|
1814
|
|
|
1815 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
|
|
|
1816 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
|
|
|
1817 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
|
|
|
1818 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
|
|
|
1819 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
|
|
|
1820 your score.
|
|
|
1821
|
|
|
1822 Overview of play:
|
|
|
1823
|
|
|
1824 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
|
|
|
1825 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
|
|
|
1826 four.
|
|
|
1827
|
|
|
1828 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
|
|
|
1829 movement keys.
|
|
|
1830
|
|
|
1831 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
|
|
|
1832 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
|
|
|
1833
|
|
|
1834 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
|
|
|
1835 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
|
|
|
1836
|
|
|
1837 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
|
|
|
1838 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
|
|
|
1839 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
|
|
|
1840 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
|
|
|
1841 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
|
|
|
1842 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
|
|
|
1843
|
|
|
1844 Details:
|
|
|
1845
|
|
|
1846 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
|
|
|
1847
|
|
|
1848 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
|
|
|
1849 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
|
|
|
1850 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
|
|
|
1851 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
|
|
|
1852
|
|
|
1853 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
|
|
|
1854 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
|
|
|
1855 denoted by the letter `R'.
|
|
|
1856
|
|
|
1857 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
|
|
|
1858 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
|
|
|
1859 denoted by the letter `H'.
|
|
|
1860
|
|
|
1861 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
|
|
|
1862 example.
|
|
|
1863
|
|
|
1864 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
|
|
|
1865 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
|
|
|
1866 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
|
|
|
1867 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
|
|
|
1868 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
|
|
|
1869 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
|
|
|
1870 ray.
|
|
|
1871
|
|
|
1872 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
|
|
|
1873 degree deflection it causes.
|
|
|
1874
|
|
|
1875 1
|
|
|
1876 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1877 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1878 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
|
|
|
1879 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
|
|
|
1880 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
|
|
|
1881 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
|
|
|
1882 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
|
|
|
1883 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
|
|
|
1884 2 3
|
|
|
1885
|
|
|
1886 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
|
|
|
1887 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
|
|
|
1888
|
|
|
1889
|
|
|
1890 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1891 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1892 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1893 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1894 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1895 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1896 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1897 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1898
|
|
|
1899 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
|
|
|
1900 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
|
|
|
1901 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
|
|
|
1902 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
|
|
|
1903 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
|
|
|
1904 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
|
|
|
1905 emerging from the box.
|
|
|
1906
|
|
|
1907 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
|
|
|
1908
|
|
|
1909 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1910 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
|
|
|
1911 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
|
|
|
1912 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
|
|
|
1913 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
|
|
|
1914 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1915 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1916 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1917
|
|
|
1918 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
|
|
|
1919 a reflection." t nil)
|
|
|
1920
|
|
|
1921 ;;;***
|
|
|
1922
|
|
|
1923 ;;;### (autoloads (conx-load conx conx-region conx-buffer) "conx" "games/conx.el")
|
|
|
1924
|
|
|
1925 (autoload 'conx-buffer "conx" "\
|
|
|
1926 Absorb the text in the current buffer into the tree." t nil)
|
|
|
1927
|
|
|
1928 (autoload 'conx-region "conx" "\
|
|
|
1929 Absorb the text in the current region into the tree." t nil)
|
|
|
1930
|
|
|
1931 (autoload 'conx "conx" "\
|
|
|
1932 Generate some random sentences in the *conx* buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1933
|
|
|
1934 (autoload 'conx-load "conx" "\
|
|
|
1935 Load in a CONX database written by the \\[conx-save] command.
|
|
|
1936 This clears the database currently in memory." t nil)
|
|
|
1937
|
|
|
1938 ;;;***
|
|
|
1939
|
|
|
1940 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) "cookie1" "games/cookie1.el")
|
|
|
1941
|
|
|
1942 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1943 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
|
|
|
1944 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
|
|
|
1945
|
|
|
1946 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1947 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
|
|
|
1948 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
|
|
|
1949
|
|
|
1950 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1951 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
|
|
|
1952 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
|
|
|
1953 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
|
|
|
1954
|
|
|
1955 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1956 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
|
|
|
1957
|
|
|
1958 ;;;***
|
|
|
1959
|
|
80
|
1960 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "games/decipher.el")
|
|
|
1961
|
|
|
1962 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
|
|
|
1963 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1964
|
|
|
1965 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
|
|
|
1966 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
|
|
|
1967 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
|
|
|
1968 Upper-case letters are commands.
|
|
|
1969
|
|
|
1970 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
|
|
|
1971 modify it.
|
|
|
1972
|
|
|
1973 The most useful commands are:
|
|
|
1974 \\<decipher-mode-map>
|
|
|
1975 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
|
|
|
1976 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
|
|
|
1977 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
|
|
|
1978 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
|
|
|
1979 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
|
|
|
1980
|
|
|
1981 ;;;***
|
|
|
1982
|
|
78
|
1983 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "games/dissociate.el")
|
|
|
1984
|
|
|
1985 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
|
|
|
1986 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
|
|
|
1987 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
|
|
|
1988 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
|
|
|
1989 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
|
|
|
1990 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
|
|
|
1991 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
|
|
|
1992 Default is 2." t nil)
|
|
|
1993
|
|
|
1994 ;;;***
|
|
|
1995
|
|
|
1996 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "games/doctor.el")
|
|
|
1997
|
|
|
1998 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
|
|
|
1999 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
2001 ;;;***
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "games/dunnet.el")
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
|
|
|
2006 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008 ;;;***
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010 ;;;### (autoloads (flame) "flame" "games/flame.el")
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012 (autoload 'flame "flame" "\
|
|
|
2013 Generate ARG (default 1) sentences of half-crazed gibberish." t nil)
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015 ;;;***
|
|
|
2016
|
|
|
2017 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "games/gomoku.el")
|
|
|
2018
|
|
|
2019 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
|
|
|
2020 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
|
|
|
2021 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
|
|
|
2022 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
|
|
|
2023
|
|
|
2024 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
|
|
|
2025 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
|
|
|
2026 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
|
|
|
2027 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
|
|
|
2028 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
|
|
|
2029 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
|
|
|
2030
|
|
|
2031 ;;;***
|
|
|
2032
|
|
|
2033 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi) "hanoi" "games/hanoi.el")
|
|
|
2034
|
|
|
2035 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
|
|
|
2036 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Argument is number of rings." t nil)
|
|
|
2037
|
|
|
2038 ;;;***
|
|
|
2039
|
|
|
2040 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "games/life.el")
|
|
|
2041
|
|
|
2042 (autoload 'life "life" "\
|
|
|
2043 Run Conway's Life simulation.
|
|
|
2044 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
|
|
|
2045 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
|
|
|
2046 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
|
|
|
2047
|
|
|
2048 ;;;***
|
|
|
2049
|
|
|
2050 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "games/mpuz.el")
|
|
|
2051
|
|
|
2052 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
|
|
|
2053 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
|
|
|
2054
|
|
|
2055 ;;;***
|
|
|
2056
|
|
|
2057 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "games/spook.el")
|
|
|
2058
|
|
|
2059 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
|
|
|
2060 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2061
|
|
|
2062 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
|
|
|
2063 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
|
|
|
2064
|
|
|
2065 ;;;***
|
|
|
2066
|
|
120
|
2067 ;;;### (autoloads (xmine-mode) "xmine" "games/xmine.el")
|
|
|
2068
|
|
|
2069 (autoload 'xmine-mode "xmine" "\
|
|
|
2070 A mode for playing the well known mine searching game.
|
|
|
2071
|
|
|
2072 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button1]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action1]' unhides a tile,
|
|
|
2073 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button2]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action2]' unhides all neighbours of a tile,
|
|
|
2074 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button3]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action3]' (un)flagges a tile to hold a mine.
|
|
|
2075
|
|
|
2076 `\\[xmine-key-new]' starts a new game.
|
|
|
2077 `\\[xmine-key-quit]' ends a game.
|
|
|
2078
|
|
|
2079 All keybindings (with alternatives) currently in effect:
|
|
|
2080 \\{xmine-keymap}
|
|
|
2081
|
|
|
2082 The rules are quite easy: You start by unhiding (random) tiles. An unhidden
|
|
|
2083 tile showing a number tells you something about the number of mines in it's
|
|
|
2084 neighborhood, where the neighborhood are all 8 tiles (or less if it's
|
|
|
2085 at a border) around the tile.
|
|
|
2086
|
|
|
2087 E.g. a \"1\" shows you that there is only one mine in the neighborhood of
|
|
|
2088 this tile. Empty tiles have no mines around them, and empty tiles in
|
|
|
2089 the neighborhood of another empty tile are all automatically unhidden
|
|
|
2090 if you unhide one of them. You need to find a strategy to use the
|
|
|
2091 information you have from the numbers to \"flag\" the tiles with mines
|
|
|
2092 under them and unhide all other tiles. If you correctly made this
|
|
|
2093 without accidently unhiding a mine, you've won.
|
|
|
2094
|
|
|
2095 If you are sure you have correctly flagged all mines around a unhidden tile,
|
|
|
2096 you can use Button-2 or \\[xmine-key-action2] on it to unhide all it's
|
|
|
2097 neighbors. But beware: If you made a mistake by flagging the wrong mines,
|
|
|
2098 you'll blow up!
|
|
|
2099
|
|
|
2100 Have Fun." t nil)
|
|
|
2101
|
|
|
2102 (fset 'xmine 'xmine-mode)
|
|
|
2103
|
|
|
2104 ;;;***
|
|
|
2105
|
|
78
|
2106 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism yow) "yow" "games/yow.el")
|
|
|
2107
|
|
|
2108 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
|
|
|
2109 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
|
|
|
2110
|
|
|
2111 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
|
|
|
2112 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
|
|
|
2113
|
|
|
2114 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
|
|
|
2115 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
2116 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
|
|
|
2117
|
|
|
2118 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
|
|
|
2119 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
|
|
|
2120
|
|
|
2121 ;;;***
|
|
|
2122
|
|
110
|
2123 ;;;### (autoloads (gnats:summ-pr gnats:query-pr gnats:edit-pr gnats:view-pr gnats:gnats-mode) "gnats" "gnats/gnats.el")
|
|
|
2124
|
|
|
2125 (defvar gnats::mode-name nil "\
|
|
|
2126 Name of the GNATS mode.")
|
|
|
2127
|
|
|
2128 (setq gnats::mode-name 'gnats:gnats-mode)
|
|
|
2129
|
|
|
2130 (fset 'gnats-mode gnats::mode-name)
|
|
|
2131
|
|
|
2132 (autoload 'gnats:gnats-mode "gnats" "\
|
|
|
2133 Major mode for editing problem reports.
|
|
|
2134 For information about the form see gnats(1) and pr_form(5).
|
|
|
2135
|
|
|
2136 When you are finished editing the buffer, type \\[gnats:submit-pr] to commit
|
|
|
2137 your changes to the PR database. To abort the edit, type
|
|
|
2138 \\[gnats:unlock-buffer].
|
|
|
2139
|
|
|
2140 Special commands:
|
|
|
2141 \\{gnats-mode-map}
|
|
|
2142 Turning on gnats-mode calls the value of the variable gnats-mode-hook,
|
|
|
2143 if it is not nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2144
|
|
|
2145 (fset 'view-pr 'gnats:view-pr)
|
|
|
2146
|
|
|
2147 (autoload 'gnats:view-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
2148 Visit the problem report named by the string ID. While viewing, press
|
|
|
2149 'e' to edit the currently viewed PR." t nil)
|
|
|
2150
|
|
|
2151 (fset 'edit-pr 'gnats:edit-pr)
|
|
|
2152
|
|
|
2153 (autoload 'gnats:edit-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
2154 Edit the problem report named by the string ID." t nil)
|
|
|
2155
|
|
|
2156 (fset 'query-pr 'gnats:query-pr)
|
|
|
2157
|
|
|
2158 (autoload 'gnats:query-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
2159 Run query-pr, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
|
|
|
2160 While query-pr runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
|
|
|
2161 to find the text that the hits refer to." t nil)
|
|
|
2162
|
|
|
2163 (fset 'summ-pr 'gnats:summ-pr)
|
|
|
2164
|
|
|
2165 (autoload 'gnats:summ-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
2166 Run query-pr, with user-specified args, and display a pretty summary.
|
|
|
2167 Well, display a summary, at least." t nil)
|
|
|
2168
|
|
|
2169 ;;;***
|
|
|
2170
|
|
|
2171 ;;;### (autoloads (send-pr:send-pr-mode send-pr:send-pr) "send-pr" "gnats/send-pr.el")
|
|
|
2172
|
|
|
2173 (fset 'send-pr 'send-pr:send-pr)
|
|
|
2174
|
|
|
2175 (autoload 'send-pr:send-pr "send-pr" "\
|
|
|
2176 Create a buffer and read in the result of `send-pr -P'.
|
|
|
2177 When finished with editing the problem report use \\[send-pr:submit-pr]
|
|
|
2178 to send the PR with `send-pr -b -f -'." t nil)
|
|
|
2179
|
|
|
2180 (fset 'send-pr-mode 'send-pr:send-pr-mode)
|
|
|
2181
|
|
|
2182 (autoload 'send-pr:send-pr-mode "send-pr" "\
|
|
|
2183 Major mode for submitting problem reports.
|
|
|
2184 For information about the form see gnats(1) and send-pr(1).
|
|
|
2185 Special commands: \\{send-pr-mode-map}
|
|
|
2186 Turning on send-pr-mode calls the value of the variable send-pr-mode-hook,
|
|
|
2187 if it is not nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2188
|
|
|
2189 ;;;***
|
|
|
2190
|
|
78
|
2191 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el")
|
|
|
2192
|
|
|
2193 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
|
|
|
2194 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
2195
|
|
|
2196 ;;;***
|
|
|
2197
|
|
98
|
2198 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el")
|
|
|
2199
|
|
|
2200 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
|
|
|
2201 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
|
|
|
2202
|
|
|
2203 ;;;***
|
|
|
2204
|
|
78
|
2205 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el")
|
|
|
2206
|
|
|
2207 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
98
|
2208 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
|
|
|
2209
|
|
|
2210 Usage:
|
|
|
2211 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
|
|
78
|
2212
|
|
|
2213 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
|
2214 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
|
|
|
2215
|
|
|
2216 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
|
2217 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
|
|
|
2218
|
|
|
2219 ;;;***
|
|
|
2220
|
|
98
|
2221 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el")
|
|
|
2222
|
|
|
2223 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
|
|
|
2224 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
|
|
|
2225 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
|
|
|
2226
|
|
|
2227 ;;;***
|
|
|
2228
|
|
|
2229 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el")
|
|
|
2230
|
|
|
2231 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
|
|
|
2232
|
|
|
2233 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
|
|
|
2234 Run batched scoring.
|
|
|
2235 Usage: emacs -batch -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score <newsgroups> ...
|
|
|
2236 Newsgroups is a list of strings in Bnews format. If you want to score
|
|
|
2237 the comp hierarchy, you'd say \"comp.all\". If you would not like to
|
|
|
2238 score the alt hierarchy, you'd say \"!alt.all\"." t nil)
|
|
|
2239
|
|
|
2240 ;;;***
|
|
|
2241
|
|
|
2242 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el")
|
|
|
2243
|
|
|
2244 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
|
|
|
2245 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
|
|
|
2246 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2247
|
|
|
2248 ;;;***
|
|
|
2249
|
|
|
2250 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el")
|
|
|
2251
|
|
|
2252 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
|
|
|
2253 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
|
|
|
2254 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
|
|
|
2255 for matching on group names.
|
|
|
2256
|
|
|
2257 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
|
|
|
2258 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
|
|
|
2259
|
|
|
2260 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"" t nil)
|
|
|
2261
|
|
|
2262 ;;;***
|
|
|
2263
|
|
98
|
2264 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el")
|
|
|
2265
|
|
|
2266 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
|
|
78
|
2267 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
|
|
|
2268
|
|
98
|
2269 ;;;***
|
|
|
2270
|
|
|
2271 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el")
|
|
|
2272
|
|
|
2273 (autoload 'gnus-unload "gnus-start" "\
|
|
|
2274 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
|
|
|
2275
|
|
|
2276 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
|
|
|
2277 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
|
|
|
2278
|
|
|
2279 ;;;***
|
|
|
2280
|
|
|
2281 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el")
|
|
|
2282
|
|
|
2283 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
|
|
78
|
2284 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
|
|
|
2285
|
|
98
|
2286 ;;;***
|
|
|
2287
|
|
|
2288 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el")
|
|
|
2289
|
|
78
|
2290 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2291 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server" t nil)
|
|
|
2292
|
|
|
2293 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2294 Read network news.
|
|
|
2295 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
|
|
|
2296 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
|
|
|
2297 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
|
|
|
2298 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
|
|
|
2299 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
|
|
|
2300
|
|
|
2301 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2302 Read news as a slave." t nil)
|
|
|
2303
|
|
|
2304 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2305 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
|
|
|
2306
|
|
|
2307 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2308 Read network news.
|
|
|
2309 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
|
|
|
2310 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
|
|
|
2311 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
|
|
|
2312
|
|
|
2313 ;;;***
|
|
|
2314
|
|
|
2315 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message" "gnus/message.el")
|
|
|
2316
|
|
98
|
2317 (defcustom message-from-style 'default "*Specifies how \"From\" headers look.\n\nIf `nil', they contain just the return address like:\n king@grassland.com\nIf `parens', they look like:\n king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)\nIf `angles', they look like:\n Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>\n\nOtherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like\n`parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not." :type '(choice (const :tag "simple" nil) (const parens) (const angles) (const default)) :group 'message-headers)
|
|
|
2318
|
|
|
2319 (defcustom message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "Regexp matching the signature separator." :type 'regexp :group 'message-various)
|
|
|
2320
|
|
|
2321 (defcustom message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "*Local news organization file." :type 'file :group 'message-headers)
|
|
|
2322
|
|
|
2323 (defcustom message-send-mail-function 'message-send-mail-with-sendmail "Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.\nThe headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the\nvariable `mail-header-separator'.\n\nLegal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),\n`message-send-mail-with-mh' and `message-send-mail-with-qmail'." :type '(radio (function-item message-send-mail-with-sendmail) (function-item message-send-mail-with-mh) (function-item message-send-mail-with-qmail) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'message-sending :group 'message-mail)
|
|
|
2324
|
|
|
2325 (defcustom message-citation-line-function 'message-insert-citation-line "*Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line." :type 'function :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2326
|
|
|
2327 (defcustom message-yank-prefix "> " "*Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.\nnil means use indentation." :type 'string :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2328
|
|
|
2329 (defcustom message-cite-function (if (and (boundp 'mail-citation-hook) mail-citation-hook) mail-citation-hook 'message-cite-original) "*Function for citing an original message." :type '(radio (function-item message-cite-original) (function-item sc-cite-original) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2330
|
|
|
2331 (defcustom message-indent-citation-function 'message-indent-citation "*Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.\nThis can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the\ncitation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave\npoint and mark around the citation text as modified." :type 'function :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2332
|
|
|
2333 (defcustom message-signature t "*String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.\nIf t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.\nIf a function, the result from the function will be used instead.\nIf a form, the result from the form will be used instead." :type 'sexp :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2334
|
|
|
2335 (defcustom message-signature-file "~/.signature" "*File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer." :type 'file :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
78
|
2336
|
|
|
2337 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
|
|
|
2338 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
|
|
|
2339 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
|
|
|
2340 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
|
|
|
2341 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
|
|
|
2342 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
|
|
|
2343 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
|
|
98
|
2344 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
|
|
78
|
2345 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
|
|
|
2346 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
|
|
98
|
2347 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
|
|
78
|
2348 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
|
|
|
2349 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
|
|
|
2350 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
|
|
|
2351 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
|
|
|
2352 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
|
|
|
2353 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
|
|
|
2354 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
|
|
98
|
2355 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
|
|
|
2356 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2357
|
|
|
2358 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
|
|
|
2359 Start editing a mail message to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2360
|
|
|
2361 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
|
|
|
2362 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2363
|
|
|
2364 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
|
|
|
2365 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2366
|
|
98
|
2367 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
|
|
|
2368 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2369
|
|
|
2370 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
|
|
|
2371 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2372 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2373
|
|
|
2374 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
|
|
|
2375 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
|
|
|
2376
|
|
|
2377 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
|
|
|
2378 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
|
|
|
2379 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
|
|
|
2380 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
|
|
|
2381
|
|
|
2382 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
|
|
|
2383 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
|
|
|
2384
|
|
|
2385 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
|
|
108
|
2386 Forward the current message via mail.
|
|
78
|
2387 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2388
|
|
|
2389 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
|
|
|
2390 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
|
|
|
2391
|
|
|
2392 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
|
|
|
2393 Re-mail the current message.
|
|
|
2394 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
|
|
|
2395 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
|
|
|
2396 you." t nil)
|
|
|
2397
|
|
|
2398 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
|
|
|
2399 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
2400
|
|
|
2401 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
|
|
|
2402 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
2403
|
|
|
2404 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
|
|
|
2405 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2406
|
|
|
2407 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
|
|
|
2408 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2409
|
|
|
2410 (autoload 'bold-region "message" "\
|
|
|
2411 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
|
|
|
2412 Works by overstriking characters.
|
|
|
2413 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
2414 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
2415
|
|
|
2416 (autoload 'unbold-region "message" "\
|
|
|
2417 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
|
|
|
2418 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
2419 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
2420
|
|
|
2421 ;;;***
|
|
|
2422
|
|
98
|
2423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "messcompat" "gnus/messcompat.el")
|
|
|
2424
|
|
|
2425 (defvar message-signature-file mail-signature-file "\
|
|
|
2426 *File containing the text inserted at end of message. buffer.")
|
|
|
2427
|
|
|
2428 ;;;***
|
|
|
2429
|
|
|
2430 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el")
|
|
|
2431
|
|
|
2432 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
|
|
|
2433 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
|
|
|
2434 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
|
|
|
2435 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
|
|
|
2436 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
|
|
|
2437 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
|
|
|
2438
|
|
|
2439 ;;;***
|
|
|
2440
|
|
78
|
2441 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el")
|
|
|
2442
|
|
|
2443 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
|
|
|
2444 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
|
|
|
2445
|
|
|
2446 ;;;***
|
|
|
2447
|
|
|
2448 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el")
|
|
|
2449
|
|
|
2450 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
|
|
|
2451 Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups
|
|
|
2452 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
|
|
|
2453
|
|
|
2454 ;;;***
|
|
|
2455
|
|
|
2456 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el")
|
|
|
2457
|
|
|
2458 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
|
|
112
|
2459 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2460
|
|
|
2461 ;;;***
|
|
|
2462
|
|
|
2463 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el")
|
|
|
2464
|
|
|
2465 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2466 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
|
|
|
2467
|
|
|
2468 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2469 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2470
|
|
|
2471 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2472 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
|
|
|
2473
|
|
|
2474 ;;;***
|
|
|
2475
|
|
|
2476 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el")
|
|
|
2477
|
|
|
2478 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
|
|
|
2479 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
|
|
|
2480 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
|
|
|
2481
|
|
|
2482 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
2483
|
|
|
2484 ;;;***
|
|
|
2485
|
|
|
2486 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-smiley-display smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el")
|
|
|
2487
|
|
|
2488 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
|
|
|
2489 Smilify the region between point and mark." t nil)
|
|
|
2490
|
|
|
2491 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2492
|
|
|
2493 (autoload 'gnus-smiley-display "smiley" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2494
|
|
|
2495 ;;;***
|
|
|
2496
|
|
|
2497 ;;;### (autoloads (hm--html-minor-mode hm--html-mode) "hm--html-mode" "hm--html-menus/hm--html-mode.el")
|
|
|
2498
|
|
|
2499 (autoload 'hm--html-mode "hm--html-mode" "\
|
|
|
2500 Major mode for editing HTML hypertext documents.
|
|
|
2501 Special commands:\\{hm--html-mode-map}
|
|
|
2502 Turning on hm--html-mode calls the value of the variable hm--html-mode-hook,
|
|
|
2503 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2504
|
|
|
2505 (autoload 'hm--html-minor-mode "hm--html-mode" "\
|
|
|
2506 Toggle hm--html-minor-mode.
|
|
|
2507 With arg, turn hm--html-minor-mode on iff arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
2508
|
|
|
2509 ;;;***
|
|
|
2510
|
|
|
2511 ;;;### (autoloads (html-view-get-display html-view-goto-url html-view-view-buffer html-view-view-file html-view-start-mosaic) "html-view" "hm--html-menus/html-view.el")
|
|
|
2512
|
|
|
2513 (autoload 'html-view-start-mosaic "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2514 Start Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2515
|
|
|
2516 (autoload 'html-view-view-file "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2517 View an html file with Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2518
|
|
|
2519 (autoload 'html-view-view-buffer "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2520 View html buffer with Mosaic.
|
|
|
2521 If BUFFER-TO-VIEW is nil, then the current buffer is used." t nil)
|
|
|
2522
|
|
|
2523 (autoload 'html-view-goto-url "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2524 Goto an URL in Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2525
|
|
|
2526 (autoload 'html-view-get-display "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2527 Get the display for Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2528
|
|
|
2529 ;;;***
|
|
|
2530
|
|
98
|
2531 ;;;### (autoloads (tmpl-insert-template-file tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs tmpl-expand-templates-in-buffer tmpl-expand-templates-in-region) "tmpl-minor-mode" "hm--html-menus/tmpl-minor-mode.el")
|
|
|
2532
|
|
|
2533 (autoload 'tmpl-expand-templates-in-region "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
116
|
2534 Expands the templates in the region from BEGIN to END.
|
|
|
2535 If BEGIN and END are nil, then the current region is used." t nil)
|
|
98
|
2536
|
|
|
2537 (autoload 'tmpl-expand-templates-in-buffer "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
116
|
2538 Expands all templates in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
98
|
2539
|
|
|
2540 (autoload 'tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
|
2541 Inserts a template FILE and expands it, if `tmpl-automatic-expand' is t.
|
|
|
2542 This command tries to read the template file from a list of
|
|
116
|
2543 predefined directories (look at `tmpl-template-dir-list') and it filters
|
|
|
2544 the contents of these directories with the regular expression
|
|
98
|
2545 `tmpl-filter-regexp' (look also at this variable).
|
|
|
2546 The command uses a history variable, which could be changed with the
|
|
|
2547 variable `tmpl-history-variable-name'.
|
|
|
2548
|
|
116
|
2549 The user of the command is able to change interactively to another
|
|
98
|
2550 directory by entering at first the string \"Change the directory\".
|
|
116
|
2551 This may be too difficult for the user. Therefore another command
|
|
98
|
2552 called `tmpl-insert-template-file' exist, which doesn't use fixed
|
|
|
2553 directories and filters." t nil)
|
|
|
2554
|
|
|
2555 (autoload 'tmpl-insert-template-file "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
116
|
2556 Inserts a template FILE and expand it, if `tmpl-automatic-expand' is t.
|
|
98
|
2557 Look also at `tmpl-template-dir-list', to specify a default template directory.
|
|
|
2558 You should also take a look at `tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs'
|
|
|
2559 which has additional advantages (and disadvantages :-).
|
|
|
2560
|
|
|
2561 ATTENTION: The interface of this function has changed. The old
|
|
|
2562 function had the argument list (&optional TEMPLATE-DIR AUTOMATIC-EXPAND).
|
|
|
2563 The variables `tmpl-template-dir-list' and `tmpl-automatic-expand' must
|
|
|
2564 now be used instead of the args TEMPLATE-DIR and AUTOMATIC-EXPAND." t nil)
|
|
|
2565
|
|
|
2566 ;;;***
|
|
|
2567
|
|
78
|
2568 ;;;### (autoloads (hmail:compose) "hmail" "hyperbole/hmail.el")
|
|
|
2569
|
|
|
2570 (autoload 'hmail:compose "hmail" "\
|
|
|
2571 Compose mail with ADDRESS and evaluation of EXPR.
|
|
|
2572 Optional SUBJECT and HELP message may also be given." t nil)
|
|
|
2573
|
|
|
2574 ;;;***
|
|
|
2575
|
|
|
2576 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-handle-in-note smart-info-assist smart-info) "hmous-info" "hyperbole/hmous-info.el")
|
|
|
2577
|
|
|
2578 (autoload 'smart-info "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2579 Walks through Info documentation networks using one key or mouse key.
|
|
|
2580
|
|
|
2581 If key is pressed within:
|
|
|
2582 (1) the first line of an Info Menu Entry or Cross Reference, the desired node
|
|
|
2583 is found;
|
|
|
2584 (2) the Up, Next, or Previous entries of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2585 the desired node is found;
|
|
|
2586 (3) the File entry of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2587 the 'Top' node within that file is found;
|
|
|
2588 (4) at the end of the current node, the Next node is found (this will
|
|
|
2589 descend subtrees if the function 'Info-global-next' is bound);
|
|
|
2590 (5) anywhere else (e.g. at the end of a line), the current node entry is
|
|
|
2591 scrolled up one windowful.
|
|
|
2592
|
|
|
2593 Returns t if key is pressed within an Info Node Header, Cross Reference,
|
|
|
2594 or a Menu; otherwise returns nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2595
|
|
|
2596 (autoload 'smart-info-assist "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2597 Walks through Info documentation networks using one assist-key or mouse assist-key.
|
|
|
2598
|
|
|
2599 If assist-key is pressed within:
|
|
|
2600 (1) the first line of an Info Menu Entry or Cross Reference, the desired node
|
|
|
2601 is found;
|
|
|
2602 (2) the Up, Next, or Previous entries of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2603 the last node in the history list is found;
|
|
|
2604 (3) the File entry of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2605 the 'DIR' root-level node is found;
|
|
|
2606 (4) at the end of the current node, the Previous node is found (this will
|
|
|
2607 return from subtrees if the function 'Info-global-prev is bound);
|
|
|
2608 (5) anywhere else (e.g. at the end of a line), the current node entry is
|
|
|
2609 scrolled down one windowful.
|
|
|
2610
|
|
|
2611 Returns t if assist-key is pressed within an Info Node Header, Cross Reference,
|
|
|
2612 or a Menu; otherwise returns nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2613
|
|
|
2614 (autoload 'Info-handle-in-note "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2615 Follows an Info cross-reference.
|
|
|
2616 If point is within the first line of an Info note (cross-reference), follows
|
|
|
2617 cross-reference and returns t; otherwise returns nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2618
|
|
|
2619 ;;;***
|
|
|
2620
|
|
100
|
2621 ;;;### (autoloads (hkey-help-show) "hmouse-drv" "hyperbole/hmouse-drv.el")
|
|
|
2622
|
|
|
2623 (autoload 'hkey-help-show "hmouse-drv" "\
|
|
|
2624 Saves prior frame configuration if BUFFER displays help. Displays BUFFER.
|
|
|
2625
|
|
|
2626 Optional second arg CURRENT-WINDOW non-nil forces display of buffer within
|
|
|
2627 the current window. By default, it is displayed in another window." nil nil)
|
|
|
2628
|
|
|
2629 ;;;***
|
|
|
2630
|
|
|
2631 ;;;### (autoloads (smart-tags-file smart-tags-file-path smart-objc smart-lisp-mode-p smart-java-at-tag-p smart-java smart-fortran-at-tag-p smart-c++ smart-c-at-tag-p smart-asm-at-tag-p) "hmouse-tag" "hyperbole/hmouse-tag.el")
|
|
78
|
2632
|
|
|
2633 (autoload 'smart-asm-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2634 Return assembly tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2635
|
|
|
2636 (autoload 'smart-c-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2637 Return C tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2638
|
|
|
2639 (autoload 'smart-c++ "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2640 Jumps to the definition of optional C++ IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2641 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching C++ tag.
|
|
|
2642
|
|
|
2643 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2644 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2645
|
|
|
2646 If:
|
|
100
|
2647 (1) on a `#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
|
|
|
2648 Look for include file in directory lists `smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
|
|
|
2649 and `smart-c-include-dirs'.
|
|
78
|
2650 (2) on a C++ identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
100
|
2651 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
|
|
78
|
2652 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories.
|
|
100
|
2653 (3) if `smart-c-use-lib-man' is non-nil, the C++ identifier is
|
|
78
|
2654 recognized as a library symbol, and a man page is found for the
|
|
|
2655 identifier, then the man page is displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
2656
|
|
100
|
2657 (autoload 'smart-fortran-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2658 Return Fortran tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2659
|
|
|
2660 (autoload 'smart-java "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2661 Jumps to the definition of optional Java IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2662 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching Java tag.
|
|
78
|
2663
|
|
|
2664 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2665 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2666
|
|
100
|
2667 If:
|
|
|
2668 (1) within a commented @see cross-reference, the referent is displayed;
|
|
|
2669 (2) on a `package' or `import' statement, the referent is displayed;
|
|
|
2670 Look for referent files in the directory list `smart-java-package-dirs'.
|
|
|
2671 (3) on an Java identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
|
2672 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
|
|
|
2673 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories." t nil)
|
|
|
2674
|
|
|
2675 (autoload 'smart-java-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2676 Return Java tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2677
|
|
|
2678 (autoload 'smart-lisp-mode-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2679 Return t if in a mode which uses Lisp symbols." nil nil)
|
|
78
|
2680
|
|
|
2681 (autoload 'smart-objc "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2682 Jumps to the definition of optional Objective-C IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2683 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching Objective-C tag.
|
|
|
2684
|
|
|
2685 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2686 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2687
|
|
|
2688 If:
|
|
100
|
2689 (1) on a `#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
|
|
|
2690 Look for include file in directory lists `smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
|
|
|
2691 and `smart-c-include-dirs'.
|
|
78
|
2692 (2) on an Objective-C identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
100
|
2693 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
|
|
78
|
2694 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories.
|
|
100
|
2695 (3) if `smart-c-use-lib-man' is non-nil, the Objective-C identifier is
|
|
78
|
2696 recognized as a library symbol, and a man page is found for the
|
|
|
2697 identifier, then the man page is displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
2698
|
|
|
2699 (autoload 'smart-tags-file-path "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2700 Expand relative FILE name by looking it up in the nearest tags file.
|
|
|
2701 Return FILE unchanged if it exists relative to the current directory or
|
|
|
2702 cannot be expanded via a tags file." nil nil)
|
|
|
2703
|
|
|
2704 (autoload 'smart-tags-file "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
100
|
2705 Return appropriate tags file name for CURR-FILENAME or `tags-file-name'.
|
|
|
2706 Optional NAME-OF-TAGS-FILE is the literal filename for which to look." nil nil)
|
|
78
|
2707
|
|
|
2708 ;;;***
|
|
|
2709
|
|
108
|
2710 ;;;### (autoloads (hyperbole) "hui-mini" "hyperbole/hui-mini.el")
|
|
|
2711
|
|
|
2712 (autoload 'hyperbole "hui-mini" "\
|
|
|
2713 Invokes default Hyperbole menu user interface when not already active.
|
|
|
2714 Suitable for binding to a key, e.g. {C-h h}.
|
|
|
2715 Non-interactively, returns t if menu is actually invoked by call, else nil.
|
|
|
2716
|
|
|
2717 Two optional arguments may be given to invoke alternative menus.
|
|
|
2718 MENU (a symbol) specifies the menu to invoke from MENU-LIST, (a
|
|
|
2719 Hyperbole menu list structure). MENU defaults to 'hyperbole and MENU-LIST
|
|
|
2720 to `hui:menus'. See `hui:menus' definition for the format of the menu list
|
|
|
2721 structure." t nil)
|
|
|
2722
|
|
|
2723 ;;;***
|
|
|
2724
|
|
78
|
2725 ;;;### (autoloads (var:append) "hvar" "hyperbole/hvar.el")
|
|
|
2726
|
|
|
2727 (autoload 'var:append "hvar" "\
|
|
|
2728 Appends to value held by VAR-SYMBOL-NAME, LIST-TO-ADD. Returns new value.
|
|
|
2729 If VAR-SYMBOL-NAME is unbound, it is set to LIST-TO-ADD.
|
|
|
2730 Often used to append to 'hook' variables." nil nil)
|
|
|
2731
|
|
|
2732 ;;;***
|
|
|
2733
|
|
100
|
2734 ;;;### (autoloads (hypb:display-file-with-logo hypb:configuration) "hypb" "hyperbole/hypb.el")
|
|
78
|
2735
|
|
|
2736 (autoload 'hypb:configuration "hypb" "\
|
|
|
2737 Insert Emacs configuration information at the end of optional OUT-BUF or the current buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
2738
|
|
100
|
2739 (autoload 'hypb:display-file-with-logo "hypb" "\
|
|
|
2740 Display an optional text FILE with the InfoDock Associates logo prepended.
|
|
|
2741 Without file, logo is prepended to the current buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
2742
|
|
78
|
2743 ;;;***
|
|
|
2744
|
|
|
2745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hyperbole" "hyperbole/hyperbole.el")
|
|
|
2746
|
|
|
2747 (defvar action-key-url-function 'w3-fetch "\
|
|
|
2748 Value is a function of one argument, a url, which displays the url referent.
|
|
|
2749 Possible values are:
|
|
|
2750 w3-fetch - display using the W3 Emacs web browser;
|
|
|
2751 highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape - display in Netscape;
|
|
|
2752 highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic - display in Mosaic.")
|
|
|
2753
|
|
|
2754 (defvar kimport:mode-alist '((t . kimport:text) (outline-mode . kimport:star-outline)) "\
|
|
|
2755 Alist of (major-mode . importation-function) elements.
|
|
|
2756 This determines the type of importation done on a file when `kimport:file' is
|
|
|
2757 called if the major mode of the import file matches the car of an element in
|
|
|
2758 this list. If there is no match, then `kimport:suffix-alist' is checked. If
|
|
|
2759 that yields no match, the element in this list whose car is 't is used. It
|
|
|
2760 normally does an import of a koutline or text file.
|
|
|
2761
|
|
|
2762 Each importation-function must take two arguments, a buffer/file to import
|
|
|
2763 and a buffer/file into which to insert the imported elements and a third
|
|
|
2764 optional argument, CHILDREN-P, which when non-nil means insert imported cells
|
|
|
2765 as the initial set of children of the current cell, if any.
|
|
|
2766
|
|
|
2767 outline-mode - imported as an Emacs outline whose entries begin with
|
|
|
2768 asterisks;
|
|
|
2769 .kot
|
|
|
2770 .kotl - imported as a structured koutline
|
|
|
2771
|
|
|
2772 all others - imported as text.")
|
|
|
2773
|
|
|
2774 (defvar kimport:suffix-alist '(("\\.otl$" . kimport:star-outline) ("\\.aug$" . kimport:aug-post-outline)) "\
|
|
|
2775 Alist of (buffer-name-suffix-regexp . importation-function) elements.
|
|
|
2776 This determines the type of importation done on a file when `kimport:file' is
|
|
|
2777 called. Each importation-function must take two arguments, a buffer/file to
|
|
|
2778 import and a buffer/file into which to insert the imported elements and a
|
|
|
2779 third optional argument, CHILDREN-P, which when non-nil means insert imported
|
|
|
2780 cells as the initial set of children of the current cell, if any.
|
|
|
2781
|
|
|
2782 .otl - imported as an Emacs outline whose entries begin with asterisks;
|
|
|
2783 .kot
|
|
|
2784 .kotl - imported as a structured koutline
|
|
|
2785 .aug - imported as an Augment post-numbered outline.")
|
|
|
2786
|
|
|
2787 ;;;***
|
|
|
2788
|
|
|
2789 ;;;### (autoloads (wconfig-yank-pop wconfig-ring-save wconfig-delete-pop wconfig-restore-by-name wconfig-delete-by-name wconfig-add-by-name) "wconfig" "hyperbole/wconfig.el")
|
|
|
2790
|
|
|
2791 (autoload 'wconfig-add-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2792 Saves the current window configuration under the string NAME.
|
|
|
2793 When called interactively and a window configuration already exists under
|
|
|
2794 NAME, confirms whether or not to replace it." t nil)
|
|
|
2795
|
|
|
2796 (autoload 'wconfig-delete-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2797 Deletes window configuration saved under NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
2798
|
|
|
2799 (autoload 'wconfig-restore-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2800 Restores window configuration saved under NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
2801
|
|
|
2802 (autoload 'wconfig-delete-pop "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2803 Replaces current window config with most recently saved config in ring.
|
|
|
2804 Then deletes this new configuration from the ring." t nil)
|
|
|
2805
|
|
|
2806 (autoload 'wconfig-ring-save "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2807 Saves the current window configuration onto the save ring.
|
|
|
2808 Use {\\[wconfig-yank-pop]} to restore it at a later time." t nil)
|
|
|
2809
|
|
|
2810 (autoload 'wconfig-yank-pop "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2811 Replaces current window config with prefix arg Nth prior one in save ring.
|
|
|
2812 Interactively, default value of N = 1, meaning the last saved window
|
|
|
2813 configuration is displayed.
|
|
|
2814
|
|
|
2815 The sequence of window configurations wraps around, so that after the oldest
|
|
|
2816 one comes the newest one." t nil)
|
|
|
2817
|
|
|
2818 ;;;***
|
|
|
2819
|
|
|
2820 ;;;### (autoloads (rolo-logic) "wrolo-logic" "hyperbole/wrolo-logic.el")
|
|
|
2821
|
|
|
2822 (autoload 'rolo-logic "wrolo-logic" "\
|
|
|
2823 Apply FUNC to all entries in optional IN-BUFS, display entries where FUNC is non-nil.
|
|
|
2824 If IN-BUFS is nil, 'rolo-file-list' is used. If optional COUNT-ONLY is
|
|
|
2825 non-nil, don't display entries, return count of matching entries only. If
|
|
|
2826 optional INCLUDE-SUB-ENTRIES flag is non-nil, FUNC will be applied across all
|
|
|
2827 sub-entries at once. Default is to apply FUNC to each entry and sub-entry
|
|
|
2828 separately. Entries are displayed with all of their sub-entries unless
|
|
|
2829 INCLUDE-SUB-ENTRIES is nil and optional NO-SUB-ENTRIES-OUT flag is non-nil.
|
|
|
2830 FUNC should use the free variables 'start' and 'end' which contain the limits
|
|
|
2831 of the region on which it should operate. Returns number of applications of
|
|
|
2832 FUNC that return non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2833
|
|
|
2834 ;;;***
|
|
|
2835
|
|
114
|
2836 ;;;### (autoloads (rolo-yank rolo-toggle-datestamps rolo-sort rolo-kill rolo-grep rolo-fgrep rolo-edit rolo-display-matches rolo-add) "wrolo" "hyperbole/wrolo.el")
|
|
78
|
2837
|
|
|
2838 (autoload 'rolo-add "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2839 Adds a new entry in personal rolodex for NAME.
|
|
|
2840 Last name first is best, e.g. \"Smith, John\".
|
|
|
2841 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to add entry within.
|
|
|
2842 NAME may be of the form: parent/child to insert child below a parent
|
|
|
2843 entry which begins with the parent string." t nil)
|
|
|
2844
|
|
|
2845 (autoload 'rolo-display-matches "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2846 Display optional DISPLAY-BUF buffer of previously found rolodex matches.
|
|
114
|
2847 If DISPLAY-BUF is nil, use the value in `rolo-display-buffer'.
|
|
78
|
2848 Second arg RETURN-TO-BUFFER is the buffer to leave point within after the display." t nil)
|
|
|
2849
|
|
|
2850 (autoload 'rolo-edit "wrolo" "\
|
|
114
|
2851 Edits a rolodex entry given by optional NAME within `rolo-file-list'.
|
|
78
|
2852 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to locate entry within.
|
|
114
|
2853 With no NAME arg, simply displays FILE or first entry in `rolo-file-list' in an
|
|
78
|
2854 editable mode. NAME may be of the form: parent/child to edit child below a
|
|
|
2855 parent entry which begins with the parent string." t nil)
|
|
|
2856
|
|
|
2857 (autoload 'rolo-fgrep "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2858 Display rolodex entries matching STRING.
|
|
|
2859 To a maximum of optional prefix arg MAX-MATCHES, in file(s) from optional
|
|
|
2860 ROLO-FILE or rolo-file-list. Default is to find all matching entries. Each
|
|
|
2861 entry is displayed with all of its sub-entries. Optional COUNT-ONLY non-nil
|
|
|
2862 means don't retrieve and don't display matching entries. Optional NO-DISPLAY
|
|
|
2863 non-nil means retrieve entries but don't display.
|
|
|
2864
|
|
|
2865 Nil value of MAX-MATCHES means find all matches, t value means find all matches
|
|
|
2866 but omit file headers, negative values mean find up to the inverse of that
|
|
|
2867 number of entries and omit file headers.
|
|
|
2868
|
|
|
2869 Returns number of entries matched. See also documentation for the variable
|
|
|
2870 rolo-file-list." t nil)
|
|
|
2871
|
|
|
2872 (autoload 'rolo-grep "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2873 Display rolodex entries matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
2874 To a maximum of prefix arg MAX-MATCHES, in buffer(s) from optional ROLO-BUFS or
|
|
|
2875 rolo-file-list. Default is to find all matching entries. Each entry is
|
|
|
2876 displayed with all of its sub-entries. Optional COUNT-ONLY non-nil means don't
|
|
|
2877 retrieve and don't display matching entries. Optional NO-DISPLAY non-nil
|
|
|
2878 means retrieve entries but don't display.
|
|
|
2879
|
|
|
2880 Nil value of MAX-MATCHES means find all matches, t value means find all matches
|
|
|
2881 but omit file headers, negative values mean find up to the inverse of that
|
|
|
2882 number of entries and omit file headers.
|
|
|
2883
|
|
|
2884 Returns number of entries matched. See also documentation for the variable
|
|
|
2885 rolo-file-list." t nil)
|
|
|
2886
|
|
|
2887 (autoload 'rolo-kill "wrolo" "\
|
|
114
|
2888 Kills a rolodex entry given by NAME within `rolo-file-list'.
|
|
78
|
2889 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to locate entry within.
|
|
|
2890 NAME may be of the form: parent/child to kill child below a parent entry
|
|
|
2891 which begins with the parent string.
|
|
|
2892 Returns t if entry is killed, nil otherwise." t nil)
|
|
|
2893
|
|
|
2894 (autoload 'rolo-sort "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2895 Sorts up to 14 levels of entries in ROLO-FILE (default is personal rolo).
|
|
114
|
2896 Assumes entries are delimited by one or more `*'characters.
|
|
78
|
2897 Returns list of number of groupings at each entry level." t nil)
|
|
|
2898
|
|
114
|
2899 (autoload 'rolo-toggle-datestamps "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2900 Toggle whether datestamps are updated when rolodex entries are modified.
|
|
|
2901 With optional ARG, turn them on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
2902
|
|
78
|
2903 (autoload 'rolo-yank "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2904 Inserts at point the first rolodex entry matching NAME.
|
|
|
2905 With optional prefix arg, REGEXP-P, treats NAME as a regular expression instead
|
|
|
2906 of a string." t nil)
|
|
|
2907
|
|
|
2908 ;;;***
|
|
|
2909
|
|
|
2910 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "iso/iso-acc.el")
|
|
|
2911
|
|
|
2912 (autoload 'iso-accents-mode "iso-acc" "\
|
|
|
2913 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
|
|
|
2914 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
|
|
|
2915 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
|
|
|
2916 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
|
|
|
2917 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
|
|
|
2918
|
|
|
2919 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
|
|
|
2920 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
|
|
|
2921
|
|
|
2922 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
|
|
|
2923 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
|
|
|
2924 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
|
|
|
2925 \"s gives German sharp s.
|
|
|
2926 /a gives a with ring.
|
|
|
2927 /e gives an a-e ligature.
|
|
|
2928 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
|
|
|
2929 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
|
|
|
2930 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
|
|
|
2931
|
|
|
2932 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
|
|
|
2933 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
|
|
|
2934
|
|
|
2935 ;;;***
|
|
|
2936
|
|
|
2937 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-deactivate-passwd mc-install-write-mode mc-install-read-mode) "mailcrypt" "mailcrypt/mailcrypt.el")
|
|
|
2938
|
|
|
2939 (autoload 'mc-install-read-mode "mailcrypt" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2940
|
|
|
2941 (autoload 'mc-install-write-mode "mailcrypt" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2942
|
|
|
2943 (autoload 'mc-deactivate-passwd "mailcrypt" "\
|
|
|
2944 *Deactivate the passphrase cache." t nil)
|
|
|
2945
|
|
|
2946 ;;;***
|
|
|
2947
|
|
|
2948 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-pgp-fetch-key mc-scheme-pgp) "mc-pgp" "mailcrypt/mc-pgp.el")
|
|
|
2949
|
|
|
2950 (autoload 'mc-scheme-pgp "mc-pgp" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
2951
|
|
|
2952 (autoload 'mc-pgp-fetch-key "mc-pgp" "\
|
|
|
2953 Attempt to fetch a key for addition to PGP keyring. Interactively,
|
|
|
2954 prompt for string matching key to fetch.
|
|
|
2955
|
|
|
2956 Non-interactively, ID must be a pair. The CAR must be a bare Email
|
|
|
2957 address and the CDR a keyID (with \"0x\" prefix). Either, but not
|
|
|
2958 both, may be nil.
|
|
|
2959
|
|
|
2960 Return t if we think we were successful; nil otherwise. Note that nil
|
|
|
2961 is not necessarily an error, since we may have merely fired off an Email
|
|
|
2962 request for the key." t nil)
|
|
|
2963
|
|
|
2964 ;;;***
|
|
|
2965
|
|
|
2966 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-remailer-insert-response-block mc-remailer-encrypt-for-chain mc-remailer-insert-pseudonym) "mc-remail" "mailcrypt/mc-remail.el")
|
|
|
2967
|
|
|
2968 (autoload 'mc-remailer-insert-pseudonym "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2969 Insert pseudonym as a From field in the hash-mark header.
|
|
|
2970
|
|
|
2971 See the documentation for the variable `mc-remailer-pseudonyms' for
|
|
|
2972 more information." t nil)
|
|
|
2973
|
|
|
2974 (autoload 'mc-remailer-encrypt-for-chain "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2975 Encrypt message for a remailer chain, prompting for chain to use.
|
|
|
2976
|
|
|
2977 With \\[universal-argument], pause before each encryption." t nil)
|
|
|
2978
|
|
|
2979 (autoload 'mc-remailer-insert-response-block "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2980 Insert response block at point, prompting for chain to use.
|
|
|
2981
|
|
|
2982 With \\[universal-argument], enter a recursive edit of the innermost
|
|
|
2983 layer of the block before encrypting it." t nil)
|
|
|
2984
|
|
|
2985 ;;;***
|
|
|
2986
|
|
|
2987 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-mh-snarf-keys mc-mh-verify-signature mc-mh-decrypt-message mc-gnus-decrypt-message mc-gnus-snarf-keys mc-gnus-verify-signature mc-vm-snarf-keys mc-vm-decrypt-message mc-vm-verify-signature mc-rmail-decrypt-message mc-rmail-verify-signature mc-rmail-summary-snarf-keys mc-rmail-summary-decrypt-message mc-rmail-summary-verify-signature mc-snarf-keys mc-snarf mc-insert-public-key mc-verify-signature mc-verify mc-sign-message mc-sign mc-decrypt-message mc-decrypt mc-encrypt-message mc-encrypt mc-cleanup-recipient-headers) "mc-toplev" "mailcrypt/mc-toplev.el")
|
|
|
2988
|
|
|
2989 (autoload 'mc-cleanup-recipient-headers "mc-toplev" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
2990
|
|
|
2991 (autoload 'mc-encrypt "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2992 *Encrypt the current buffer.
|
|
|
2993
|
|
|
2994 Exact behavior depends on current major mode.
|
|
|
2995
|
|
|
2996 With \\[universal-argument], prompt for User ID to sign as.
|
|
|
2997
|
|
|
2998 With \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], prompt for encryption scheme to use." t nil)
|
|
|
2999
|
|
|
3000 (autoload 'mc-encrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3001 *Encrypt a message for RECIPIENTS using the given encryption SCHEME.
|
|
|
3002 RECIPIENTS is a comma separated string. If SCHEME is nil, use the value
|
|
|
3003 of `mc-default-scheme'. Returns t on success, nil otherwise." nil nil)
|
|
|
3004
|
|
|
3005 (autoload 'mc-decrypt "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3006 *Decrypt a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
3007
|
|
|
3008 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
3009
|
|
|
3010 (autoload 'mc-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3011 Decrypt whatever message is in the current buffer.
|
|
|
3012 Returns a pair (SUCCEEDED . VERIFIED) where SUCCEEDED is t if the encryption
|
|
|
3013 succeeded and VERIFIED is t if it had a valid signature." nil nil)
|
|
|
3014
|
|
|
3015 (autoload 'mc-sign "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3016 *Sign a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
3017
|
|
|
3018 Exact behavior depends on current major mode.
|
|
|
3019
|
|
|
3020 With one prefix arg, prompts for private key to use, with two prefix args,
|
|
|
3021 also prompts for encryption scheme to use. With negative prefix arg,
|
|
|
3022 inhibits clearsigning (pgp)." t nil)
|
|
|
3023
|
|
|
3024 (autoload 'mc-sign-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3025 Clear sign the message." nil nil)
|
|
|
3026
|
|
|
3027 (autoload 'mc-verify "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3028 *Verify a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
3029
|
|
|
3030 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
3031
|
|
|
3032 (autoload 'mc-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3033 *Verify the signature of the signed message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
3034 Show the result as a message in the minibuffer. Returns t if the signature
|
|
|
3035 is verified." nil nil)
|
|
|
3036
|
|
|
3037 (autoload 'mc-insert-public-key "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3038 *Insert your public key at point.
|
|
|
3039 With one prefix arg, prompts for user id to use. With two prefix
|
|
|
3040 args, prompts for encryption scheme." t nil)
|
|
|
3041
|
|
|
3042 (autoload 'mc-snarf "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3043 *Add all public keys in the buffer to your keyring.
|
|
|
3044
|
|
|
3045 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
3046
|
|
|
3047 (autoload 'mc-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3048 *Add all public keys in the buffer to your keyring." t nil)
|
|
|
3049
|
|
|
3050 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3051 *Verify the signature in the current message." t nil)
|
|
|
3052
|
|
|
3053 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3054 *Decrypt the contents of this message" t nil)
|
|
|
3055
|
|
|
3056 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3057 *Adds keys from current message to public key ring" t nil)
|
|
|
3058
|
|
|
3059 (autoload 'mc-rmail-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3060 *Verify the signature in the current message." t nil)
|
|
|
3061
|
|
|
3062 (autoload 'mc-rmail-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3063 *Decrypt the contents of this message" t nil)
|
|
|
3064
|
|
|
3065 (autoload 'mc-vm-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3066 *Verify the signature in the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
3067
|
|
|
3068 (autoload 'mc-vm-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3069 *Decrypt the contents of the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
3070
|
|
|
3071 (autoload 'mc-vm-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3072 *Snarf public key from the contents of the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
3073
|
|
|
3074 (autoload 'mc-gnus-verify-signature "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
3075
|
|
|
3076 (autoload 'mc-gnus-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
3077
|
|
|
3078 (autoload 'mc-gnus-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
3079
|
|
|
3080 (autoload 'mc-mh-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3081 Decrypt the contents of the current MH message in the show buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
3082
|
|
|
3083 (autoload 'mc-mh-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
3084 *Verify the signature in the current MH message." t nil)
|
|
|
3085
|
|
|
3086 (autoload 'mc-mh-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
3087
|
|
|
3088 ;;;***
|
|
|
3089
|
|
|
3090 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el")
|
|
|
3091
|
|
|
3092 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
3093 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
3094 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
3095 to the MH mail system.
|
|
|
3096
|
|
|
3097 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
3098
|
|
|
3099 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
3100 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
3101 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
3102 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
|
|
|
3103 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
|
|
|
3104 that want to create a mail buffer.
|
|
|
3105 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
|
|
|
3106
|
|
|
3107 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
3108 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
3109 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
3110 to the MH mail system.
|
|
|
3111
|
|
|
3112 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
3113
|
|
|
3114 (autoload 'mh-letter-mode "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
3115 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
|
|
|
3116 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
|
|
|
3117 using the MH mail handling system.
|
|
|
3118 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
|
|
|
3119 messages.
|
|
|
3120
|
|
|
3121 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
|
|
|
3122
|
|
|
3123 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
|
|
|
3124
|
|
|
3125 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
|
|
|
3126 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
|
|
|
3127 the yanked message.
|
|
|
3128
|
|
|
3129 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
|
|
|
3130 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
|
|
|
3131 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
|
|
|
3132 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
|
|
|
3133 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
|
|
|
3134
|
|
|
3135 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
|
|
|
3136 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
|
|
|
3137 inserted in a draft letter.
|
|
|
3138
|
|
|
3139 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
|
|
|
3140 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
|
|
|
3141
|
|
|
3142 Upon invoking mh-letter-mode, text-mode-hook and mh-letter-mode-hook are
|
|
|
3143 invoked with no args, if those values are non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3144
|
|
|
3145 ;;;***
|
|
|
3146
|
|
|
3147 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el")
|
|
|
3148
|
|
|
3149 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-e" "\
|
|
|
3150 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
|
|
|
3151 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
3152 to the MH mail system." t nil)
|
|
|
3153
|
|
|
3154 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
|
|
|
3155 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
|
|
|
3156
|
|
|
3157 ;;;***
|
|
|
3158
|
|
|
3159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el")
|
|
|
3160
|
|
|
3161 (defvar mh-mime-content-types '(("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg")) "\
|
|
|
3162 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
|
|
|
3163
|
|
|
3164 ;;;***
|
|
|
3165
|
|
|
3166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el")
|
|
|
3167
|
|
|
3168 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
3169
|
|
|
3170 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
3171
|
|
|
3172 ;;;***
|
|
|
3173
|
|
|
3174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "modes/abbrev.el")
|
|
|
3175
|
|
|
3176 ;;;***
|
|
|
3177
|
|
|
3178 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-make-filename-from-adaname ada-mode) "ada-mode" "modes/ada-mode.el")
|
|
|
3179
|
|
|
3180 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
|
|
|
3181 Ada Mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
|
|
|
3182
|
|
|
3183 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
|
|
|
3184
|
|
|
3185 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
|
|
|
3186 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
|
|
|
3187
|
|
|
3188 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
|
|
|
3189 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
|
|
|
3190 Call external pretty printer program '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
|
|
|
3191
|
|
|
3192 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
|
|
|
3193 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
|
|
|
3194
|
|
|
3195 Call EXTERNAL pretty printer (if you have one) '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
|
|
|
3196
|
|
|
3197 Fill comment paragraph '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph]'
|
|
|
3198 Fill comment paragraph and justify each line '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-justify]'
|
|
|
3199 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-postfix]'
|
|
|
3200
|
|
|
3201 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
|
|
|
3202 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
|
|
|
3203
|
|
|
3204 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
|
|
|
3205 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
|
|
|
3206
|
|
|
3207 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
|
|
|
3208 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
|
|
|
3209 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
|
|
|
3210 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
|
|
|
3211 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
|
|
|
3212
|
|
|
3213 If you use imenu.el:
|
|
|
3214 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
|
|
|
3215
|
|
|
3216 If you use find-file.el:
|
|
|
3217 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
|
|
|
3218 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
|
|
|
3219 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
|
|
|
3220 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
|
|
|
3221 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created
|
|
|
3222 with body stubs.
|
|
|
3223
|
|
|
3224 If you use ada-xref.el:
|
|
|
3225 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
|
|
|
3226 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
|
|
|
3227 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'
|
|
|
3228 Execute Gnatf: '\\[ada-gnatf-current]'" t nil)
|
|
|
3229
|
|
|
3230 (autoload 'ada-make-filename-from-adaname "ada-mode" "\
|
|
|
3231 Determine the filename of a package/procedure from its own Ada name." t nil)
|
|
|
3232
|
|
|
3233 ;;;***
|
|
|
3234
|
|
|
3235 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "modes/arc-mode.el")
|
|
|
3236
|
|
|
3237 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3238 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
|
|
|
3239 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
|
|
|
3240 Letters no longer insert themselves.
|
|
|
3241 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
|
|
|
3242 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
|
|
|
3243
|
|
|
3244 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
|
|
|
3245 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
|
|
|
3246 archive.
|
|
|
3247
|
|
|
3248 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
|
|
|
3249
|
|
|
3250 ;;;***
|
|
|
3251
|
|
|
3252 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "modes/asm-mode.el")
|
|
|
3253
|
|
|
3254 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
|
|
|
3255 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
|
|
|
3256 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
|
|
|
3257
|
|
|
3258 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
3259 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
3260 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
3261 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
|
|
|
3262
|
|
|
3263 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
|
|
|
3264 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?;').
|
|
|
3265
|
|
|
3266 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
|
|
|
3267 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
|
|
|
3268
|
|
|
3269 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
|
|
|
3270
|
|
|
3271 Special commands:
|
|
|
3272 \\{asm-mode-map}
|
|
|
3273 " t nil)
|
|
|
3274
|
|
|
3275 ;;;***
|
|
|
3276
|
|
|
3277 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "modes/awk-mode.el")
|
|
|
3278
|
|
|
3279 (autoload 'awk-mode "awk-mode" "\
|
|
|
3280 Major mode for editing AWK code.
|
|
|
3281 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
|
|
|
3282 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
|
|
|
3283 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
|
|
|
3284
|
|
|
3285 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3286 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3287
|
|
|
3288 ;;;***
|
|
|
3289
|
|
|
3290 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "modes/bibtex.el")
|
|
|
3291
|
|
|
3292 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
|
|
|
3293 Major mode for editing bibtex files.
|
|
|
3294
|
|
|
3295 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
|
|
|
3296
|
|
|
3297 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
|
|
|
3298
|
|
|
3299 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and thus ignored by BibTeX.
|
|
|
3300 The OPT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT].
|
|
|
3301 \\[bibtex-kill-optional-field] kills the current optional field entirely.
|
|
|
3302 \\[bibtex-remove-double-quotes] removes the double-quotes around the text of
|
|
|
3303 the current field. \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current
|
|
|
3304 field with the default \"\".
|
|
|
3305
|
|
|
3306 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. (i) removes
|
|
|
3307 double-quotes from entirely numerical fields, (ii) removes OPT from all
|
|
|
3308 non-empty optional fields, (iii) removes all empty optional fields, and (iv)
|
|
|
3309 checks that no non-optional fields are empty.
|
|
|
3310
|
|
|
3311 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the dot at the end of the current field.
|
|
|
3312 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
|
|
|
3313
|
|
|
3314 The following may be of interest as well:
|
|
|
3315
|
|
|
3316 Functions:
|
|
|
3317 find-bibtex-duplicates
|
|
|
3318 find-bibtex-entry-location
|
|
|
3319 hide-bibtex-entry-bodies
|
|
|
3320 sort-bibtex-entries
|
|
|
3321 validate-bibtex-buffer
|
|
|
3322
|
|
|
3323 Variables:
|
|
|
3324 bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts
|
|
|
3325 bibtex-entry-field-alist
|
|
|
3326 bibtex-include-OPTannote
|
|
|
3327 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
|
|
|
3328 bibtex-include-OPTkey
|
|
|
3329 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
|
|
|
3330 bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields
|
|
|
3331
|
|
|
3332 Fields:
|
|
|
3333 address
|
|
|
3334 Publisher's address
|
|
|
3335 annote
|
|
|
3336 Long annotation used for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3337 author
|
|
|
3338 Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format
|
|
|
3339 booktitle
|
|
|
3340 Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
|
|
|
3341 For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
|
|
|
3342 chapter
|
|
|
3343 Chapter number
|
|
|
3344 crossref
|
|
|
3345 The database key of the entry being cross referenced.
|
|
|
3346 edition
|
|
|
3347 Edition of a book (e.g., \"second\")
|
|
|
3348 editor
|
|
|
3349 Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
|
|
|
3350 If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
|
|
|
3351 for the book or collection that the work appears in
|
|
|
3352 howpublished
|
|
|
3353 How something strange has been published (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3354 institution
|
|
|
3355 Sponsoring institution
|
|
|
3356 journal
|
|
|
3357 Journal name (macros are provided for many)
|
|
|
3358 key
|
|
|
3359 Alphabetizing and labeling key (needed when no author or editor)
|
|
|
3360 month
|
|
|
3361 Month (macros are provided)
|
|
|
3362 note
|
|
|
3363 To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3364 number
|
|
|
3365 Number of a journal or technical report
|
|
|
3366 organization
|
|
|
3367 Organization (sponsoring a conference)
|
|
|
3368 pages
|
|
|
3369 Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range)
|
|
|
3370 publisher
|
|
|
3371 Publisher name
|
|
|
3372 school
|
|
|
3373 School name (for theses)
|
|
|
3374 series
|
|
|
3375 The name of a series or set of books.
|
|
|
3376 An individual book will also have its own title
|
|
|
3377 title
|
|
|
3378 The title of the thing being referenced
|
|
|
3379 type
|
|
|
3380 Type of a technical report (e.g., \"Research Note\") to be used
|
|
|
3381 instead of the default \"Technical Report\"
|
|
|
3382 volume
|
|
|
3383 Volume of a journal or multivolume work
|
|
|
3384 year
|
|
|
3385 Year---should contain only numerals
|
|
|
3386 ---------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
3387 Entry to this mode calls the value of bibtex-mode-hook if that value is
|
|
|
3388 non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3389
|
|
|
3390 ;;;***
|
|
|
3391
|
|
118
|
3392 ;;;### (autoloads (c-add-style c-set-style java-mode objc-mode c++-mode c-mode) "cc-mode" "modes/cc-mode.el")
|
|
78
|
3393
|
|
|
3394 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3395 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
|
|
|
3396 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
3397 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
|
|
|
3398 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
|
|
|
3399 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
|
|
|
3400
|
|
110
|
3401 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3402
|
|
|
3403 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
|
|
|
3404 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
|
|
|
3405 run first.
|
|
|
3406
|
|
|
3407 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3408 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3409
|
|
|
3410 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3411 Major mode for editing C++ code.
|
|
|
3412 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
3413 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3414 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3415 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
|
|
|
3416 message.
|
|
|
3417
|
|
110
|
3418 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3419
|
|
|
3420 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
|
|
|
3421 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
|
|
|
3422 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
|
|
|
3423
|
|
|
3424 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3425 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3426
|
|
|
3427 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3428 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
|
|
|
3429 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
|
|
|
3430 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3431 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3432 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
|
|
|
3433 message.
|
|
|
3434
|
|
110
|
3435 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3436
|
|
|
3437 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
|
|
|
3438 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
|
|
|
3439 is run first.
|
|
|
3440
|
|
|
3441 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3442 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3443
|
|
|
3444 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3445 Major mode for editing Java code.
|
|
|
3446 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
|
|
|
3447 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3448 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3449 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
|
|
|
3450 message.
|
|
|
3451
|
|
110
|
3452 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3453
|
|
|
3454 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
|
|
|
3455 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
|
|
|
3456 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
|
|
|
3457 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
|
|
|
3458 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
|
|
|
3459
|
|
|
3460 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3461 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3462
|
|
|
3463 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-mode" "\
|
|
110
|
3464 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
|
|
78
|
3465 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
|
|
|
3466 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
|
|
110
|
3467 for details of setting up styles.
|
|
|
3468
|
|
|
3469 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
|
|
|
3470 style name." t nil)
|
|
78
|
3471
|
|
118
|
3472 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3473 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
|
|
|
3474 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
|
|
|
3475 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
|
|
|
3476
|
|
|
3477 ((VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
|
|
|
3478
|
|
|
3479 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of VARIABLE and
|
|
|
3480 VALUE. This function also sets the current style to STYLE using
|
|
|
3481 `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3482
|
|
78
|
3483 (fset 'set-c-style 'c-set-style)
|
|
|
3484
|
|
|
3485 ;;;***
|
|
|
3486
|
|
|
3487 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "modes/cl-indent.el")
|
|
|
3488
|
|
|
3489 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3490
|
|
|
3491 ;;;***
|
|
|
3492
|
|
|
3493 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "modes/cmacexp.el")
|
|
|
3494
|
|
|
3495 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
|
|
|
3496 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
|
|
|
3497 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
|
|
|
3498 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
|
|
|
3499
|
|
|
3500 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
|
|
|
3501 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
|
|
|
3502 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
|
|
|
3503
|
|
|
3504 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
|
|
|
3505 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
|
|
|
3506
|
|
|
3507 ;;;***
|
|
|
3508
|
|
|
3509 ;;;### (autoloads (eiffel-mode) "eiffel3" "modes/eiffel3.el")
|
|
|
3510
|
|
|
3511 (autoload 'eiffel-mode "eiffel3" "\
|
|
|
3512 Major mode for editing Eiffel programs." t nil)
|
|
|
3513
|
|
|
3514 ;;;***
|
|
|
3515
|
|
|
3516 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) "enriched" "modes/enriched.el")
|
|
|
3517
|
|
|
3518 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
|
|
|
3519 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
|
|
|
3520 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
|
|
|
3521 text/enriched format.
|
|
|
3522 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
3523
|
|
|
3524 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
|
|
|
3525 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
|
|
|
3526
|
|
|
3527 Commands:
|
|
|
3528
|
|
|
3529 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3530
|
|
|
3531 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3532
|
|
|
3533 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3534
|
|
|
3535 ;;;***
|
|
|
3536
|
|
|
3537 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic) "executable" "modes/executable.el")
|
|
|
3538
|
|
|
3539 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
|
|
|
3540 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
|
|
|
3541 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
|
|
|
3542 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
|
|
|
3543 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
|
|
|
3544 executable." t nil)
|
|
|
3545
|
|
|
3546 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
|
|
|
3547 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
|
|
|
3548 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
|
|
|
3549
|
|
|
3550 ;;;***
|
|
|
3551
|
|
|
3552 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "modes/f90.el")
|
|
|
3553
|
|
|
3554 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
|
|
|
3555 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
|
|
|
3556
|
|
|
3557 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
|
|
|
3558 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
|
|
|
3559 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
|
|
|
3560
|
|
|
3561 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
|
|
|
3562
|
|
|
3563 Key definitions:
|
|
|
3564 \\{f90-mode-map}
|
|
|
3565
|
|
|
3566 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
|
|
|
3567
|
|
|
3568 f90-do-indent
|
|
|
3569 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3570 f90-if-indent
|
|
|
3571 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3572 f90-type-indent
|
|
|
3573 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3574 f90-program-indent
|
|
|
3575 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
|
|
|
3576 (default 2)
|
|
|
3577 f90-continuation-indent
|
|
|
3578 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
|
|
|
3579 f90-comment-region
|
|
|
3580 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
|
|
|
3581 region. (default \"!!!$\")
|
|
|
3582 f90-indented-comment-re
|
|
|
3583 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
|
|
|
3584 (default \"!\")
|
|
|
3585 f90-directive-comment-re
|
|
|
3586 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
|
|
|
3587 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
|
|
|
3588 f90-break-delimiters
|
|
|
3589 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
|
|
|
3590 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
|
|
|
3591 f90-break-before-delimiters
|
|
|
3592 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
|
|
|
3593 (default t)
|
|
|
3594 f90-beginning-ampersand
|
|
|
3595 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
|
|
|
3596 f90-smart-end
|
|
|
3597 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
|
|
|
3598 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
|
|
|
3599 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
|
|
|
3600 f90-auto-keyword-case
|
|
|
3601 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
|
|
|
3602 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
|
|
|
3603 f90-leave-line-no
|
|
|
3604 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
|
|
|
3605 f90-startup-message
|
|
|
3606 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
|
|
|
3607 f90-keywords-re
|
|
|
3608 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
|
|
|
3609
|
|
|
3610 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3611 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3612
|
|
|
3613 ;;;***
|
|
|
3614
|
|
|
3615 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "modes/follow.el")
|
|
|
3616
|
|
|
3617 (add-minor-mode 'follow-mode nil 'follow-mode-map)
|
|
|
3618
|
|
|
3619 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3620 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
3621
|
|
|
3622 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3623 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
3624
|
|
|
3625 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3626 Minor mode which combines windows into one tall virtual window.
|
|
|
3627
|
|
|
3628 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
|
|
|
3629 of two major techniques:
|
|
|
3630
|
|
|
3631 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
|
|
|
3632 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
|
|
|
3633 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
|
|
|
3634
|
|
|
3635 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
|
|
|
3636 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
|
|
|
3637 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
|
|
|
3638 movement commands.
|
|
|
3639
|
|
|
3640 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
|
|
|
3641 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
|
|
|
3642 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
|
|
|
3643 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
|
|
108
|
3644 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
|
|
78
|
3645 mileage may vary).
|
|
|
3646
|
|
|
3647 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
|
|
|
3648 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
|
|
|
3649
|
|
|
3650 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
|
|
|
3651
|
|
|
3652 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
|
|
|
3653 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
|
|
|
3654 \(This is the default.)
|
|
|
3655
|
|
|
3656 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3657 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
|
|
|
3658
|
|
|
3659 Keys specific to Follow mode:
|
|
|
3660 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3661
|
|
|
3662 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
|
|
|
3663 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
|
|
|
3664
|
|
|
3665 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
|
|
|
3666 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
|
|
|
3667 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
|
|
|
3668 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
|
|
|
3669 two windows always will display two successive pages.
|
|
|
3670 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
|
|
|
3671
|
|
|
3672 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
|
|
|
3673 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
|
|
|
3674 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
|
|
|
3675
|
|
|
3676 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
|
|
|
3677 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
|
|
|
3678 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
|
|
|
3679
|
|
|
3680 ;;;***
|
|
|
3681
|
|
|
3682 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "modes/fortran.el")
|
|
|
3683
|
|
|
3684 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
|
|
|
3685 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
|
|
|
3686 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
|
|
|
3687 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
|
|
|
3688 with a character in column 6.")
|
|
|
3689
|
|
|
3690 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
|
|
|
3691 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
|
|
|
3692 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
|
|
|
3693 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
|
|
|
3694
|
|
|
3695 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
|
|
|
3696
|
|
|
3697 Key definitions:
|
|
|
3698 \\{fortran-mode-map}
|
|
|
3699
|
|
|
3700 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
|
|
|
3701
|
|
|
3702 comment-start
|
|
|
3703 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
|
|
|
3704 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
|
|
|
3705 fortran-do-indent
|
|
|
3706 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3707 fortran-if-indent
|
|
|
3708 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3709 fortran-structure-indent
|
|
|
3710 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
|
|
|
3711 (default 3)
|
|
|
3712 fortran-continuation-indent
|
|
|
3713 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
|
|
|
3714 fortran-comment-line-extra-indent
|
|
|
3715 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
|
|
|
3716 fortran-comment-indent-style
|
|
|
3717 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
|
|
|
3718 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
|
|
|
3719 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
|
|
|
3720 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
|
|
|
3721 (for TAB format continuation style).
|
|
|
3722 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
|
|
|
3723 indentation for a line of code.
|
|
|
3724 (default 'fixed)
|
|
|
3725 fortran-comment-indent-char
|
|
|
3726 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
|
|
|
3727 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
|
|
|
3728 fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed
|
|
|
3729 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
|
|
|
3730 fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab
|
|
|
3731 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
|
|
|
3732 fortran-line-number-indent
|
|
|
3733 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
|
|
|
3734 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
|
|
|
3735 column 5. (default 1)
|
|
|
3736 fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do
|
|
|
3737 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
|
|
|
3738 statements. (default nil)
|
|
|
3739 fortran-blink-matching-if
|
|
|
3740 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
|
|
|
3741 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
|
|
|
3742 statement. (default nil)
|
|
|
3743 fortran-continuation-string
|
|
|
3744 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
|
|
|
3745 line. (default \"$\")
|
|
|
3746 fortran-comment-region
|
|
|
3747 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
|
|
|
3748 region. (default \"c$$$\")
|
|
|
3749 fortran-electric-line-number
|
|
|
3750 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
|
|
|
3751 as typed. (default t)
|
|
|
3752 fortran-break-before-delimiters
|
|
|
3753 Non-nil causes `fortran-fill' breaks lines before delimiters.
|
|
|
3754 (default t)
|
|
|
3755 fortran-startup-message
|
|
|
3756 Set to nil to inhibit message first time Fortran mode is used.
|
|
|
3757
|
|
|
3758 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3759 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3760
|
|
|
3761 ;;;***
|
|
|
3762
|
|
|
3763 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "modes/hideif.el")
|
|
|
3764
|
|
|
3765 (add-minor-mode 'hide-ifdef-mode " Ifdef")
|
|
|
3766
|
|
|
3767 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
|
|
|
3768 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
|
|
|
3769 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
3770 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
|
|
|
3771 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
|
|
|
3772 how the hiding is done:
|
|
|
3773
|
|
|
3774 hide-ifdef-env
|
|
|
3775 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
|
|
|
3776 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3777 is used.
|
|
|
3778
|
|
|
3779 hide-ifdef-define-alist
|
|
|
3780 An association list of defined symbol lists.
|
|
|
3781 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3782 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3783 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
|
|
|
3784
|
|
|
3785 hide-ifdef-lines
|
|
|
3786 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
|
|
|
3787 #endif lines when hiding.
|
|
|
3788
|
|
|
3789 hide-ifdef-initially
|
|
|
3790 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
|
|
|
3791 is activated.
|
|
|
3792
|
|
|
3793 hide-ifdef-read-only
|
|
|
3794 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
|
|
|
3795 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
|
|
|
3796
|
|
|
3797 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3798
|
|
|
3799 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
|
|
|
3800 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
|
|
|
3801
|
|
|
3802 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
|
|
|
3803 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
|
|
|
3804
|
|
|
3805 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
|
|
|
3806 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
|
|
|
3807
|
|
|
3808 ;;;***
|
|
|
3809
|
|
|
3810 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-block hs-hide-all) "hideshow" "modes/hideshow.el")
|
|
|
3811
|
|
|
3812 (defvar hs-minor-mode nil "\
|
|
|
3813 Non-nil if using hideshow mode as a minor mode of some other mode.
|
|
|
3814 Use the command `hs-minor-mode' to toggle this variable.")
|
|
|
3815
|
|
|
3816 (autoload 'hs-hide-all "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3817 Hides all top-level blocks, displaying only first and last lines.
|
|
|
3818 It moves point to the beginning of the line, and it runs the normal hook
|
|
|
3819 `hs-hide-hook'. See documentation for `run-hooks'." t nil)
|
|
|
3820
|
|
|
3821 (autoload 'hs-hide-block "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3822 Selects a block and hides it. With prefix arg, reposition at end.
|
|
|
3823 Block is defined as a sexp for lispish modes, mode-specific otherwise.
|
|
|
3824 Comments are blocks, too. Upon completion, point is at repositioned and
|
|
|
3825 the normal hook `hs-hide-hook' is run. See documentation for `run-hooks'." t nil)
|
|
|
3826
|
|
|
3827 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3828 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
|
|
|
3829 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
3830 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
|
|
|
3831 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. The variables
|
|
|
3832 `selective-display' and `selective-display-ellipses' are set to t.
|
|
|
3833 Last, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run; see the doc for `run-hooks'.
|
|
|
3834
|
|
|
3835 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
|
|
|
3836 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands." t nil)
|
|
|
3837
|
|
|
3838 (add-minor-mode 'hs-minor-mode " hs" 'hs-minor-mode-map)
|
|
|
3839
|
|
|
3840 ;;;***
|
|
|
3841
|
|
|
3842 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "modes/icon.el")
|
|
|
3843
|
|
|
3844 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
|
|
|
3845 Major mode for editing Icon code.
|
|
|
3846 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
|
|
|
3847 Tab indents for Icon code.
|
|
|
3848 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
3849 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
3850 \\{icon-mode-map}
|
|
|
3851 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
3852 icon-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
3853 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
3854 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
3855 icon-auto-newline
|
|
|
3856 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
|
|
|
3857 inserted in Icon code.
|
|
|
3858 icon-indent-level
|
|
|
3859 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
3860 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
|
|
|
3861 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
|
|
|
3862 icon-continued-statement-offset
|
|
|
3863 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
|
|
|
3864 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
|
|
|
3865 icon-continued-brace-offset
|
|
|
3866 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
|
|
|
3867 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
|
|
|
3868 icon-brace-offset
|
|
|
3869 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
|
|
|
3870 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
|
|
|
3871 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
|
|
|
3872 this far to the right of the start of its line.
|
|
|
3873
|
|
|
3874 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3875 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3876
|
|
|
3877 ;;;***
|
|
|
3878
|
|
|
3879 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "modes/imenu.el")
|
|
|
3880
|
|
|
3881 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
|
|
|
3882 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
|
|
|
3883
|
|
|
3884 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu-create-index-with-pattern'
|
|
|
3885 to create a buffer index.
|
|
|
3886
|
|
|
3887 It is an alist with elements that look like this: (MENU-TITLE
|
|
|
3888 REGEXP INDEX).
|
|
|
3889
|
|
|
3890 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
|
|
|
3891 entries are not nested.
|
|
|
3892
|
|
|
3893 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
|
|
|
3894 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
|
|
|
3895 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
|
|
|
3896 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
|
|
|
3897
|
|
|
3898 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
|
|
|
3899 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
|
|
|
3900
|
|
|
3901 For emacs-lisp-mode for example PATTERN would look like:
|
|
|
3902
|
|
|
3903 '((nil \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(un\\\\|subst\\\\|macro\\\\|advice\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2)
|
|
|
3904 (\"*Vars*\" \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(var\\\\|const\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2)
|
|
|
3905 (\"*Types*\" \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(type\\\\|struct\\\\|class\\\\|ine-condition\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2))
|
|
|
3906
|
|
|
3907 The variable is buffer-local.")
|
|
|
3908
|
|
|
3909 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
|
|
|
3910
|
|
|
3911 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
|
|
|
3912 Adds an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
|
|
|
3913 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
|
|
|
3914 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
3915
|
|
|
3916 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
|
|
|
3917 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
|
|
|
3918 See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
3919
|
|
|
3920 ;;;***
|
|
|
3921
|
|
|
3922 ;;;### (autoloads (ksh-mode) "ksh-mode" "modes/ksh-mode.el")
|
|
|
3923
|
|
|
3924 (autoload 'ksh-mode "ksh-mode" "\
|
|
126
|
3925 ksh-mode $Revision: 1.22 $ - Major mode for editing (Bourne, Korn or Bourne again)
|
|
78
|
3926 shell scripts.
|
|
|
3927 Special key bindings and commands:
|
|
|
3928 \\{ksh-mode-map}
|
|
|
3929 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
3930 ksh-indent
|
|
|
3931 Indentation of ksh statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
3932 Default value is 2.
|
|
|
3933 ksh-case-indent
|
|
|
3934 Additional indentation for statements under case items.
|
|
|
3935 Default value is nil which will align the statements one position
|
|
|
3936 past the \")\" of the pattern.
|
|
|
3937 ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3938 Additional indentation for case items within a case statement.
|
|
|
3939 Default value is 2.
|
|
|
3940 ksh-group-offset
|
|
|
3941 Additional indentation for keywords \"do\" and \"then\".
|
|
|
3942 Default value is -2.
|
|
|
3943 ksh-brace-offset
|
|
|
3944 Additional indentation of \"{\" under functions or brace groupings.
|
|
|
3945 Default value is 0.
|
|
|
3946 ksh-multiline-offset
|
|
|
3947 Additional indentation of line that is preceded of a line ending with a
|
|
|
3948 \\ to make it continue on next line.
|
|
|
3949 ksh-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
3950 Controls the operation of the TAB key. If t (the default), always
|
|
|
3951 reindent the current line. If nil, indent the current line only if
|
|
|
3952 point is at the left margin or in the line's indentation; otherwise
|
|
|
3953 insert a tab.
|
|
|
3954 ksh-match-and-tell
|
|
|
3955 If non-nil echo in the minibuffer the matching compound command
|
|
|
3956 for the \"done\", \"}\", \"fi\", or \"esac\". Default value is t.
|
|
|
3957
|
|
|
3958 ksh-align-to-keyword
|
|
|
3959 Controls whether nested constructs align from the keyword or
|
|
|
3960 the current indentation. If non-nil, indentation will be relative to
|
|
|
3961 the column the keyword starts. If nil, indentation will be relative to
|
|
|
3962 the current indentation of the line the keyword is on.
|
|
|
3963 The default value is non-nil.
|
|
|
3964
|
|
|
3965 ksh-comment-regexp
|
|
|
3966 Regular expression used to recognize comments. Customize to support
|
|
|
3967 ksh-like languages. Default value is \" \\s *#\".
|
|
|
3968
|
|
|
3969 Style Guide.
|
|
|
3970 By setting
|
|
|
3971 (setq ksh-indent default-tab-width)
|
|
|
3972 (setq ksh-group-offset 0)
|
|
|
3973
|
|
|
3974 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3975
|
|
|
3976 if [ -z $foo ]
|
|
|
3977 then
|
|
|
3978 bar # <-- ksh-group-offset is additive to ksh-indent
|
|
|
3979 foo
|
|
|
3980 fi
|
|
|
3981
|
|
|
3982 By setting
|
|
|
3983 (setq ksh-indent default-tab-width)
|
|
|
3984 (setq ksh-group-offset (- 0 ksh-indent))
|
|
|
3985
|
|
|
3986 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3987
|
|
|
3988 if [ -z $foo ]
|
|
|
3989 then
|
|
|
3990 bar
|
|
|
3991 foo
|
|
|
3992 fi
|
|
|
3993
|
|
|
3994 By setting
|
|
|
3995 (setq ksh-case-item-offset 1)
|
|
|
3996 (setq ksh-case-indent nil)
|
|
|
3997
|
|
|
3998 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3999
|
|
|
4000 case x in *
|
|
|
4001 foo) bar # <-- ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
4002 baz;; # <-- ksh-case-indent aligns with \")\"
|
|
|
4003 foobar) foo
|
|
|
4004 bar;;
|
|
|
4005 esac
|
|
|
4006
|
|
|
4007 By setting
|
|
|
4008 (setq ksh-case-item-offset 1)
|
|
|
4009 (setq ksh-case-indent 6)
|
|
|
4010
|
|
|
4011 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
4012
|
|
|
4013 case x in *
|
|
|
4014 foo) bar # <-- ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
4015 baz;; # <-- ksh-case-indent
|
|
|
4016 foobar) foo
|
|
|
4017 bar;;
|
|
|
4018 esac
|
|
|
4019
|
|
|
4020
|
|
|
4021 Installation:
|
|
|
4022
|
|
|
4023 (setq ksh-mode-hook
|
|
|
4024 (function (lambda ()
|
|
|
4025 (font-lock-mode 1) ;; font-lock the buffer
|
|
|
4026 (setq ksh-indent 8)
|
|
|
4027 (setq ksh-group-offset -8)
|
|
|
4028 (setq ksh-brace-offset -8)
|
|
|
4029 (setq ksh-tab-always-indent t)
|
|
|
4030 (setq ksh-match-and-tell t)
|
|
|
4031 (setq ksh-align-to-keyword t) ;; Turn on keyword alignment
|
|
|
4032 )))" t nil)
|
|
|
4033
|
|
|
4034 ;;;***
|
|
|
4035
|
|
|
4036 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "modes/m4-mode.el")
|
|
|
4037
|
|
|
4038 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
|
|
|
4039 A major-mode to edit m4 macro files
|
|
|
4040 \\{m4-mode-map}
|
|
|
4041 " t nil)
|
|
|
4042
|
|
|
4043 ;;;***
|
|
|
4044
|
|
|
4045 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-alias build-mail-aliases mail-aliases-setup) "mail-abbrevs" "modes/mail-abbrevs.el")
|
|
|
4046
|
|
120
|
4047 (defcustom mail-abbrev-mailrc-file nil "Name of file with mail aliases. If nil, ~/.mailrc is used." :type '(choice (const :tag "Default" nil) file) :group 'mail-abbrevs)
|
|
78
|
4048
|
|
|
4049 (defvar mail-aliases nil "\
|
|
|
4050 Word-abbrev table of mail address aliases.
|
|
|
4051 If this is nil, it means the aliases have not yet been initialized and
|
|
|
4052 should be read from the .mailrc file. (This is distinct from there being
|
|
|
4053 no aliases, which is represented by this being a table with no entries.)")
|
|
|
4054
|
|
|
4055 (autoload 'mail-aliases-setup "mail-abbrevs" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
4056
|
|
|
4057 (autoload 'build-mail-aliases "mail-abbrevs" "\
|
|
|
4058 Read mail aliases from .mailrc and set mail-aliases." nil nil)
|
|
|
4059
|
|
|
4060 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mail-abbrevs" "\
|
|
|
4061 Define NAME as a mail-alias that translates to DEFINITION.
|
|
|
4062 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
|
|
|
4063
|
|
|
4064 ;;;***
|
|
|
4065
|
|
|
4066 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "modes/make-mode.el")
|
|
|
4067
|
|
|
4068 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
|
|
|
4069 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
|
|
|
4070 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4071
|
|
|
4072 \\{makefile-mode-map}
|
|
|
4073
|
|
|
4074 In the browser, use the following keys:
|
|
|
4075
|
|
|
4076 \\{makefile-browser-map}
|
|
|
4077
|
|
|
4078 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
|
|
|
4079
|
|
|
4080 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
|
|
|
4081 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
|
|
|
4082
|
|
|
4083 makefile-target-colon:
|
|
|
4084 The string that gets appended to all target names
|
|
|
4085 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
|
|
|
4086 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
|
|
|
4087
|
|
|
4088 makefile-macro-assign:
|
|
|
4089 The string that gets appended to all macro names
|
|
|
4090 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
|
|
|
4091 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
|
|
|
4092 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
|
|
|
4093 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
|
|
|
4094 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
|
|
|
4095
|
|
|
4096 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
|
|
|
4097 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
|
|
|
4098 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
|
|
|
4099
|
|
|
4100 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
|
|
|
4101 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
|
|
|
4102
|
|
|
4103 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
|
|
|
4104 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
|
|
|
4105 up or down in the browser.
|
|
|
4106
|
|
|
4107 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
|
|
|
4108 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
|
|
|
4109
|
|
|
4110 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
|
|
|
4111 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
|
|
|
4112
|
|
|
4113 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
|
|
|
4114 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
|
|
|
4115 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
|
|
|
4116 has been selected in the browser.
|
|
|
4117
|
|
|
4118 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
|
|
|
4119 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
|
|
|
4120 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
|
|
|
4121 (i.e. it calls `makefile-find-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
|
|
|
4122 filenames are omitted.
|
|
|
4123
|
|
|
4124 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
|
|
|
4125 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then makefile-mode
|
|
|
4126 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
|
|
|
4127 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
|
|
|
4128 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
|
|
|
4129 the backslash itself intact.
|
|
|
4130 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes makefile-mode
|
|
|
4131 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
|
|
|
4132
|
|
|
4133 makefile-browser-hook:
|
|
|
4134 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
|
|
|
4135 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
|
|
|
4136
|
|
|
4137 makefile-special-targets-list:
|
|
|
4138 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
|
|
|
4139 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
|
|
|
4140 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
|
|
|
4141
|
|
|
4142 ;;;***
|
|
|
4143
|
|
|
4144 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "modes/modula2.el")
|
|
|
4145
|
|
|
4146 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
|
|
|
4147 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
|
|
|
4148 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
|
|
|
4149 followed by the first character of the construct.
|
|
|
4150 \\<m2-mode-map>
|
|
|
4151 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
|
|
|
4152 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
|
|
|
4153 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
|
|
|
4154 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
|
|
|
4155 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
|
|
|
4156 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
|
|
|
4157 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
|
|
|
4158 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
|
|
|
4159 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
|
|
|
4160 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
|
|
|
4161 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
|
|
|
4162 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
|
|
|
4163 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
|
|
|
4164 \\[m2-link] link
|
|
|
4165
|
|
|
4166 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
|
|
|
4167 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
|
|
|
4168 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
|
|
|
4169
|
|
|
4170 ;;;***
|
|
|
4171
|
|
|
4172 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-nroff-mode nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "modes/nroff-mode.el")
|
|
|
4173
|
|
|
4174 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
|
|
|
4175 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
|
|
|
4176 \\{nroff-mode-map}
|
|
|
4177 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4178 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
|
|
|
4179 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
|
|
|
4180
|
|
|
4181 (autoload 'electric-nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
|
|
|
4182 Toggle `nroff-electric-newline' minor mode.
|
|
|
4183 `nroff-electric-newline' forces Emacs to check for an nroff request at the
|
|
|
4184 beginning of the line, and insert the matching closing request if necessary.
|
|
|
4185 This command toggles that mode (off->on, on->off), with an argument,
|
|
|
4186 turns it on iff arg is positive, otherwise off." t nil)
|
|
|
4187
|
|
|
4188 (defvar nroff-electric-mode nil "\
|
|
|
4189 Non-nil if in electric-nroff minor mode.")
|
|
|
4190
|
|
|
4191 (add-minor-mode 'nroff-electric-mode " Electric" nil nil 'electric-nroff-mode)
|
|
|
4192
|
|
|
4193 ;;;***
|
|
|
4194
|
|
|
4195 ;;;### (autoloads (outl-mouse-minor-mode outl-mouse-mode) "outl-mouse" "modes/outl-mouse.el")
|
|
|
4196
|
|
|
4197 (autoload 'outl-mouse-mode "outl-mouse" "\
|
|
|
4198 Calls outline-mode, with outl-mouse extensions" t nil)
|
|
|
4199
|
|
|
4200 (autoload 'outl-mouse-minor-mode "outl-mouse" "\
|
|
|
4201 Toggles outline-minor-mode, with outl-mouse extensions" t nil)
|
|
|
4202
|
|
|
4203 ;;;***
|
|
|
4204
|
|
|
4205 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "modes/outline.el")
|
|
|
4206
|
|
|
4207 (defvar outline-minor-mode nil "\
|
|
|
4208 Non-nil if using Outline mode as a minor mode of some other mode.")
|
|
|
4209
|
|
|
4210 (make-variable-buffer-local 'outline-minor-mode)
|
|
|
4211
|
|
|
4212 (put 'outline-minor-mode 'permanent-local t)
|
|
|
4213
|
|
|
4214 (add-minor-mode 'outline-minor-mode " Outl")
|
|
|
4215
|
|
|
4216 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
|
|
|
4217 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
|
|
|
4218 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
|
|
|
4219 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
|
|
|
4220
|
|
|
4221 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
|
|
|
4222 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
|
|
|
4223 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
|
|
|
4224 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
|
|
|
4225
|
|
|
4226 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
|
|
|
4227 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
|
|
|
4228 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
|
|
|
4229 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
|
|
|
4230 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
|
|
|
4231 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
|
|
|
4232
|
|
|
4233 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
|
|
|
4234 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
|
|
|
4235
|
|
|
4236 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
|
|
|
4237 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
|
|
|
4238 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
|
|
|
4239 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
|
|
|
4240 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
|
|
|
4241 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
|
|
|
4242 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
|
|
|
4243 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
|
|
|
4244 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
|
|
|
4245 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
|
|
|
4246 The subheadings remain visible.
|
|
|
4247 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
|
|
|
4248
|
|
|
4249 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
|
|
|
4250 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
|
|
|
4251 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
|
|
|
4252
|
|
|
4253 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
|
|
|
4254 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4255
|
|
|
4256 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
|
|
|
4257 Toggle Outline minor mode.
|
|
|
4258 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
4259 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
|
|
|
4260
|
|
|
4261 ;;;***
|
|
|
4262
|
|
|
4263 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "modes/pascal.el")
|
|
|
4264
|
|
|
4265 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
|
|
|
4266 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
|
|
|
4267 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4268
|
|
|
4269 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
|
|
|
4270 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
|
|
|
4271
|
|
|
4272 Other useful functions are:
|
|
|
4273
|
|
|
4274 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
|
|
|
4275 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
|
|
|
4276 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
|
|
|
4277 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
|
|
|
4278 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
|
|
|
4279 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
|
|
|
4280 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
|
|
|
4281 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
4282 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
|
|
|
4283
|
|
|
4284 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
|
|
|
4285
|
|
|
4286 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
|
|
|
4287 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
4288 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
|
|
|
4289 Indentation for case statements.
|
|
|
4290 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
|
|
110
|
4291 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation mark
|
|
78
|
4292 after an end.
|
|
|
4293 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
|
|
|
4294 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
4295 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
4296 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
|
|
|
4297 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
|
|
|
4298 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
|
|
|
4299 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
|
|
108
|
4300 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
|
|
78
|
4301
|
|
|
4302 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
|
|
|
4303 pascal-separator-keywords.
|
|
|
4304
|
|
|
4305 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
|
|
|
4306 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4307
|
|
|
4308 ;;;***
|
|
|
4309
|
|
|
4310 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "modes/perl-mode.el")
|
|
|
4311
|
|
|
4312 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
|
|
|
4313 Major mode for editing Perl code.
|
|
|
4314 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
|
|
|
4315 Tab indents for Perl code.
|
|
|
4316 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
|
|
|
4317 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4318 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4319 \\{perl-mode-map}
|
|
|
4320 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4321 perl-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4322 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
|
|
|
4323 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
4324 perl-tab-to-comment
|
|
|
4325 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
|
|
|
4326 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
|
|
|
4327 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
|
|
|
4328 perl-nochange
|
|
|
4329 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
|
|
|
4330 perl-indent-level
|
|
|
4331 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
4332 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
|
|
|
4333 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
|
|
|
4334 perl-continued-statement-offset
|
|
|
4335 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
|
|
|
4336 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
|
|
|
4337 perl-continued-brace-offset
|
|
|
4338 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
|
|
|
4339 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
|
|
|
4340 perl-brace-offset
|
|
|
4341 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
|
|
|
4342 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
|
|
|
4343 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
|
|
|
4344 this far to the right of the start of its line.
|
|
|
4345 perl-label-offset
|
|
|
4346 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
|
|
|
4347
|
|
|
4348 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
|
|
|
4349 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
|
|
|
4350 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
|
|
|
4351 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
|
|
|
4352 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
|
|
|
4353 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
|
|
|
4354 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
|
|
|
4355
|
|
|
4356 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
|
|
|
4357
|
|
|
4358 ;;;***
|
|
|
4359
|
|
|
4360 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "modes/picture.el")
|
|
|
4361
|
|
|
4362 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
|
|
|
4363 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
|
|
|
4364 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
|
|
|
4365 afterwards settable by these commands:
|
|
|
4366 C-c < Move left after insertion.
|
|
|
4367 C-c > Move right after insertion.
|
|
|
4368 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
|
|
|
4369 C-c . Move down after insertion.
|
|
|
4370 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
|
|
|
4371 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
|
|
|
4372 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
|
|
|
4373 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
|
|
|
4374 The current direction is displayed in the modeline. The initial
|
|
|
4375 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
|
|
|
4376 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
|
|
|
4377 with these commands:
|
|
|
4378 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
|
|
|
4379 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
|
|
|
4380 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
|
|
|
4381 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
|
|
|
4382 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
|
|
|
4383 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
|
|
|
4384 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
|
|
|
4385 Return Move to beginning of next line.
|
|
|
4386 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
|
|
|
4387 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
|
|
|
4388 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
|
|
|
4389 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
|
|
|
4390 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
|
|
|
4391 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
|
|
|
4392 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
|
|
|
4393 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
|
|
|
4394 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
|
|
|
4395 You can manipulate text with these commands:
|
|
|
4396 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
|
|
|
4397 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
|
|
|
4398 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
|
|
|
4399 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
|
|
|
4400 text is saved in the kill ring.
|
|
|
4401 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
|
|
|
4402 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
|
|
|
4403 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
|
|
|
4404 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
|
|
|
4405 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
|
|
|
4406 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
|
|
|
4407 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
|
|
|
4408 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
|
|
|
4409 commands if invoked soon enough.
|
|
|
4410 You can return to the previous mode with:
|
|
|
4411 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
|
|
|
4412 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
|
|
|
4413
|
|
|
4414 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
|
|
|
4415
|
|
|
4416 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
|
|
|
4417 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
|
|
|
4418
|
|
|
4419 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
|
|
|
4420
|
|
|
4421 ;;;***
|
|
|
4422
|
|
|
4423 ;;;### (autoloads (postscript-mode) "postscript" "modes/postscript.el")
|
|
|
4424
|
|
|
4425 (autoload 'postscript-mode "postscript" "\
|
|
|
4426 Major mode for editing PostScript files.
|
|
|
4427
|
|
|
4428 \\[ps-execute-buffer] will send the contents of the buffer to the NeWS
|
|
|
4429 server using psh(1). \\[ps-execute-region] sends the current region.
|
|
|
4430 \\[ps-shell] starts an interactive psh(1) window which will be used for
|
|
|
4431 subsequent \\[ps-execute-buffer] or \\[ps-execute-region] commands.
|
|
|
4432
|
|
|
4433 In this mode, TAB and \\[indent-region] attempt to indent code
|
|
|
4434 based on the position of {}, [], and begin/end pairs. The variable
|
|
|
4435 ps-indent-level controls the amount of indentation used inside
|
|
|
4436 arrays and begin/end pairs.
|
|
|
4437
|
|
|
4438 \\{ps-mode-map}
|
|
|
4439
|
|
|
4440 \\[postscript-mode] calls the value of the variable postscript-mode-hook
|
|
|
4441 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4442
|
|
|
4443 ;;;***
|
|
|
4444
|
|
|
4445 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog inferior-prolog-mode prolog-mode) "prolog" "modes/prolog.el")
|
|
|
4446
|
|
|
4447 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4448 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
|
|
|
4449 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
|
|
|
4450 Commands:
|
|
|
4451 \\{prolog-mode-map}
|
|
|
4452 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
|
|
|
4453 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4454
|
|
|
4455 (autoload 'inferior-prolog-mode "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4456 Major mode for interacting with an inferior Prolog process.
|
|
|
4457
|
|
|
4458 The following commands are available:
|
|
|
4459 \\{inferior-prolog-mode-map}
|
|
|
4460
|
|
|
4461 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' with no arguments,
|
|
|
4462 if that value is non-nil. Likewise with the value of `comint-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4463 `prolog-mode-hook' is called after `comint-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4464
|
|
|
4465 You can send text to the inferior Prolog from other buffers
|
|
|
4466 using the commands `send-region', `send-string' and \\[prolog-consult-region].
|
|
|
4467
|
|
|
4468 Commands:
|
|
|
4469 Tab indents for Prolog; with argument, shifts rest
|
|
|
4470 of expression rigidly with the current line.
|
|
|
4471 Paragraphs are separated only by blank lines and '%%'.
|
|
|
4472 '%'s start comments.
|
|
|
4473
|
|
|
4474 Return at end of buffer sends line as input.
|
|
|
4475 Return not at end copies rest of line to end and sends it.
|
|
|
4476 \\[comint-kill-input] and \\[backward-kill-word] are kill commands, imitating normal Unix input editing.
|
|
|
4477 \\[comint-interrupt-subjob] interrupts the shell or its current subjob if any.
|
|
|
4478 \\[comint-stop-subjob] stops. \\[comint-quit-subjob] sends quit signal." t nil)
|
|
|
4479
|
|
|
4480 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4481 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
|
|
|
4482
|
|
|
4483 ;;;***
|
|
|
4484
|
|
|
4485 ;;;### (autoloads (py-shell python-mode) "python-mode" "modes/python-mode.el")
|
|
|
4486
|
|
|
4487 (eval-when-compile (condition-case nil (progn (require 'cl) (require 'imenu)) (error nil)))
|
|
|
4488
|
|
|
4489 (autoload 'python-mode "python-mode" "\
|
|
|
4490 Major mode for editing Python files.
|
|
|
4491 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[py-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
4492 `python-mode' buffer. Do `\\[py-describe-mode]' for detailed
|
|
|
4493 documentation. To see what version of `python-mode' you are running,
|
|
|
4494 enter `\\[py-version]'.
|
|
|
4495
|
|
|
4496 This mode knows about Python indentation, tokens, comments and
|
|
|
4497 continuation lines. Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4498
|
|
|
4499 COMMANDS
|
|
|
4500 \\{py-mode-map}
|
|
|
4501 VARIABLES
|
|
|
4502
|
|
|
4503 py-indent-offset indentation increment
|
|
|
4504 py-block-comment-prefix comment string used by comment-region
|
|
|
4505 py-python-command shell command to invoke Python interpreter
|
|
|
4506 py-scroll-process-buffer always scroll Python process buffer
|
|
|
4507 py-temp-directory directory used for temp files (if needed)
|
|
|
4508 py-beep-if-tab-change ring the bell if tab-width is changed" t nil)
|
|
|
4509
|
|
|
4510 (autoload 'py-shell "python-mode" "\
|
|
|
4511 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
|
|
|
4512 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
|
|
|
4513 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
|
|
|
4514 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
|
|
|
4515 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
|
|
|
4516
|
|
|
4517 See the docs for variable `py-scroll-buffer' for info on scrolling
|
|
|
4518 behavior in the process window.
|
|
|
4519
|
|
|
4520 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
|
|
|
4521 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
|
|
|
4522 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
|
|
|
4523 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
|
|
|
4524 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
|
|
|
4525 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
|
|
|
4526 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
|
|
|
4527 mode.
|
|
|
4528
|
|
|
4529 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
|
|
|
4530 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
|
|
|
4531 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
|
|
|
4532 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
|
|
|
4533 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
|
|
|
4534 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
|
|
|
4535 filter." t nil)
|
|
|
4536
|
|
|
4537 ;;;***
|
|
|
4538
|
|
|
4539 ;;;### (autoloads (rexx-mode) "rexx-mode" "modes/rexx-mode.el")
|
|
|
4540
|
|
|
4541 (autoload 'rexx-mode "rexx-mode" "\
|
|
|
4542 Major mode for editing REXX code.
|
|
|
4543 \\{rexx-mode-map}
|
|
|
4544
|
|
|
4545 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4546 rexx-indent
|
|
|
4547 The basic indentation for do-blocks.
|
|
|
4548 rexx-end-indent
|
|
|
4549 The relative offset of the \"end\" statement. 0 places it in the
|
|
|
4550 same column as the statements of the block. Setting it to the same
|
|
|
4551 value as rexx-indent places the \"end\" under the do-line.
|
|
|
4552 rexx-cont-indent
|
|
|
4553 The indention for lines following \"then\", \"else\" and \",\"
|
|
|
4554 (continued) lines.
|
|
|
4555 rexx-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4556 Non-nil means TAB in REXX mode should always reindent the current
|
|
|
4557 line, regardless of where in the line the point is when the TAB
|
|
|
4558 command is used.
|
|
|
4559
|
|
|
4560 If you have set rexx-end-indent to a nonzero value, you probably want to
|
|
|
4561 remap RETURN to rexx-indent-newline-indent. It makes sure that lines
|
|
|
4562 indents correctly when you press RETURN.
|
|
|
4563
|
|
108
|
4564 An extensive abbreviation table consisting of all the keywords of REXX are
|
|
78
|
4565 supplied. Expanded keywords are converted into upper case making it
|
|
|
4566 easier to distinguish them. To use this feature the buffer must be in
|
|
|
4567 abbrev-mode. (See example below.)
|
|
|
4568
|
|
|
4569 Turning on REXX mode calls the value of the variable rexx-mode-hook with
|
|
|
4570 no args, if that value is non-nil.
|
|
|
4571
|
|
|
4572 For example:
|
|
|
4573 \(setq rexx-mode-hook '(lambda ()
|
|
|
4574 (setq rexx-indent 4)
|
|
|
4575 (setq rexx-end-indent 4)
|
|
|
4576 (setq rexx-cont-indent 4)
|
|
|
4577 (local-set-key \"\\C-m\" 'rexx-indent-newline-indent)
|
|
|
4578 (abbrev-mode 1)
|
|
|
4579 ))
|
|
|
4580
|
|
|
4581 will make the END aligned with the DO/SELECT. It will indent blocks and
|
|
108
|
4582 IF-statements four steps and make sure that the END jumps into the
|
|
|
4583 correct position when RETURN is pressed. Finally it will use the abbrev
|
|
78
|
4584 table to convert all REXX keywords into upper case." t nil)
|
|
|
4585
|
|
|
4586 ;;;***
|
|
|
4587
|
|
|
4588 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-minibuf" "modes/rsz-minibuf.el")
|
|
|
4589
|
|
|
4590 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
|
|
|
4591 *If non-`nil', resize the minibuffer so its entire contents are visible.")
|
|
|
4592
|
|
|
4593 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
|
|
|
4594 *Maximum size the minibuffer window is allowed to become.
|
|
|
4595 If less than 1 or not a number, the limit is the height of the frame in
|
|
|
4596 which the active minibuffer window resides.")
|
|
|
4597
|
|
|
4598 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
|
|
|
4599 *If non-`nil', make minibuffer exactly the size needed to display all its contents.
|
|
|
4600 Otherwise, the minibuffer window can temporarily increase in size but
|
|
|
4601 never get smaller while it is active.")
|
|
|
4602
|
|
|
4603 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
|
|
|
4604 *If non-`nil' and the active minibuffer is the sole window in its frame, allow changing the frame height.")
|
|
|
4605
|
|
|
4606 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
|
|
|
4607 *Maximum size the minibuffer frame is allowed to become.
|
|
|
4608 If less than 1 or not a number, there is no limit.")
|
|
|
4609
|
|
|
4610 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly nil "\
|
|
|
4611 *If non-`nil', make minibuffer frame exactly the size needed to display all its contents.
|
|
|
4612 Otherwise, the minibuffer frame can temporarily increase in size but
|
|
|
4613 never get smaller while it is active.")
|
|
|
4614
|
|
|
4615 (autoload 'resize-minibuffer-mode "rsz-minibuf" "\
|
|
|
4616 Enable or disable resize-minibuffer mode.
|
|
|
4617 A negative prefix argument disables this mode. A positive argument or
|
|
|
4618 argument of 0 enables it.
|
|
|
4619
|
|
|
4620 When this minor mode is enabled, the minibuffer is dynamically resized to
|
|
|
4621 contain the entire region of text put in it as you type.
|
|
|
4622
|
|
|
4623 The variable `resize-minibuffer-mode' is set to t or nil depending on
|
|
|
4624 whether this mode is active or not.
|
|
|
4625
|
|
|
4626 The maximum height to which the minibuffer can grow is controlled by the
|
|
|
4627 variable `resize-minibuffer-window-max-height'.
|
|
|
4628
|
|
|
4629 The variable `resize-minibuffer-window-exactly' determines whether the
|
|
|
4630 minibuffer window should ever be shrunk to make it no larger than needed to
|
|
|
4631 display its contents.
|
|
|
4632
|
|
108
|
4633 When using a window system, it is possible for a minibuffer to be the sole
|
|
78
|
4634 window in a frame. Since that window is already its maximum size, the only
|
|
|
4635 way to make more text visible at once is to increase the size of the frame.
|
|
|
4636 The variable `resize-minibuffer-frame' controls whether this should be
|
|
|
4637 done. The variables `resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height' and
|
|
|
4638 `resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly' are analogous to their window
|
|
|
4639 counterparts." t nil)
|
|
|
4640
|
|
|
4641 ;;;***
|
|
|
4642
|
|
|
4643 ;;;### (autoloads (scheme-mode) "scheme" "modes/scheme.el")
|
|
|
4644
|
|
|
4645 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
|
|
|
4646 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
|
|
|
4647 Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode.
|
|
|
4648
|
|
|
4649 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
|
|
|
4650 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
|
|
|
4651 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
|
|
|
4652 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
|
|
|
4653 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
|
|
|
4654 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
|
|
|
4655
|
|
|
4656 Commands:
|
|
|
4657 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4658 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
|
|
|
4659 \\{scheme-mode-map}
|
|
|
4660 Entry to this mode calls the value of scheme-mode-hook
|
|
|
4661 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4662
|
|
|
4663 ;;;***
|
|
|
4664
|
|
|
4665 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "modes/scribe.el")
|
|
|
4666
|
|
|
4667 (autoload 'scribe-mode "scribe" "\
|
|
|
4668 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
|
|
|
4669 Scribe-mode is similar text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
|
|
|
4670 \\{scribe-mode-map}
|
|
|
4671
|
|
|
4672 Interesting variables:
|
|
|
4673
|
|
|
4674 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
|
|
|
4675 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
|
|
|
4676
|
|
|
4677 scribe-electric-quote
|
|
|
4678 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
|
|
|
4679
|
|
|
4680 scribe-electric-parenthesis
|
|
|
4681 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
|
|
|
4682 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
|
|
|
4683
|
|
|
4684 ;;;***
|
|
|
4685
|
|
114
|
4686 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode user-mail-address) "sendmail" "modes/sendmail.el")
|
|
78
|
4687
|
|
|
4688 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
|
|
|
4689 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
|
|
|
4690
|
|
|
4691 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
|
|
|
4692 king@grassland.com
|
|
|
4693 If `parens', they look like:
|
|
|
4694 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
|
|
|
4695 If `angles', they look like:
|
|
|
4696 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
|
|
|
4697
|
|
|
4698 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
|
|
|
4699 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
|
|
|
4700 This is done when the message is initialized,
|
|
|
4701 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
|
|
|
4702
|
|
|
4703 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
|
|
|
4704 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
|
|
|
4705 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
|
|
|
4706
|
|
|
4707 (defvar mail-dir nil "\
|
|
|
4708 *Default directory for saving messages.")
|
|
|
4709
|
|
|
4710 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("Sender:" "References:" "Return-Path:" "Received:" "[^: \n]*Message-ID:" "Errors-To:" "Path:" "Expires:" "Xref:" "Lines:" "Approved:" "Distribution:" "Content-Length:" "Mime-Version:" "Content-Type:" "Content-Transfer-Encoding:" "X400-Received:" "X400-Originator:" "X400-Mts-Identifier:" "X400-Content-Type:" "Content-Identifier:" "Status:" "Summary-Line:" "X-Attribution:" "Via:" "Sent-Via:" "Mail-From:" "Origin:" "Comments:" "Originator:" "NF-ID:" "NF-From:" "Posting-Version:" "Posted:" "Posted-Date:" "Date-Received:" "Relay-Version:" "Article-I\\.D\\.:" "NNTP-Version:" "NNTP-Posting-Host:" "X-Mailer:" "X-Newsreader:" "News-Software:" "X-Received:" "X-References:" "X-Envelope-To:" "X-VMS-" "Remailed-" "X-Plantation:" "X-Windows:" "X-Pgp-") "\\|") "\\)")) "\
|
|
|
4711 *Gubbish header fields one would rather not see.")
|
|
|
4712
|
|
|
4713 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat rmail-ignored-headers "\\|" "^\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("Resent-To:" "Resent-By:" "Resent-CC:" "To:" "Subject:" "In-Reply-To:") "\\|") "\\)")) "\
|
|
|
4714 Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
|
|
|
4715
|
|
|
4716 (defvar send-mail-function 'sendmail-send-it "\
|
|
|
4717 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
|
|
|
4718 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents
|
|
|
4719 match the variable `mail-header-separator'.")
|
|
|
4720
|
|
|
4721 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
|
|
|
4722 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
|
|
|
4723
|
|
|
4724 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
|
|
|
4725 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
|
|
|
4726 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
|
|
|
4727
|
|
|
4728 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
|
|
|
4729 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
|
|
|
4730 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
|
|
|
4731 when you first send mail.")
|
|
|
4732
|
|
|
4733 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
|
|
|
4734 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
|
|
|
4735 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
|
|
|
4736 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
|
|
|
4737 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
|
|
|
4738
|
|
|
4739 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
|
|
|
4740 *Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
|
|
|
4741 nil means use indentation.")
|
|
|
4742
|
|
|
4743 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
|
|
|
4744 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
|
|
|
4745 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.")
|
|
|
4746
|
|
114
|
4747 (autoload 'user-mail-address "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4748 Query the user for his mail address, unless it is already known." t nil)
|
|
|
4749
|
|
78
|
4750 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4751 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
|
|
|
4752 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
|
|
|
4753 C-c C-s mail-send (send the message) C-c C-c mail-send-and-exit
|
|
|
4754 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
|
|
|
4755 C-c C-f C-t move to To: C-c C-f C-s move to Subj:
|
|
|
4756 C-c C-f C-b move to BCC: C-c C-f C-c move to CC:
|
|
|
4757 C-c C-f C-f move to FCC: C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To:
|
|
|
4758 C-c C-t mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
|
|
|
4759 C-c C-w mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
|
|
|
4760 C-c C-y mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
|
|
|
4761 C-c C-q mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
|
|
|
4762 C-c C-v mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
|
|
|
4763
|
|
|
4764 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4765 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
|
|
|
4766 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
|
|
|
4767 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
|
|
|
4768
|
|
|
4769 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
|
|
|
4770 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
|
|
|
4771
|
|
|
4772 \\<mail-mode-map>
|
|
|
4773 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
|
|
|
4774
|
|
|
4775 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
|
|
|
4776 to move to message header fields:
|
|
|
4777 \\{mail-mode-map}
|
|
|
4778
|
|
|
4779 The variable `mail-signature' controls whether the signature file
|
|
|
4780 `mail-signature-file' is inserted immediately.
|
|
|
4781
|
|
|
4782 If `mail-signature' is nil, use \\[mail-signature] to insert the
|
|
|
4783 signature in `mail-signature-file'.
|
|
|
4784
|
|
|
4785 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
|
|
|
4786 when the message is initialized.
|
|
|
4787
|
|
|
4788 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
|
|
|
4789 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
|
|
|
4790
|
|
|
4791 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
|
|
|
4792 is inserted.
|
|
|
4793
|
|
|
4794 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
|
|
|
4795 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
|
|
|
4796
|
|
|
4797 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
|
|
|
4798 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
|
|
|
4799
|
|
|
4800 The second through fifth arguments,
|
|
|
4801 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
|
|
|
4802 the initial contents of those header fields.
|
|
|
4803 These arguments should not have final newlines.
|
|
|
4804 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer whose contents
|
|
|
4805 should be yanked if the user types C-c C-y.
|
|
|
4806 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
|
|
|
4807 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
|
|
|
4808 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
|
|
|
4809 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
|
|
|
4810
|
|
|
4811 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4812 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
4813
|
|
|
4814 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4815 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
4816
|
|
|
4817 (define-key ctl-x-map "m" 'mail)
|
|
|
4818
|
|
|
4819 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "m" 'mail-other-window)
|
|
|
4820
|
|
|
4821 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "m" 'mail-other-frame)
|
|
|
4822
|
|
|
4823 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
|
|
|
4824
|
|
|
4825 ;;;***
|
|
|
4826
|
|
|
4827 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "modes/sh-script.el")
|
|
|
4828
|
|
|
4829 (put 'sh-mode 'mode-class 'special)
|
|
|
4830
|
|
|
4831 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
|
|
|
4832 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
|
|
|
4833 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
|
|
|
4834 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
|
|
|
4835 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
|
|
|
4836 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
|
|
|
4837
|
|
|
4838 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
|
|
|
4839 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
|
|
|
4840 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
|
|
|
4841 shell-specific features.
|
|
|
4842
|
|
|
4843 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
|
|
|
4844 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
|
|
|
4845 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
|
|
|
4846
|
|
|
4847 \\[sh-case] case statement
|
|
|
4848 \\[sh-for] for loop
|
|
|
4849 \\[sh-function] function definition
|
|
|
4850 \\[sh-if] if statement
|
|
|
4851 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
|
|
|
4852 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
|
|
|
4853 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
|
|
|
4854 \\[sh-select] select loop
|
|
|
4855 \\[sh-until] until loop
|
|
|
4856 \\[sh-while] while loop
|
|
|
4857
|
|
|
4858 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
|
|
|
4859 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
|
|
|
4860 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
|
|
|
4861 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
|
|
|
4862 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
|
|
|
4863 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
|
|
|
4864
|
|
|
4865 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
|
|
|
4866 {, (, [, ', \", `
|
|
|
4867 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
|
|
|
4868
|
|
|
4869 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
|
|
|
4870 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
|
|
|
4871 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
|
|
|
4872
|
|
|
4873 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
|
|
|
4874 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
|
|
|
4875
|
|
|
4876 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
|
|
|
4877
|
|
|
4878 ;;;***
|
|
|
4879
|
|
|
4880 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" "modes/tcl.el")
|
|
|
4881
|
|
|
4882 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4883 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
|
|
|
4884 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
|
|
|
4885 Tab indents for Tcl code.
|
|
|
4886 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4887 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4888
|
|
|
4889 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4890 tcl-indent-level
|
|
|
4891 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
4892 tcl-continued-indent-level
|
|
|
4893 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
|
|
|
4894
|
|
|
4895 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
|
|
|
4896 documentation for details):
|
|
|
4897 tcl-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4898 Controls action of TAB key.
|
|
|
4899 tcl-auto-newline
|
|
|
4900 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
|
|
|
4901 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
|
|
|
4902 tcl-electric-hash-style
|
|
|
4903 Controls action of `#' key.
|
|
|
4904 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
|
|
|
4905 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
|
|
|
4906 This variable is only used in GNU Emacs 19.
|
|
|
4907 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
|
|
|
4908 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
|
|
|
4909 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
|
|
|
4910
|
|
|
4911 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
|
|
|
4912 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
|
|
|
4913 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
|
|
|
4914 already exist.
|
|
|
4915
|
|
|
4916 Commands:
|
|
|
4917 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
4918
|
|
|
4919 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4920 Run inferior Tcl process.
|
|
|
4921 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
|
|
|
4922 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
4923
|
|
|
4924 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4925 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
|
|
|
4926 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
|
|
|
4927
|
|
|
4928 ;;;***
|
|
|
4929
|
|
|
4930 ;;;### (autoloads (latex-mode plain-tex-mode tex-mode) "tex-mode" "modes/tex-mode.el")
|
|
|
4931
|
|
|
4932 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4933 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
|
|
|
4934 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
|
|
|
4935 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls plain-tex-mode,
|
|
|
4936 latex-mode, or slitex-mode, respectively. If it cannot be determined,
|
|
|
4937 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of tex-default-mode
|
|
|
4938 is used." t nil)
|
|
|
4939
|
|
|
4940 (fset 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
|
|
|
4941
|
|
|
4942 (fset 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
|
|
|
4943
|
|
|
4944 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4945 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
|
|
|
4946 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
|
|
|
4947 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
|
|
|
4948 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
|
|
|
4949
|
|
|
4950 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
|
|
|
4951 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
|
|
|
4952 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
|
|
|
4953 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
|
|
|
4954 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4955 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4956 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
|
|
|
4957
|
|
|
4958 Use \\[validate-tex-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
|
|
|
4959 mismatched $'s or braces.
|
|
|
4960
|
|
|
4961 Special commands:
|
|
|
4962 \\{tex-mode-map}
|
|
|
4963
|
|
|
4964 Mode variables:
|
|
|
4965 tex-run-command
|
|
|
4966 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4967 tex-directory
|
|
|
4968 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
|
|
|
4969 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4970 tex-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4971 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4972 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4973 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
|
|
|
4974 argument) to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4975 tex-dvi-view-command
|
|
|
4976 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4977 tex-show-queue-command
|
|
|
4978 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
|
|
|
4979 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
|
|
|
4980
|
|
|
4981 Entering Plain-tex mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, then the value of
|
|
|
4982 tex-mode-hook, and then the value of plain-tex-mode-hook. When the special
|
|
|
4983 subshell is initiated, the value of tex-shell-hook is called." t nil)
|
|
|
4984
|
|
|
4985 (fset 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
|
|
|
4986
|
|
|
4987 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4988 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
|
|
|
4989 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
|
|
|
4990 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
|
|
|
4991 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
|
|
|
4992
|
|
|
4993 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
|
|
|
4994 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
|
|
|
4995 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
|
|
|
4996 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
|
|
|
4997 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4998 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4999 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
|
|
|
5000
|
|
|
5001 Use \\[validate-tex-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
|
|
|
5002 mismatched $'s or braces.
|
|
|
5003
|
|
|
5004 Special commands:
|
|
|
5005 \\{tex-mode-map}
|
|
|
5006
|
|
|
5007 Mode variables:
|
|
|
5008 latex-run-command
|
|
|
5009 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
5010 tex-directory
|
|
|
5011 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
|
|
|
5012 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
5013 tex-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
5014 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
5015 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
5016 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
|
|
|
5017 argument) to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
5018 tex-dvi-view-command
|
|
|
5019 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
|
|
|
5020 tex-show-queue-command
|
|
|
5021 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
|
|
|
5022 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
|
|
|
5023
|
|
|
5024 Entering Latex mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, then the value of
|
|
|
5025 tex-mode-hook, and then the value of latex-mode-hook. When the special
|
|
|
5026 subshell is initiated, the value of tex-shell-hook is called." t nil)
|
|
|
5027
|
|
|
5028 ;;;***
|
|
|
5029
|
|
|
5030 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "modes/texinfo.el")
|
|
|
5031
|
|
|
5032 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
|
|
|
5033 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
|
|
|
5034
|
|
|
5035 It has these extra commands:
|
|
|
5036 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
|
|
|
5037
|
|
|
5038 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
|
|
|
5039 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
|
|
|
5040 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
|
|
|
5041 modified version of TeX input format.
|
|
|
5042
|
|
|
5043 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
|
|
|
5044 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
|
|
|
5045 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
|
|
|
5046 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
|
|
|
5047
|
|
|
5048 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
|
|
|
5049 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
|
|
|
5050 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
|
|
|
5051 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
|
|
|
5052 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
|
|
|
5053 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
|
|
|
5054 in the Texinfo file.
|
|
|
5055
|
|
|
5056 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
|
|
|
5057 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
|
|
|
5058 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
|
|
|
5059 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
|
|
|
5060 move forward past the closing brace.
|
|
|
5061
|
|
|
5062 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
|
|
|
5063 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
|
|
|
5064
|
|
|
5065 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
|
|
|
5066 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
|
|
|
5067 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
|
|
|
5068
|
|
|
5069 Here are the functions:
|
|
|
5070
|
|
|
5071 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
|
|
|
5072 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
|
|
|
5073 texinfo-sequential-node-update
|
|
|
5074
|
|
|
5075 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
|
|
|
5076 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
|
|
|
5077 texinfo-master-menu
|
|
|
5078
|
|
|
5079 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
|
|
|
5080
|
|
|
5081 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
|
|
|
5082 which menu descriptions are indented.
|
|
|
5083
|
|
|
5084 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
|
|
|
5085 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
|
|
|
5086 in the region.
|
|
|
5087
|
|
|
5088 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
|
|
|
5089 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
|
|
|
5090 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
|
|
|
5091 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
|
|
|
5092
|
|
|
5093 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
|
|
|
5094 be the first node in the file.
|
|
|
5095
|
|
|
5096 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the
|
|
|
5097 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil)
|
|
|
5098
|
|
|
5099 ;;;***
|
|
|
5100
|
|
|
5101 ;;;### (autoloads (tc-recenter tc-scroll-down tc-scroll-up tc-scroll-line tc-associated-buffer tc-merge tc-dissociate tc-split tc-associate-buffer tc-two-columns) "two-column" "modes/two-column.el")
|
|
|
5102
|
|
|
5103 (defvar tc-mode-map nil "\
|
|
|
5104 Keymap for commands for two-column mode.")
|
|
|
5105
|
|
|
5106 (if tc-mode-map nil (setq tc-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap)) (define-key tc-mode-map "1" 'tc-merge) (define-key tc-mode-map "2" 'tc-two-columns) (define-key tc-mode-map "b" 'tc-associate-buffer) (define-key tc-mode-map "d" 'tc-dissociate) (define-key tc-mode-map "\^L" 'tc-recenter) (define-key tc-mode-map "o" 'tc-associated-buffer) (define-key tc-mode-map "s" 'tc-split) (define-key tc-mode-map "{" 'shrink-window-horizontally) (define-key tc-mode-map "}" 'enlarge-window-horizontally) (define-key tc-mode-map " " 'tc-scroll-up) (define-key tc-mode-map "" 'tc-scroll-down) (define-key tc-mode-map "
" 'tc-scroll-line))
|
|
|
5107
|
|
|
5108 (global-set-key "6" tc-mode-map)
|
|
|
5109
|
|
|
5110 (defvar tc-other nil "\
|
|
|
5111 Marker to the associated buffer, if non-nil.")
|
|
|
5112
|
|
|
5113 (make-variable-buffer-local 'tc-other)
|
|
|
5114
|
|
|
5115 (put 'tc-other 'permanent-local t)
|
|
|
5116
|
|
|
5117 (autoload 'tc-two-columns "two-column" "\
|
|
|
5118 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
|
|
|
5119
|
|
|
5120 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
|
|
|
5121 buffer. Both buffers are put in two-column minor mode and
|
|
|
5122 tc-mode-hook gets called on both. These buffers remember
|
|
|
5123 about one another, even when renamed.
|
|
|
5124
|
|
|
5125 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
|
|
|
5126 first and the associated buffer to it's right.
|
|
|
5127
|
|
|
5128 If you include long lines, i.e which will span both columns (eg.
|
|
|
5129 source code), they should be in what will be the first column, with
|
|
|
5130 the associated buffer having empty lines next to them.
|
|
|
5131
|
|
|
5132 You have the following commands at your disposal:
|
|
|
5133
|
|
|
5134 \\[tc-two-columns] Rearrange screen
|
|
|
5135 \\[tc-associate-buffer] Reassociate buffer after changing major mode
|
|
|
5136 \\[tc-scroll-up] Scroll both buffers up by a screenfull
|
|
|
5137 \\[tc-scroll-down] Scroll both buffers down by a screenful
|
|
|
5138 \\[tc-scroll-line] Scroll both buffers up by one or more lines
|
|
|
5139 \\[tc-recenter] Recenter and realign other buffer
|
|
|
5140 \\[shrink-window-horizontally], \\[enlarge-window-horizontally] Shrink, enlarge current column
|
|
|
5141 \\[tc-associated-buffer] Switch to associated buffer
|
|
|
5142 \\[tc-merge] Merge both buffers
|
|
|
5143
|
|
|
5144 These keybindings can be customized in your ~/.emacs by `tc-prefix'
|
|
|
5145 and `tc-mode-map'.
|
|
|
5146
|
|
|
5147 The appearance of the screen can be customized by the variables
|
|
|
5148 `tc-window-width', `tc-beyond-fill-column',
|
|
|
5149 `tc-mode-line-format' and `truncate-partial-width-windows'." t nil)
|
|
|
5150
|
|
|
5151 (add-minor-mode 'tc-other " 2C" nil nil 'tc-two-columns)
|
|
|
5152
|
|
|
5153 (autoload 'tc-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
|
|
|
5154 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
|
|
|
5155 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
|
|
|
5156 accepting the proposed default buffer.
|
|
|
5157
|
|
|
5158 See \\[tc-two-columns] and `lisp/two-column.el' for further details." t nil)
|
|
|
5159
|
|
|
5160 (autoload 'tc-split "two-column" "\
|
|
|
5161 Unmerge a two-column text into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
|
|
|
5162 The text is unmerged at the cursor's column which becomes the local
|
|
|
5163 value of `tc-window-width'. Only lines that have the ARG same
|
|
|
5164 preceding characters at that column get split. The ARG preceding
|
|
|
5165 characters without any leading whitespace become the local value for
|
|
|
5166 `tc-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
|
|
|
5167 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
|
|
|
5168
|
|
|
5169 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things as
|
|
|
5170 you like them. You write the first line of each column with the
|
|
|
5171 separator you like and then unmerge that line. E.g.:
|
|
|
5172
|
|
|
5173 First column's text sSs Second columns text
|
|
|
5174 \\___/\\
|
|
|
5175 / \\
|
|
|
5176 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[tc-split] with the point here
|
|
|
5177
|
|
|
5178 See \\[tc-two-columns] and `lisp/two-column.el' for further details." t nil)
|
|
|
5179
|
|
|
5180 (autoload 'tc-dissociate "two-column" "\
|
|
|
5181 Turn off two-column minor mode in current and associated buffer.
|
|
|
5182 If the associated buffer is unmodified and empty, it is killed." t nil)
|
|
|
5183
|
|
|
5184 (autoload 'tc-merge "two-column" "\
|
|
|
5185 Merges the associated buffer with the current buffer.
|
|
|
5186 They get merged at the column, which is the value of
|
|
|
5187 `tc-window-width', i.e. usually at the vertical window
|
|
|
5188 separator. This separator gets replaced with white space. Beyond
|
|
|
5189 that the value of gets inserted on merged lines. The two columns are
|
|
|
5190 thus pasted side by side, in a single text. If the other buffer is
|
|
|
5191 not displayed to the left of this one, then this one becomes the left
|
|
|
5192 column.
|
|
|
5193
|
|
|
5194 If you want `tc-separator' on empty lines in the second column,
|
|
|
5195 you should put just one space in them. In the final result, you can strip
|
|
|
5196 off trailing spaces with \\[beginning-of-buffer] \\[replace-regexp] [ SPC TAB ] + $ RET RET" t nil)
|
|
|
5197
|
|
|
5198 (autoload 'tc-associated-buffer "two-column" "\
|
|
|
5199 Switch to associated buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
5200
|
|
|
5201 (autoload 'tc-scroll-line "two-column" "\
|
|
|
5202 Scroll current window upward by ARG lines.
|
|
|
5203 The associated window gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
|
|
|
5204
|
|
|
5205 (autoload 'tc-scroll-up "two-column" "\
|
|
|
5206 Scroll current window upward by ARG screens.
|
|
|
5207 The associated window gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
|
|
|
5208
|
|
|
5209 (autoload 'tc-scroll-down "two-column" "\
|
|
|
5210 Scroll current window downward by ARG screens.
|
|
|
5211 The associated window gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
|
|
|
5212
|
|
|
5213 (autoload 'tc-recenter "two-column" "\
|
|
|
5214 Center point in window. With ARG, put point on line ARG.
|
|
|
5215 This counts from bottom if ARG is negative. The associated window
|
|
|
5216 gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
|
|
|
5217
|
|
|
5218 ;;;***
|
|
|
5219
|
|
98
|
5220 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "modes/verilog-mode.el")
|
|
|
5221
|
|
|
5222 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
|
|
|
5223 Major mode for editing Verilog code. \\<verilog-mode-map>
|
|
|
5224 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
|
|
|
5225 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
5226 Supports highlighting.
|
|
|
5227
|
|
|
5228 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
|
|
|
5229
|
|
|
5230 verilog-indent-level (default 3)
|
|
|
5231 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
5232 verilog-cexp-indent (default 1)
|
|
|
5233 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines.
|
|
|
5234 verilog-case-indent (default 2)
|
|
|
5235 Indentation for case statements.
|
|
|
5236 verilog-auto-newline (default nil)
|
|
108
|
5237 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation mark
|
|
98
|
5238 after an end.
|
|
|
5239 verilog-auto-indent-on-newline (default t)
|
|
|
5240 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline
|
|
|
5241 verilog-tab-always-indent (default t)
|
|
|
5242 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
5243 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
5244 verilog-indent-begin-after-if (default t)
|
|
108
|
5245 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
|
|
98
|
5246 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. otherwise,
|
|
108
|
5247 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
|
|
98
|
5248 if (a)
|
|
|
5249 begin
|
|
|
5250 otherwise you get:
|
|
|
5251 if (a)
|
|
|
5252 begin
|
|
|
5253 verilog-auto-endcomments (default t)
|
|
|
5254 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends cases, tasks, functions and modules.
|
|
|
5255 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
|
|
|
5256 verilog-auto-lineup (default `(all))
|
|
|
5257 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
|
|
|
5258
|
|
|
5259 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable verilog-mode-hook with
|
|
|
5260 no args, if that value is non-nil.
|
|
|
5261 Other useful functions are:
|
|
|
5262 \\[verilog-complete-word] -complete word with appropriate possibilities (functions, verilog keywords...)
|
|
|
5263 \\[verilog-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
|
|
|
5264 \\[verilog-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-area].
|
|
|
5265 \\[verilog-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
|
|
|
5266 \\[verilog-star-comment] - insert /* ... */
|
|
|
5267 \\[verilog-mark-defun] - Mark function.
|
|
|
5268 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
|
|
|
5269 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
|
|
|
5270 \\[verilog-label-be] - Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join and case ... endcase statements;
|
|
|
5271 " t nil)
|
|
|
5272
|
|
|
5273 ;;;***
|
|
|
5274
|
|
78
|
5275 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "modes/vhdl-mode.el")
|
|
|
5276
|
|
|
5277 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
|
|
|
5278 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
|
|
126
|
5279 vhdl-mode $Revision: 1.22 $
|
|
78
|
5280 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
5281 vhdl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
|
|
|
5282 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
|
|
108
|
5283 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
|
|
78
|
5284
|
|
|
5285 Note that the details of configuring vhdl-mode will soon be moved to the
|
|
|
5286 accompanying texinfo manual. Until then, please read the README file
|
|
|
5287 that came with the vhdl-mode distribution.
|
|
|
5288
|
|
|
5289 The hook variable `vhdl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
|
|
|
5290 bound and has a non-nil value.
|
|
|
5291
|
|
|
5292 Key bindings:
|
|
|
5293 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5294
|
|
|
5295 ;;;***
|
|
|
5296
|
|
|
5297 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-view-mode view-major-mode view-mode view-minor-mode view-buffer-other-window view-file-other-window view-buffer view-file) "view-less" "modes/view-less.el")
|
|
|
5298
|
|
116
|
5299 (defvar view-minor-mode-map (let ((map (make-keymap))) (set-keymap-name map 'view-minor-mode-map) (suppress-keymap map) (define-key map "-" 'negative-argument) (define-key map " " 'scroll-up) (define-key map "f" 'scroll-up) (define-key map "" 'scroll-down) (define-key map "b" 'scroll-down) (define-key map 'backspace 'scroll-down) (define-key map "
" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "\n" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "e" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "j" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "y" 'view-scroll-lines-down) (define-key map "k" 'view-scroll-lines-down) (define-key map "d" 'view-scroll-some-lines-up) (define-key map "u" 'view-scroll-some-lines-down) (define-key map "r" 'recenter) (define-key map "t" 'toggle-truncate-lines) (define-key map "N" 'view-buffer) (define-key map "E" 'view-file) (define-key map "P" 'view-buffer) (define-key map "!" 'shell-command) (define-key map "|" 'shell-command-on-region) (define-key map "=" 'what-line) (define-key map "?" 'view-search-backward) (define-key map "h" 'view-mode-describe) (define-key map "s" 'view-repeat-search) (define-key map "n" 'view-repeat-search) (define-key map "/" 'view-search-forward) (define-key map "\\" 'view-search-backward) (define-key map "g" 'view-goto-line) (define-key map "G" 'view-last-windowful) (define-key map "%" 'view-goto-percent) (define-key map "p" 'view-goto-percent) (define-key map "m" 'point-to-register) (define-key map "'" 'register-to-point) (define-key map "C" 'view-cleanup-backspaces) (define-key map "" 'view-quit) (define-key map "" 'view-quit-toggle-ro) (define-key map "q" 'view-quit) map))
|
|
|
5300
|
|
|
5301 (defvar view-mode-map (let ((map (copy-keymap view-minor-mode-map))) (set-keymap-name map 'view-mode-map) map))
|
|
|
5302
|
|
78
|
5303 (autoload 'view-file "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5304 Find FILE, enter view mode. With prefix arg OTHER-P, use other window." t nil)
|
|
|
5305
|
|
|
5306 (autoload 'view-buffer "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5307 Switch to BUF, enter view mode. With prefix arg use other window." t nil)
|
|
|
5308
|
|
|
5309 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5310 Find FILE in other window, and enter view mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5311
|
|
|
5312 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5313 Switch to BUFFER in another window, and enter view mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5314
|
|
|
5315 (autoload 'view-minor-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5316 Minor mode for viewing text, with bindings like `less'.
|
|
|
5317 Commands are:
|
|
|
5318 \\<view-minor-mode-map>
|
|
|
5319 0..9 prefix args
|
|
|
5320 - prefix minus
|
|
|
5321 \\[scroll-up] page forward
|
|
|
5322 \\[scroll-down] page back
|
|
|
5323 \\[view-scroll-lines-up] scroll prefix-arg lines forward, default 1.
|
|
|
5324 \\[view-scroll-lines-down] scroll prefix-arg lines backward, default 1.
|
|
|
5325 \\[view-scroll-some-lines-down] scroll prefix-arg lines backward, default 10.
|
|
|
5326 \\[view-scroll-some-lines-up] scroll prefix-arg lines forward, default 10.
|
|
|
5327 \\[what-line] print line number
|
|
|
5328 \\[view-mode-describe] print this help message
|
|
|
5329 \\[view-search-forward] regexp search, uses previous string if you just hit RET
|
|
|
5330 \\[view-search-backward] as above but searches backward
|
|
|
5331 \\[view-repeat-search] repeat last search
|
|
|
5332 \\[view-goto-line] goto line prefix-arg, default 1
|
|
|
5333 \\[view-last-windowful] goto line prefix-arg, default last line
|
|
|
5334 \\[view-goto-percent] goto a position by percentage
|
|
|
5335 \\[toggle-truncate-lines] toggle truncate-lines
|
|
|
5336 \\[view-file] view another file
|
|
|
5337 \\[view-buffer] view another buffer
|
|
|
5338 \\[view-cleanup-backspaces] cleanup backspace constructions
|
|
|
5339 \\[shell-command] execute a shell command
|
|
|
5340 \\[shell-command-on-region] execute a shell command with the region as input
|
|
|
5341 \\[view-quit] exit view-mode, and bury the current buffer.
|
|
|
5342
|
|
|
5343 If invoked with the optional (prefix) arg non-nil, view-mode cleans up
|
|
|
5344 backspace constructions.
|
|
|
5345
|
|
|
5346 More precisely:
|
|
|
5347 \\{view-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5348
|
|
|
5349 (autoload 'view-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5350 View the current buffer using view-minor-mode. This exists to be 99.9%
|
|
|
5351 compatible with the implementations of `view-mode' in view.el and older
|
|
|
5352 versions of view-less.el." t nil)
|
|
|
5353
|
|
|
5354 (autoload 'view-major-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5355 View the current buffer using view-mode, as a major mode.
|
|
|
5356 This function has a nonstandard name because `view-mode' is wrongly
|
|
|
5357 named but is like this for compatibility reasons." t nil)
|
|
|
5358
|
|
|
5359 (autoload 'auto-view-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5360 If the file of the current buffer is not writable, call view-mode.
|
|
|
5361 This is meant to be added to `find-file-hooks'." nil nil)
|
|
|
5362
|
|
|
5363 ;;;***
|
|
|
5364
|
|
|
5365 ;;;### (autoloads (vrml-mode) "vrml-mode" "modes/vrml-mode.el")
|
|
|
5366
|
|
|
5367 (autoload 'vrml-mode "vrml-mode" "\
|
|
|
5368 Major mode for editing VRML code.
|
|
|
5369 Expression and list commands understand all VRML brackets.
|
|
|
5370 Tab indents for VRML code.
|
|
|
5371 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
5372 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
5373
|
|
|
5374 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
5375 vrml-indent-level
|
|
|
5376 Indentation of VRML statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
5377
|
|
|
5378 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
|
|
|
5379 documentation for details):
|
|
|
5380 vrml-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
5381 Controls action of TAB key.
|
|
|
5382 vrml-auto-newline
|
|
|
5383 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
|
|
|
5384 inserted in VRML code.
|
|
|
5385
|
|
|
5386 Turning on VRML mode calls the value of the variable `vrml-mode-hook'
|
|
|
5387 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
|
|
|
5388 `vrml-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
|
|
|
5389 already exist.
|
|
|
5390
|
|
|
5391 Commands:
|
|
|
5392 \\{vrml-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5393
|
|
|
5394 ;;;***
|
|
|
5395
|
|
|
5396 ;;;### (autoloads (xpm-mode) "xpm-mode" "modes/xpm-mode.el")
|
|
|
5397
|
|
|
5398 (autoload 'xpm-mode "xpm-mode" "\
|
|
|
5399 Treat the current buffer as an xpm file and colorize it.
|
|
|
5400
|
|
|
5401 Shift-button-1 lets you paint by dragging the mouse. Shift-button-1 on a
|
|
|
5402 color definition line will change the current painting color to that line's
|
|
|
5403 value.
|
|
|
5404
|
|
|
5405 Characters inserted from the keyboard will NOT be colored properly yet.
|
|
|
5406 Use the mouse, or do xpm-init (\\[xpm-init]) after making changes.
|
|
|
5407
|
|
|
5408 \\[xpm-add-color] Add a new color, prompting for character and value
|
|
|
5409 \\[xpm-show-image] show the current image at the top of the buffer
|
|
|
5410 \\[xpm-parse-color] parse the current line's color definition and add
|
|
|
5411 it to the color table. Provided as a means of changing colors.
|
|
|
5412 XPM minor mode bindings:
|
|
|
5413 \\{xpm-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5414
|
|
|
5415 ;;;***
|
|
|
5416
|
|
|
5417 ;;;### (autoloads (br-env-load br-env-browse) "br-env" "oobr/br-env.el")
|
|
|
5418
|
|
|
5419 (autoload 'br-env-browse "br-env" "\
|
|
|
5420 Invoke the OO-Browser on an existing or to be created Environment ENV-FILE." t nil)
|
|
|
5421
|
|
|
5422 (autoload 'br-env-load "br-env" "\
|
|
|
5423 Load browser Environment or spec from optional ENV-FILE or 'br-env-file'.
|
|
|
5424 Non-nil PROMPT means prompt user before building tables.
|
|
|
5425 Non-nil NO-BUILD means skip build of Environment entirely.
|
|
|
5426 Return t if load is successful, else nil." t nil)
|
|
|
5427
|
|
|
5428 ;;;***
|
|
|
5429
|
|
|
5430 ;;;### (autoloads (oo-browser) "br-start" "oobr/br-start.el")
|
|
|
5431
|
|
|
5432 (fset 'oobr 'oo-browser)
|
|
|
5433
|
|
|
5434 (autoload 'oo-browser "br-start" "\
|
|
|
5435 Prompt for an Environment and language over which to run the OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5436 Optional prefix argument SAME-ENV-FLAG means browse the current Environment,
|
|
120
|
5437 if any, without prompting. Otherwise, if called interactively, give the user
|
|
|
5438 a choice whether to re-browse the last Environment or to browse a new one." t nil)
|
|
78
|
5439
|
|
|
5440 ;;;***
|
|
|
5441
|
|
|
5442 ;;;### (autoloads (br-to-from-viewer br-add-class-file) "br" "oobr/br.el")
|
|
|
5443
|
|
|
5444 (autoload 'br-add-class-file "br" "\
|
|
|
5445 Add a file of classes to the current Environment.
|
|
|
5446 Interactively or when optional CLASS-PATH is nil, CLASS-PATH defaults to the
|
|
|
5447 current buffer file pathname. If optional LIB-TABLE-P is non-nil, add to
|
|
|
5448 Library Environment, otherwise add to System Environment. If optional
|
|
|
5449 SAVE-FILE is t, the Environment is then stored to the filename given by
|
|
100
|
5450 `br-env-file'. If SAVE-FILE is non-nil and not t, its string value is used
|
|
78
|
5451 as the file to which to save the Environment." t nil)
|
|
|
5452
|
|
|
5453 (autoload 'br-to-from-viewer "br" "\
|
|
|
5454 Move point to viewer window or back to last recorded listing window." t nil)
|
|
|
5455
|
|
|
5456 ;;;***
|
|
|
5457
|
|
|
5458 ;;;### (autoloads (c++-browse) "c++-browse" "oobr/c++-browse.el")
|
|
|
5459
|
|
|
5460 (autoload 'c++-browse "c++-browse" "\
|
|
|
5461 Invoke the C++ OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5462 This allows browsing through C++ library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5463 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5464 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5465 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5466
|
|
|
5467 ;;;***
|
|
|
5468
|
|
|
5469 ;;;### (autoloads (clos-browse) "clos-brows" "oobr/clos-brows.el")
|
|
|
5470
|
|
|
5471 (autoload 'clos-browse "clos-brows" "\
|
|
|
5472 Invoke the CLOS OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5473 This allows browsing through CLOS library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5474 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file
|
|
|
5475 to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5476 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5477
|
|
|
5478 ;;;***
|
|
|
5479
|
|
|
5480 ;;;### (autoloads (eif-browse) "eif-browse" "oobr/eif-browse.el")
|
|
|
5481
|
|
|
5482 (autoload 'eif-browse "eif-browse" "\
|
|
|
5483 Invoke the Eiffel OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5484 This allows browsing through Eiffel library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5485 With an optional prefix arg ENV-FILE equal to t, prompt for Environment file
|
|
|
5486 to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5487 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5488
|
|
|
5489 ;;;***
|
|
|
5490
|
|
|
5491 ;;;### (autoloads (info-browse) "info-brows" "oobr/info-brows.el")
|
|
|
5492
|
|
|
5493 (autoload 'info-browse "info-brows" "\
|
|
|
5494 Invoke the Info OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5495 This allows browsing through Info library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5496 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5497 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5498 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5499
|
|
|
5500 ;;;***
|
|
|
5501
|
|
|
5502 ;;;### (autoloads (java-browse) "java-brows" "oobr/java-brows.el")
|
|
|
5503
|
|
|
5504 (autoload 'java-browse "java-brows" "\
|
|
|
5505 Invoke the Java OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5506 This allows browsing through Java library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5507 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5508 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5509 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5510
|
|
|
5511 ;;;***
|
|
|
5512
|
|
|
5513 ;;;### (autoloads (objc-browse) "objc-brows" "oobr/objc-brows.el")
|
|
|
5514
|
|
|
5515 (autoload 'objc-browse "objc-brows" "\
|
|
|
5516 Invoke the Objective-C OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5517 This allows browsing through Objective-C library and system class
|
|
|
5518 hierarchies. With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for
|
|
|
5519 Environment file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used
|
|
|
5520 as the Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5521
|
|
|
5522 ;;;***
|
|
|
5523
|
|
|
5524 ;;;### (autoloads (python-browse) "python-browse" "oobr/python-browse.el")
|
|
|
5525
|
|
|
5526 (autoload 'python-browse "python-browse" "\
|
|
|
5527 Invoke the Python OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5528 This allows browsing through Python library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5529 With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment
|
|
|
5530 file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5531 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5532
|
|
|
5533 ;;;***
|
|
|
5534
|
|
|
5535 ;;;### (autoloads (smt-browse) "smt-browse" "oobr/smt-browse.el")
|
|
|
5536
|
|
|
5537 (autoload 'smt-browse "smt-browse" "\
|
|
|
5538 Invoke the Smalltalk OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5539 This allows browsing through Smalltalk library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5540 With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment
|
|
|
5541 file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5542 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5543
|
|
|
5544 ;;;***
|
|
|
5545
|
|
|
5546 ;;;### (autoloads (add-log-current-defun change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "packages/add-log.el")
|
|
|
5547
|
|
120
|
5548 (defcustom change-log-default-name nil "*Name of a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry]." :type '(choice (const :tag "default" nil) string) :group 'change-log)
|
|
|
5549
|
|
|
5550 (defcustom add-log-current-defun-function nil "*If non-nil, function to guess name of current function from surrounding text.\n\\[add-change-log-entry] calls this function (if nil, `add-log-current-defun'\ninstead) with no arguments. It returns a string or nil if it cannot guess." :type 'boolean :group 'change-log)
|
|
|
5551
|
|
|
5552 (defcustom add-log-full-name nil "*Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.\nThis defaults to the value returned by the `user-full-name' function." :type '(choice (const :tag "Default" nil) string) :group 'change-log)
|
|
|
5553
|
|
|
5554 (defcustom add-log-mailing-address nil "*Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.\nThis defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'." :type '(choice (const :tag "Default" nil) string) :group 'change-log)
|
|
78
|
5555
|
|
|
5556 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5557 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
|
|
|
5558
|
|
|
5559 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5560 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
|
|
|
5561
|
|
|
5562 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
|
|
|
5563 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
|
|
|
5564 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
|
|
|
5565 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
|
|
|
5566
|
|
|
5567 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
|
|
|
5568 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
|
|
|
5569 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
|
|
|
5570
|
|
|
5571 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
|
|
|
5572 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
|
|
|
5573
|
|
|
5574 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5575 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
|
|
|
5576 Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
|
|
|
5577 Second arg is file name of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
|
|
|
5578 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
|
|
|
5579 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
|
|
|
5580 never append to an existing entry." t nil)
|
|
|
5581
|
|
|
5582 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5583 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
|
|
|
5584 Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
|
|
|
5585 Second arg is file name of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'." t nil)
|
|
|
5586
|
|
|
5587 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
|
|
|
5588
|
|
|
5589 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5590 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
|
|
|
5591 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
|
|
|
5592 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
|
|
|
5593 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
|
|
|
5594 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
|
|
|
5595
|
|
|
5596 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5597 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
|
|
|
5598
|
|
|
5599 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
|
|
|
5600 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
|
|
|
5601
|
|
|
5602 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
|
|
|
5603 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
|
|
|
5604 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variable
|
|
|
5605 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp'.
|
|
|
5606
|
|
|
5607 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
|
|
|
5608
|
|
|
5609 ;;;***
|
|
|
5610
|
|
|
5611 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command) "apropos" "packages/apropos.el")
|
|
|
5612
|
|
|
5613 (fset 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
|
|
|
5614
|
|
|
5615 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5616 Shows commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
|
|
|
5617 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
|
|
|
5618 variables." t nil)
|
|
|
5619
|
|
|
5620 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5621 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
|
|
|
5622 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
|
|
|
5623 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
|
|
|
5624 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
|
|
|
5625
|
|
|
5626 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5627 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
|
|
|
5628 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
|
|
|
5629 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
|
|
|
5630 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
|
|
|
5631
|
|
|
5632 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5633 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
|
|
|
5634 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
|
|
|
5635 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
|
|
|
5636 bindings.
|
|
|
5637 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
|
|
|
5638
|
|
|
5639 ;;;***
|
|
|
5640
|
|
|
5641 ;;;### (autoloads (define-auto-insert auto-insert) "autoinsert" "packages/autoinsert.el")
|
|
|
5642
|
|
|
5643 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
|
|
|
5644 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
|
|
|
5645 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
5646
|
|
|
5647 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
|
|
|
5648 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
|
|
|
5649 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
|
|
|
5650 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
|
|
|
5651
|
|
|
5652 ;;;***
|
|
|
5653
|
|
|
5654 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "packages/avoid.el")
|
|
|
5655
|
|
80
|
5656 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
|
|
|
5657 Value is t or a symbol if the mouse pointer should avoid the cursor.
|
|
|
5658 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values. Changing this
|
|
|
5659 variable is NOT the recommended way to change modes; use that function
|
|
|
5660 instead.")
|
|
|
5661
|
|
78
|
5662 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
|
|
|
5663 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
|
|
|
5664 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
|
|
|
5665 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
|
|
|
5666
|
|
|
5667 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
|
|
|
5668 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
|
|
|
5669 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
|
|
|
5670
|
|
|
5671 Effects of the different modes:
|
|
|
5672 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
|
|
|
5673 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
|
|
|
5674 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
|
|
|
5675 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
|
|
|
5676 a random distance & direction.
|
|
|
5677 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
|
|
|
5678 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
|
|
|
5679 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
|
|
|
5680
|
|
|
5681 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
|
|
|
5682
|
|
|
5683 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
|
|
|
5684 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
|
|
|
5685 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
|
|
|
5686
|
|
|
5687 (add-minor-mode 'mouse-avoidance-mode " Avoid")
|
|
|
5688
|
|
|
5689 ;;;***
|
|
|
5690
|
|
|
5691 ;;;### (autoloads (blink-cursor-mode) "blink-cursor" "packages/blink-cursor.el")
|
|
|
5692
|
|
|
5693 (autoload 'blink-cursor-mode "blink-cursor" "\
|
|
|
5694 Enable or disable a blinking cursor.
|
|
|
5695 If TIMEOUT is nil, toggle on or off.
|
|
|
5696 If TIMEOUT is t, enable with the previous timeout value.
|
|
|
5697 If TIMEOUT is 0, disable.
|
|
|
5698 If TIMEOUT is greater than 0, then the cursor will blink once
|
|
|
5699 each TIMEOUT secs (can be a float)." t nil)
|
|
|
5700
|
|
|
5701 ;;;***
|
|
|
5702
|
|
|
5703 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "packages/bookmark.el")
|
|
|
5704
|
|
|
5705 (if (symbolp (key-binding "r")) nil (progn (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)))
|
|
|
5706
|
|
|
5707 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
|
|
|
5708 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
|
|
|
5709 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
|
|
|
5710 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
|
|
|
5711 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
|
|
|
5712 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
|
|
|
5713
|
|
|
5714 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
|
|
|
5715
|
|
|
5716 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
|
|
|
5717
|
|
|
5718 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
|
|
|
5719
|
|
|
5720 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
|
|
|
5721
|
|
|
5722 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump)
|
|
|
5723
|
|
|
5724 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
|
|
|
5725
|
|
|
5726 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
|
|
|
5727
|
|
|
5728 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location)
|
|
|
5729
|
|
|
5730 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
|
|
|
5731
|
|
|
5732 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
|
|
|
5733
|
|
|
5734 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
|
|
|
5735
|
|
|
5736 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
|
|
|
5737
|
|
|
5738 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
|
|
|
5739
|
|
|
5740 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5741 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
|
|
|
5742 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
|
|
|
5743 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
|
|
|
5744 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
|
|
|
5745 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
|
|
|
5746 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
|
|
|
5747 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
|
|
|
5748 recent one.
|
|
|
5749
|
|
|
5750 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
|
|
|
5751 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
|
|
|
5752 yank successive words.
|
|
|
5753
|
|
|
5754 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
|
|
|
5755 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
|
|
|
5756 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
|
|
|
5757 name of the file being visited.
|
|
|
5758
|
|
|
5759 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
|
|
|
5760 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
|
|
|
5761 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
|
|
|
5762
|
|
|
5763 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5764 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
|
|
|
5765 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5766 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5767 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5768 this.
|
|
|
5769
|
|
|
5770 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
|
|
|
5771 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
|
|
|
5772 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
|
|
|
5773 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
|
|
|
5774
|
|
|
5775 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5776 Relocate BOOKMARK -- prompts for a filename, and makes an already
|
|
|
5777 existing bookmark point to that file, instead of the one it used to
|
|
|
5778 point at. Useful when a file has been renamed after a bookmark was
|
|
|
5779 set in it." t nil)
|
|
|
5780
|
|
|
5781 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5782 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5783 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
|
|
|
5784 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
|
|
|
5785
|
|
|
5786 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5787 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name. If called from
|
|
|
5788 keyboard, prompts for OLD and NEW. If called from menubar, OLD is
|
|
|
5789 selected from a menu, and prompts for NEW.
|
|
|
5790
|
|
|
5791 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
|
|
|
5792 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
|
|
|
5793 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
|
|
|
5794
|
|
|
5795 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
|
|
108
|
5796 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
|
|
78
|
5797 name." t nil)
|
|
|
5798
|
|
|
5799 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5800 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5801 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5802 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5803 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5804 this." t nil)
|
|
|
5805
|
|
|
5806 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5807 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
|
|
|
5808 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
|
|
|
5809 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
|
|
|
5810 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
|
|
|
5811 one most recently used in this file, if any).
|
|
|
5812 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
|
|
|
5813 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
|
|
|
5814
|
|
|
5815 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5816 Write bookmarks to a file (for which the user will be prompted
|
|
|
5817 interactively). Don't use this in Lisp programs; use bookmark-save
|
|
|
5818 instead." t nil)
|
|
|
5819
|
|
|
5820 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5821 Save currently defined bookmarks.
|
|
|
5822 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
|
|
|
5823 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
|
|
|
5824 \(second argument).
|
|
|
5825
|
|
|
5826 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
|
|
|
5827 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
|
|
|
5828 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
|
|
|
5829 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
|
|
|
5830 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
|
|
|
5831
|
|
|
5832 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
|
|
|
5833 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
|
|
|
5834 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
|
|
|
5835 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
|
|
|
5836
|
|
|
5837 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5838 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
|
|
|
5839 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
|
|
|
5840 optional second argument REVERT is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
|
|
|
5841 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
|
|
|
5842 while loading.
|
|
|
5843
|
|
|
5844 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
|
|
|
5845 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
|
|
|
5846 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
|
|
|
5847 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
|
|
|
5848 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
|
|
|
5849 explicitly." t nil)
|
|
|
5850
|
|
|
5851 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5852 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
|
|
|
5853 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
|
|
|
5854 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
|
|
|
5855 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
|
|
|
5856
|
|
|
5857 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
|
|
|
5858
|
|
|
5859 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
|
|
|
5860
|
|
|
5861 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-insert "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5862 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5863 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5864 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5865 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5866 this.
|
|
|
5867
|
|
|
5868 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5869 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5870 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5871
|
|
|
5872 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-jump "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5873 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
|
|
|
5874 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5875 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5876 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5877 this.
|
|
|
5878
|
|
|
5879 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5880 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5881 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5882
|
|
|
5883 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-locate "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5884 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5885 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
|
|
|
5886
|
|
|
5887 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5888 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5889 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5890
|
|
|
5891 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-rename "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5892 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5893 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5894 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
|
|
|
5895 prompts for NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5896 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
|
|
|
5897 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
|
|
|
5898 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
|
|
|
5899
|
|
|
5900 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
|
|
108
|
5901 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
|
|
78
|
5902 name.
|
|
|
5903
|
|
|
5904 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5905 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5906 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5907
|
|
|
5908 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-delete "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5909 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
|
|
|
5910 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
|
|
|
5911 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
|
|
|
5912 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
|
|
|
5913 one most recently used in this file, if any).
|
|
|
5914
|
|
|
5915 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5916 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5917 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5918
|
|
|
5919 ;;;***
|
|
|
5920
|
|
|
5921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "buff-menu" "packages/buff-menu.el")
|
|
|
5922
|
|
|
5923 (defvar list-buffers-directory nil)
|
|
|
5924
|
|
|
5925 (make-variable-buffer-local 'list-buffers-directory)
|
|
|
5926
|
|
|
5927 ;;;***
|
|
|
5928
|
|
|
5929 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history-mode list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "packages/chistory.el")
|
|
|
5930
|
|
|
5931 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5932 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
|
|
|
5933 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
|
|
|
5934 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
|
|
|
5935 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
|
|
|
5936 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
|
|
|
5937
|
|
|
5938 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5939 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
|
|
|
5940 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
5941 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
|
|
|
5942 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
|
|
|
5943
|
|
|
5944 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5945
|
|
|
5946 (autoload 'command-history-mode "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5947 Major mode for examining commands from `command-history'.
|
|
|
5948 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
5949 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
5950 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
|
|
|
5951
|
|
|
5952 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
|
|
|
5953 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
|
|
|
5954 \\{command-history-map}
|
|
|
5955 Calls the value of `command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
|
|
|
5956 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
|
|
|
5957
|
|
|
5958 ;;;***
|
|
|
5959
|
|
|
5960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "packages/cmuscheme.el")
|
|
|
5961
|
|
|
5962 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
|
|
|
5963
|
|
|
5964 ;;;***
|
|
|
5965
|
|
|
5966 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "packages/compare-w.el")
|
|
|
5967
|
|
|
5968 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
|
|
|
5969 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
|
|
|
5970 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
|
|
|
5971 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
|
|
|
5972
|
|
|
5973 This command pushes the mark in each window
|
|
|
5974 at the prior location of point in that window.
|
|
|
5975 If both windows display the same buffer,
|
|
|
5976 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
|
|
|
5977 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
|
|
|
5978
|
|
|
5979 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
|
|
|
5980 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
|
|
|
5981 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
5982
|
|
|
5983 ;;;***
|
|
|
5984
|
|
|
5985 ;;;### (autoloads (first-error previous-error next-error compilation-minor-mode grep compile) "compile" "packages/compile.el")
|
|
|
5986
|
|
120
|
5987 (defcustom compilation-mode-hook nil "*List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks')." :type 'hook :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5988
|
|
|
5989 (defcustom compilation-window-height nil "*Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default." :type '(choice (const nil) integer) :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5990
|
|
|
5991 (defcustom compilation-buffer-name-function nil "Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.\nThe function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the\ncompilation buffer. It should return a string.\nnil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'." :type 'function :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5992
|
|
|
5993 (defcustom compilation-finish-function nil "*Function to call when a compilation process finishes.\nIt is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string\ndescribing how the process finished." :type 'function :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5994
|
|
|
5995 (defcustom compilation-search-path '(nil) "*List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.\nElements should be directory names, not file names of directories.\nnil as an element means to try the default directory." :type '(repeat (choice (const :tag "Default" nil) directory)) :group 'compilation)
|
|
78
|
5996
|
|
|
5997 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
|
|
|
5998 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
|
|
|
5999 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
|
|
|
6000 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
|
|
|
6001
|
|
|
6002 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
|
|
|
6003 and move to the source code that caused it.
|
|
|
6004
|
|
|
6005 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
|
|
|
6006 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
|
|
|
6007
|
|
|
6008 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
|
|
|
6009 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
|
|
|
6010 Then start the next one.
|
|
|
6011
|
|
|
6012 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
|
|
|
6013 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
|
|
|
6014 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
|
|
|
6015
|
|
|
6016 (autoload 'grep "compile" "\
|
|
|
6017 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
|
|
|
6018 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
|
|
|
6019 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
|
|
|
6020
|
|
|
6021 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
|
|
|
6022 easily repeat a grep command." t nil)
|
|
|
6023
|
|
|
6024 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
|
|
|
6025 Toggle compilation minor mode.
|
|
|
6026 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
|
|
|
6027 See `compilation-mode'.
|
|
|
6028 ! \\{compilation-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
6029
|
|
|
6030 (autoload 'next-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
6031 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
|
|
|
6032 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command.
|
|
|
6033 If all preparsed error messages have been processed,
|
|
|
6034 the error message buffer is checked for new ones.
|
|
|
6035
|
|
|
6036 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
|
|
|
6037 negative means move back to previous error messages.
|
|
|
6038 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
|
|
|
6039 and start at the first error.
|
|
|
6040
|
|
|
6041 \\[next-error] normally applies to the most recent compilation started,
|
|
|
6042 but as long as you are in the middle of parsing errors from one compilation
|
|
|
6043 output buffer, you stay with that compilation output buffer.
|
|
|
6044
|
|
|
6045 Use \\[next-error] in a compilation output buffer to switch to
|
|
|
6046 processing errors from that compilation.
|
|
|
6047
|
|
|
6048 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
|
|
|
6049 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
|
|
|
6050
|
|
|
6051 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
|
|
|
6052
|
|
|
6053 (autoload 'previous-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
6054 Visit previous compilation error message and corresponding source code.
|
|
|
6055 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command." t nil)
|
|
|
6056
|
|
|
6057 (autoload 'first-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
6058 Reparse the error message buffer and start at the first error
|
|
|
6059 Visit corresponding source code.
|
|
|
6060 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command." t nil)
|
|
|
6061
|
|
|
6062 ;;;***
|
|
|
6063
|
|
|
6064 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "packages/dabbrev.el")
|
|
|
6065
|
|
|
6066 (define-key global-map [(meta /)] 'dabbrev-expand)
|
|
|
6067
|
|
|
6068 (define-key global-map [(meta control /)] 'dabbrev-completion)
|
|
|
6069
|
|
|
6070 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
|
|
|
6071 Completion on current word.
|
|
|
6072 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
|
|
|
6073 and presents suggestions for completion.
|
|
|
6074
|
|
|
6075 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
|
|
|
6076 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
|
|
|
6077 completions.
|
|
|
6078
|
|
|
6079 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
|
|
|
6080 then it searches *all* buffers.
|
|
|
6081
|
|
|
6082 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
|
|
|
6083 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
|
|
|
6084
|
|
|
6085 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
|
|
|
6086 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
|
|
|
6087
|
|
|
6088 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
|
|
|
6089 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
|
|
|
6090 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
|
|
|
6091 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
|
|
|
6092 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
|
|
|
6093
|
|
|
6094 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
|
|
|
6095 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
|
|
|
6096
|
|
|
6097 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
|
|
|
6098 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
|
|
|
6099 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
|
|
|
6100
|
|
|
6101 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
|
|
|
6102 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
|
|
|
6103
|
|
|
6104 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
|
|
|
6105
|
|
|
6106 ;;;***
|
|
|
6107
|
|
104
|
6108 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff) "diff" "packages/diff.el")
|
|
|
6109
|
|
120
|
6110 (defcustom diff-switches "-c" "*A list of switches (strings) to pass to the diff program." :type '(choice string (repeat string)) :group 'diff)
|
|
104
|
6111
|
|
|
6112 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
|
|
|
6113 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
|
|
|
6114 Interactively you are prompted with the current buffer's file name for NEW
|
|
|
6115 and what appears to be its backup for OLD." t nil)
|
|
|
6116
|
|
|
6117 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
|
|
|
6118 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
|
|
|
6119 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
|
|
|
6120 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
|
|
|
6121 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
|
|
|
6122
|
|
|
6123 ;;;***
|
|
|
6124
|
|
78
|
6125 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-faces) "edit-faces" "packages/edit-faces.el")
|
|
|
6126
|
|
|
6127 (autoload 'edit-faces "edit-faces" "\
|
|
|
6128 Alter face characteristics by editing a list of defined faces.
|
|
|
6129 Pops up a buffer containing a list of defined faces.
|
|
|
6130
|
|
|
6131 Editing commands:
|
|
|
6132
|
|
|
6133 \\{edit-faces-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
6134
|
|
|
6135 ;;;***
|
|
|
6136
|
|
|
6137 ;;;### (autoloads (report-xemacs-bug) "emacsbug" "packages/emacsbug.el")
|
|
|
6138
|
|
|
6139 (autoload 'report-xemacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
|
|
|
6140 Report a bug in XEmacs.
|
|
|
6141 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6142
|
|
|
6143 ;;;***
|
|
|
6144
|
|
|
6145 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" "packages/emerge.el")
|
|
|
6146
|
|
|
6147 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6148 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
|
|
|
6149
|
|
|
6150 (fset 'emerge 'emerge-files)
|
|
|
6151
|
|
|
6152 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6153 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
6154
|
|
|
6155 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6156 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
6157
|
|
|
6158 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6159 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
6160
|
|
|
6161 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6162
|
|
|
6163 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6164
|
|
|
6165 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6166
|
|
|
6167 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6168
|
|
|
6169 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6170 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
|
|
|
6171
|
|
|
6172 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
6173 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
6174
|
|
|
6175 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6176
|
|
|
6177 ;;;***
|
|
|
6178
|
|
|
6179 ;;;### (autoloads (tags-apropos list-tags tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file find-tag-other-window find-tag visit-tags-table) "etags" "packages/etags.el")
|
|
|
6180
|
|
|
6181 (defvar tags-build-completion-table 'ask "\
|
|
|
6182 *If this variable is nil, then tags completion is disabled.
|
|
|
6183 If this variable is t, then things which prompt for tags will do so with
|
|
|
6184 completion across all known tags.
|
|
|
6185 If this variable is the symbol `ask', then you will be asked whether each
|
|
|
6186 tags table should be added to the completion list as it is read in.
|
|
|
6187 (With the exception that for very small tags tables, you will not be asked,
|
|
|
6188 since they can be parsed quickly.)")
|
|
|
6189
|
|
|
6190 (defvar tags-always-exact nil "\
|
|
|
6191 *If this variable is non-nil, then tags always looks for exact matches.")
|
|
|
6192
|
|
|
6193 (defvar tag-table-alist nil "\
|
|
|
6194 *A list which determines which tags files should be active for a
|
|
|
6195 given buffer. This is not really an association list, in that all
|
|
|
6196 elements are checked. The CAR of each element of this list is a
|
|
|
6197 pattern against which the buffer's file name is compared; if it
|
|
|
6198 matches, then the CDR of the list should be the name of the tags
|
|
|
6199 table to use. If more than one element of this list matches the
|
|
|
6200 buffer's file name, then all of the associated tags tables will be
|
|
|
6201 used. Earlier ones will be searched first.
|
|
|
6202
|
|
|
6203 If the CAR of elements of this list are strings, then they are treated
|
|
|
6204 as regular-expressions against which the file is compared (like the
|
|
|
6205 auto-mode-alist). If they are not strings, then they are evaluated.
|
|
|
6206 If they evaluate to non-nil, then the current buffer is considered to
|
|
|
6207 match.
|
|
|
6208
|
|
|
6209 If the CDR of the elements of this list are strings, then they are
|
|
|
6210 assumed to name a TAGS file. If they name a directory, then the string
|
|
|
6211 \"TAGS\" is appended to them to get the file name. If they are not
|
|
|
6212 strings, then they are evaluated, and must return an appropriate string.
|
|
|
6213
|
|
|
6214 For example:
|
|
|
6215 (setq tag-table-alist
|
|
|
6216 '((\"/usr/src/public/perl/\" . \"/usr/src/public/perl/perl-3.0/\")
|
|
|
6217 (\"\\\\.el$\" . \"/usr/local/emacs/src/\")
|
|
|
6218 (\"/jbw/gnu/\" . \"/usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/\")
|
|
|
6219 (\"\" . \"/usr/local/emacs/src/\")
|
|
|
6220 ))
|
|
|
6221
|
|
|
6222 This means that anything in the /usr/src/public/perl/ directory should use
|
|
|
6223 the TAGS file /usr/src/public/perl/perl-3.0/TAGS; and file ending in .el should
|
|
|
6224 use the TAGS file /usr/local/emacs/src/TAGS; and anything in or below the
|
|
|
6225 directory /jbw/gnu/ should use the TAGS file /usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/TAGS.
|
|
|
6226 A file called something like \"/usr/jbw/foo.el\" would use both the TAGS files
|
|
|
6227 /usr/local/emacs/src/TAGS and /usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/TAGS (in that order)
|
|
|
6228 because it matches both patterns.
|
|
|
6229
|
|
|
6230 If the buffer-local variable `buffer-tag-table' is set, then it names a tags
|
|
|
6231 table that is searched before all others when find-tag is executed from this
|
|
|
6232 buffer.
|
|
|
6233
|
|
|
6234 If there is a file called \"TAGS\" in the same directory as the file in
|
|
|
6235 question, then that tags file will always be used as well (after the
|
|
|
6236 `buffer-tag-table' but before the tables specified by this list.)
|
|
|
6237
|
|
|
6238 If the variable tags-file-name is set, then the tags file it names will apply
|
|
|
6239 to all buffers (for backwards compatibility.) It is searched first.
|
|
|
6240 ")
|
|
|
6241
|
|
|
6242 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
|
|
|
6243 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE first.
|
|
|
6244 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
|
|
|
6245 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory." t nil)
|
|
|
6246
|
|
|
6247 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
|
|
|
6248 *Find tag whose name contains TAGNAME.
|
|
|
6249 Selects the buffer that the tag is contained in
|
|
|
6250 and puts point at its definition.
|
|
|
6251 If TAGNAME is a null string, the expression in the buffer
|
|
|
6252 around or before point is used as the tag name.
|
|
|
6253 If called interactively with a numeric argument, searches for the next tag
|
|
|
6254 in the tag table that matches the tagname used in the previous find-tag.
|
|
|
6255 If second arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, uses another window to display
|
|
|
6256 the tag.
|
|
|
6257
|
|
|
6258 This version of this function supports multiple active tags tables,
|
|
|
6259 and completion.
|
|
|
6260
|
|
|
6261 Variables of note:
|
|
|
6262
|
|
|
6263 tag-table-alist controls which tables apply to which buffers
|
|
|
6264 tags-file-name a default tags table
|
|
|
6265 tags-build-completion-table controls completion behavior
|
|
|
6266 buffer-tag-table another way of specifying a buffer-local table
|
|
|
6267 make-tags-files-invisible whether tags tables should be very hidden
|
|
|
6268 tag-mark-stack-max how many tags-based hops to remember" t nil)
|
|
|
6269
|
|
|
6270 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
|
|
|
6271 *Find tag whose name contains TAGNAME.
|
|
|
6272 Selects the buffer that the tag is contained in in another window
|
|
|
6273 and puts point at its definition.
|
|
|
6274 If TAGNAME is a null string, the expression in the buffer
|
|
|
6275 around or before point is used as the tag name.
|
|
|
6276 If second arg NEXT is non-nil (interactively, with prefix arg),
|
|
|
6277 searches for the next tag in the tag table
|
|
|
6278 that matches the tagname used in the previous find-tag.
|
|
|
6279
|
|
|
6280 This version of this function supports multiple active tags tables,
|
|
|
6281 and completion.
|
|
|
6282
|
|
|
6283 Variables of note:
|
|
|
6284
|
|
|
6285 tag-table-alist controls which tables apply to which buffers
|
|
|
6286 tags-file-name a default tags table
|
|
|
6287 tags-build-completion-table controls completion behavior
|
|
|
6288 buffer-tag-table another way of specifying a buffer-local table
|
|
|
6289 make-tags-files-invisible whether tags tables should be very hidden
|
|
|
6290 tag-mark-stack-max how many tags-based hops to remember" t nil)
|
|
|
6291
|
|
|
6292 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
|
|
|
6293 Select next file among files in current tag table(s).
|
|
|
6294
|
|
|
6295 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
|
|
|
6296 beginning of the list of files in the (first) tags table. If the argument
|
|
|
6297 is neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
|
|
|
6298
|
|
|
6299 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
|
|
|
6300 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
|
|
|
6301
|
|
|
6302 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
|
|
|
6303 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
|
|
|
6304
|
|
|
6305 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
|
|
|
6306 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
|
|
|
6307 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
|
|
|
6308 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
|
|
|
6309 Two variables control the processing we do on each file:
|
|
|
6310 the value of `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file
|
|
|
6311 to see if it is interesting (it returns non-nil if so)
|
|
|
6312 and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to execute to operate on an interesting file
|
|
|
6313 If the latter returns non-nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
|
|
|
6314
|
|
|
6315 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
|
|
|
6316 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
|
|
|
6317 Stops when a match is found.
|
|
|
6318 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
|
|
|
6319
|
|
|
6320 See documentation of variable `tag-table-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
6321
|
|
|
6322 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
|
|
|
6323 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
|
|
|
6324 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
|
|
|
6325 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
|
|
|
6326 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
|
|
|
6327
|
|
|
6328 See documentation of variable `tag-table-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
6329
|
|
|
6330 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
|
|
|
6331 Display list of tags in file FILE.
|
|
|
6332 FILE should not contain a directory spec
|
|
|
6333 unless it has one in the tag table." t nil)
|
|
|
6334
|
|
|
6335 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
|
|
|
6336 Display list of all tags in tag table REGEXP matches." t nil)
|
|
|
6337
|
|
|
6338 ;;;***
|
|
|
6339
|
|
|
6340 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "packages/fast-lock.el")
|
|
|
6341
|
|
|
6342 (autoload 'fast-lock-mode "fast-lock" "\
|
|
|
6343 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
|
|
|
6344 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
|
|
|
6345 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
|
|
|
6346
|
|
|
6347 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
|
|
|
6348
|
|
|
6349 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
|
|
|
6350 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
|
|
|
6351 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
|
|
|
6352
|
|
|
6353 Font Lock caches may be saved:
|
|
100
|
6354 - When you save the file's buffer.
|
|
|
6355 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
|
|
|
6356 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
|
|
78
|
6357 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
|
|
|
6358 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
|
|
|
6359
|
|
|
6360 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
|
|
|
6361
|
|
|
6362 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
|
|
|
6363 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
|
|
|
6364 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
|
|
98
|
6365 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
|
|
78
|
6366
|
|
|
6367 (autoload 'turn-on-fast-lock "fast-lock" "\
|
|
|
6368 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6369
|
|
100
|
6370 (when (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode 'fast-lock-mode nil))
|
|
78
|
6371
|
|
|
6372 ;;;***
|
|
|
6373
|
|
|
6374 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "packages/feedmail.el")
|
|
|
6375
|
|
|
6376 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6377
|
|
|
6378 ;;;***
|
|
|
6379
|
|
|
6380 ;;;### (autoloads (make-file-part) "file-part" "packages/file-part.el")
|
|
|
6381
|
|
|
6382 (autoload 'make-file-part "file-part" "\
|
|
|
6383 Make a file part on buffer BUFFER out of the region. Call it NAME.
|
|
|
6384 This command creates a new buffer containing the contents of the
|
|
|
6385 region and marks the buffer as referring to the specified buffer,
|
|
|
6386 called the `master buffer'. When the file-part buffer is saved,
|
|
|
6387 its changes are integrated back into the master buffer. When the
|
|
|
6388 master buffer is deleted, all file parts are deleted with it.
|
|
|
6389
|
|
|
6390 When called from a function, expects four arguments, START, END,
|
|
|
6391 NAME, and BUFFER, all of which are optional and default to the
|
|
|
6392 beginning of BUFFER, the end of BUFFER, a name generated from
|
|
|
6393 BUFFER's name, and the current buffer, respectively." t nil)
|
|
|
6394
|
|
|
6395 ;;;***
|
|
|
6396
|
|
|
6397 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer turn-off-font-lock turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "packages/font-lock.el")
|
|
|
6398
|
|
|
6399 (defvar font-lock-auto-fontify t "\
|
|
|
6400 *Whether font-lock should automatically fontify files as they're loaded.
|
|
|
6401 This will only happen if font-lock has fontifying keywords for the major
|
|
|
6402 mode of the file. You can get finer-grained control over auto-fontification
|
|
|
6403 by using this variable in combination with `font-lock-mode-enable-list' or
|
|
|
6404 `font-lock-mode-disable-list'.")
|
|
|
6405
|
|
|
6406 (defvar font-lock-mode-enable-list nil "\
|
|
|
6407 *List of modes to auto-fontify, if `font-lock-auto-fontify' is nil.")
|
|
|
6408
|
|
|
6409 (defvar font-lock-mode-disable-list nil "\
|
|
|
6410 *List of modes not to auto-fontify, if `font-lock-auto-fontify' is t.")
|
|
|
6411
|
|
|
6412 (defvar font-lock-use-colors '(color) "\
|
|
|
6413 *Specification for when Font Lock will set up color defaults.
|
|
|
6414 Normally this should be '(color), meaning that Font Lock will set up
|
|
|
6415 color defaults that are only used on color displays. Set this to nil
|
|
|
6416 if you don't want Font Lock to set up color defaults at all. This
|
|
|
6417 should be one of
|
|
|
6418
|
|
|
6419 -- a list of valid tags, meaning that the color defaults will be used
|
|
|
6420 when all of the tags apply. (e.g. '(color x))
|
|
|
6421 -- a list whose first element is 'or and whose remaining elements are
|
|
|
6422 lists of valid tags, meaning that the defaults will be used when
|
|
|
6423 any of the tag lists apply.
|
|
|
6424 -- nil, meaning that the defaults should not be set up at all.
|
|
|
6425
|
|
|
6426 \(If you specify face values in your init file, they will override any
|
|
|
6427 that Font Lock specifies, regardless of whether you specify the face
|
|
|
6428 values before or after loading Font Lock.)
|
|
|
6429
|
|
|
6430 See also `font-lock-use-fonts'. If you want more control over the faces
|
|
|
6431 used for fontification, see the documentation of `font-lock-mode' for
|
|
|
6432 how to do it.")
|
|
|
6433
|
|
|
6434 (defvar font-lock-use-fonts '(or (mono) (grayscale)) "\
|
|
|
6435 *Specification for when Font Lock will set up non-color defaults.
|
|
|
6436
|
|
|
6437 Normally this should be '(or (mono) (grayscale)), meaning that Font
|
|
|
6438 Lock will set up non-color defaults that are only used on either mono
|
|
|
6439 or grayscale displays. Set this to nil if you don't want Font Lock to
|
|
|
6440 set up non-color defaults at all. This should be one of
|
|
|
6441
|
|
|
6442 -- a list of valid tags, meaning that the non-color defaults will be used
|
|
|
6443 when all of the tags apply. (e.g. '(grayscale x))
|
|
|
6444 -- a list whose first element is 'or and whose remaining elements are
|
|
|
6445 lists of valid tags, meaning that the defaults will be used when
|
|
|
6446 any of the tag lists apply.
|
|
|
6447 -- nil, meaning that the defaults should not be set up at all.
|
|
|
6448
|
|
|
6449 \(If you specify face values in your init file, they will override any
|
|
|
6450 that Font Lock specifies, regardless of whether you specify the face
|
|
|
6451 values before or after loading Font Lock.)
|
|
|
6452
|
|
|
6453 See also `font-lock-use-colors'. If you want more control over the faces
|
|
|
6454 used for fontification, see the documentation of `font-lock-mode' for
|
|
|
6455 how to do it.")
|
|
|
6456
|
|
|
6457 (defvar font-lock-maximum-decoration nil "\
|
|
|
6458 *If non-nil, the maximum decoration level for fontifying.
|
|
|
6459 If nil, use the minimum decoration (equivalent to level 0).
|
|
|
6460 If t, use the maximum decoration available.
|
|
|
6461 If a number, use that level of decoration (or if not available the maximum).
|
|
|
6462 If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . LEVEL),
|
|
|
6463 where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default). For example:
|
|
|
6464 ((c++-mode . 2) (c-mode . t) (t . 1))
|
|
|
6465 means use level 2 decoration for buffers in `c++-mode', the maximum decoration
|
|
|
6466 available for buffers in `c-mode', and level 1 decoration otherwise.")
|
|
|
6467
|
|
|
6468 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'font-lock-use-maximal-decoration 'font-lock-maximum-decoration)
|
|
|
6469
|
|
|
6470 (defvar font-lock-maximum-size (* 250 1024) "\
|
|
|
6471 *If non-nil, the maximum size for buffers for fontifying.
|
|
|
6472 Only buffers less than this can be fontified when Font Lock mode is turned on.
|
|
|
6473 If nil, means size is irrelevant.
|
|
|
6474 If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . SIZE),
|
|
|
6475 where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default). For example:
|
|
|
6476 ((c++-mode . 256000) (c-mode . 256000) (rmail-mode . 1048576))
|
|
|
6477 means that the maximum size is 250K for buffers in `c++-mode' or `c-mode', one
|
|
|
6478 megabyte for buffers in `rmail-mode', and size is irrelevant otherwise.")
|
|
|
6479
|
|
|
6480 (defvar font-lock-keywords nil "\
|
|
|
6481 *A list of the keywords to highlight.
|
|
|
6482 Each element should be of the form:
|
|
|
6483
|
|
|
6484 MATCHER
|
|
|
6485 (MATCHER . MATCH)
|
|
|
6486 (MATCHER . FACENAME)
|
|
|
6487 (MATCHER . HIGHLIGHT)
|
|
|
6488 (MATCHER HIGHLIGHT ...)
|
|
108
|
6489 (eval . FORM)
|
|
78
|
6490
|
|
|
6491 where HIGHLIGHT should be either MATCH-HIGHLIGHT or MATCH-ANCHORED.
|
|
|
6492
|
|
108
|
6493 FORM is an expression, whose value should be a keyword element,
|
|
|
6494 evaluated when the keyword is (first) used in a buffer. This feature
|
|
|
6495 can be used to provide a keyword that can only be generated when Font
|
|
|
6496 Lock mode is actually turned on.
|
|
|
6497
|
|
78
|
6498 For highlighting single items, typically only MATCH-HIGHLIGHT is required.
|
|
108
|
6499 However, if an item or (typically) items is to be highlighted following the
|
|
78
|
6500 instance of another item (the anchor) then MATCH-ANCHORED may be required.
|
|
|
6501
|
|
|
6502 MATCH-HIGHLIGHT should be of the form:
|
|
|
6503
|
|
|
6504 (MATCH FACENAME OVERRIDE LAXMATCH)
|
|
|
6505
|
|
102
|
6506 Where MATCHER can be either the regexp to search for, a variable
|
|
|
6507 containing the regexp to search for, or the function to call to make
|
|
|
6508 the search (called with one argument, the limit of the search). MATCH
|
|
|
6509 is the subexpression of MATCHER to be highlighted. FACENAME is either
|
|
|
6510 a symbol naming a face, or an expression whose value is the face name
|
|
|
6511 to use. If you want FACENAME to be a symbol that evaluates to a face,
|
|
|
6512 use a form like \"(progn sym)\".
|
|
78
|
6513
|
|
|
6514 OVERRIDE and LAXMATCH are flags. If OVERRIDE is t, existing fontification may
|
|
|
6515 be overwritten. If `keep', only parts not already fontified are highlighted.
|
|
|
6516 If `prepend' or `append', existing fontification is merged with the new, in
|
|
|
6517 which the new or existing fontification, respectively, takes precedence.
|
|
|
6518 If LAXMATCH is non-nil, no error is signalled if there is no MATCH in MATCHER.
|
|
|
6519
|
|
|
6520 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
|
|
|
6521
|
|
|
6522 \"\\\\\\=<foo\\\\\\=>\" Discrete occurrences of \"foo\" in the value of the
|
|
|
6523 variable `font-lock-keyword-face'.
|
|
|
6524 (\"fu\\\\(bar\\\\)\" . 1) Substring \"bar\" within all occurrences of \"fubar\" in
|
|
|
6525 the value of `font-lock-keyword-face'.
|
|
|
6526 (\"fubar\" . fubar-face) Occurrences of \"fubar\" in the value of `fubar-face'.
|
|
|
6527 (\"foo\\\\|bar\" 0 foo-bar-face t)
|
|
|
6528 Occurrences of either \"foo\" or \"bar\" in the value
|
|
|
6529 of `foo-bar-face', even if already highlighted.
|
|
|
6530
|
|
|
6531 MATCH-ANCHORED should be of the form:
|
|
|
6532
|
|
|
6533 (MATCHER PRE-MATCH-FORM POST-MATCH-FORM MATCH-HIGHLIGHT ...)
|
|
|
6534
|
|
|
6535 Where MATCHER is as for MATCH-HIGHLIGHT with one exception. The limit of the
|
|
|
6536 search is currently guaranteed to be (no greater than) the end of the line.
|
|
|
6537 PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are evaluated before the first, and after
|
|
|
6538 the last, instance MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER is used. Therefore they can be
|
|
|
6539 used to initialise before, and cleanup after, MATCHER is used. Typically,
|
|
|
6540 PRE-MATCH-FORM is used to move to some position relative to the original
|
|
|
6541 MATCHER, before starting with MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER. POST-MATCH-FORM might
|
|
|
6542 be used to move, before resuming with MATCH-ANCHORED's parent's MATCHER.
|
|
|
6543
|
|
|
6544 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
|
|
|
6545
|
|
|
6546 (\"\\\\\\=<anchor\\\\\\=>\" (0 anchor-face) (\"\\\\\\=<item\\\\\\=>\" nil nil (0 item-face)))
|
|
|
6547
|
|
|
6548 Discrete occurrences of \"anchor\" in the value of `anchor-face', and subsequent
|
|
|
6549 discrete occurrences of \"item\" (on the same line) in the value of `item-face'.
|
|
|
6550 (Here PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are nil. Therefore \"item\" is
|
|
|
6551 initially searched for starting from the end of the match of \"anchor\", and
|
|
|
6552 searching for subsequent instance of \"anchor\" resumes from where searching
|
|
|
6553 for \"item\" concluded.)
|
|
|
6554
|
|
|
6555 Note that the MATCH-ANCHORED feature is experimental; in the future, we may
|
|
|
6556 replace it with other ways of providing this functionality.
|
|
|
6557
|
|
|
6558 These regular expressions should not match text which spans lines. While
|
|
|
6559 \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] handles multi-line patterns correctly, updating
|
|
|
6560 when you edit the buffer does not, since it considers text one line at a time.
|
|
|
6561
|
|
|
6562 Be very careful composing regexps for this list;
|
|
|
6563 the wrong pattern can dramatically slow things down!")
|
|
|
6564
|
|
|
6565 (make-variable-buffer-local 'font-lock-keywords)
|
|
|
6566
|
|
|
6567 (defvar font-lock-mode nil)
|
|
|
6568
|
|
|
6569 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
|
|
|
6570 Function or functions to run on entry to font-lock-mode.")
|
|
|
6571
|
|
|
6572 (autoload 'font-lock-mode "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6573 Toggle Font Lock Mode.
|
|
|
6574 With arg, turn font-lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
|
|
|
6575
|
|
|
6576 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
|
|
|
6577
|
|
|
6578 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
|
|
|
6579 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
|
|
|
6580 - Documentation strings (in Lisp-like languages) are displayed in
|
|
|
6581 `font-lock-doc-string-face';
|
|
|
6582 - Language keywords (\"reserved words\") are displayed in
|
|
|
6583 `font-lock-keyword-face';
|
|
|
6584 - Function names in their defining form are displayed in
|
|
|
6585 `font-lock-function-name-face';
|
|
|
6586 - Variable names in their defining form are displayed in
|
|
|
6587 `font-lock-variable-name-face';
|
|
|
6588 - Type names are displayed in `font-lock-type-face';
|
|
|
6589 - References appearing in help files and the like are displayed
|
|
|
6590 in `font-lock-reference-face';
|
|
|
6591 - Preprocessor declarations are displayed in
|
|
|
6592 `font-lock-preprocessor-face';
|
|
|
6593
|
|
|
6594 and
|
|
|
6595
|
|
|
6596 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according
|
|
|
6597 to the value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
|
|
|
6598
|
|
|
6599 Where modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
|
|
|
6600 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
|
|
|
6601 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
|
|
|
6602 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
|
|
|
6603 To fontify a buffer without turning on Font Lock mode, and regardless of buffer
|
|
|
6604 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
|
|
|
6605
|
|
|
6606 See the variable `font-lock-keywords' for customization." t nil)
|
|
|
6607
|
|
|
6608 (autoload 'turn-on-font-lock "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6609 Unconditionally turn on Font Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6610
|
|
|
6611 (autoload 'turn-off-font-lock "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6612 Unconditionally turn off Font Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6613
|
|
|
6614 (autoload 'font-lock-fontify-buffer "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6615 Fontify the current buffer the way `font-lock-mode' would.
|
|
|
6616 See `font-lock-mode' for details.
|
|
|
6617
|
|
|
6618 This can take a while for large buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
6619
|
|
|
6620 (add-minor-mode 'font-lock-mode " Font")
|
|
|
6621
|
|
|
6622 ;;;***
|
|
|
6623
|
|
|
6624 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-mode) "generic-sc" "packages/generic-sc.el")
|
|
|
6625
|
|
|
6626 (autoload 'sc-mode "generic-sc" "\
|
|
|
6627 Toggle sc-mode.
|
|
|
6628 SYSTEM can be sccs, rcs or cvs.
|
|
|
6629 Cvs requires the pcl-cvs package.
|
|
|
6630
|
|
|
6631 The following commands are available
|
|
|
6632 \\[sc-next-operation] perform next logical source control operation on current file
|
|
|
6633 \\[sc-show-changes] compare the version being edited with an older one
|
|
|
6634 \\[sc-version-diff-file] compare two older versions of a file
|
|
|
6635 \\[sc-show-history] display change history of current file
|
|
|
6636 \\[sc-visit-previous-revision] display an older revision of current file
|
|
|
6637 \\[sc-revert-file] revert buffer to last checked-in version
|
|
|
6638 \\[sc-list-all-locked-files] show all files locked in current directory
|
|
|
6639 \\[sc-list-locked-files] show all files locked by you in current directory
|
|
|
6640 \\[sc-list-registered-files] show all files under source control in current directory
|
|
|
6641 \\[sc-update-directory] get fresh copies of files checked-in by others in current directory
|
|
|
6642 \\[sc-rename-file] rename the current file and its source control file
|
|
|
6643
|
|
|
6644
|
|
|
6645 While you are entering a change log message for a check in, sc-log-entry-mode
|
|
|
6646 will be in effect.
|
|
|
6647
|
|
|
6648 Global user options:
|
|
|
6649 sc-diff-command A list consisting of the command and flags
|
|
|
6650 to be used for generating context diffs.
|
|
|
6651 sc-mode-expert suppresses some conformation prompts,
|
|
|
6652 notably for delta aborts and file saves.
|
|
|
6653 sc-max-log-size specifies the maximum allowable size
|
|
|
6654 of a log message plus one.
|
|
|
6655
|
|
|
6656
|
|
|
6657 When using SCCS you have additional commands and options
|
|
|
6658
|
|
|
6659 \\[sccs-insert-headers] insert source control headers in current file
|
|
|
6660
|
|
|
6661 When you generate headers into a buffer using \\[sccs-insert-headers],
|
|
|
6662 the value of sc-insert-headers-hook is called before insertion. If the
|
|
|
6663 file is recognized a C or Lisp source, sc-insert-c-header-hook or
|
|
|
6664 sc-insert-lisp-header-hook is called after insertion respectively.
|
|
|
6665
|
|
|
6666 sccs-headers-wanted which %-keywords to insert when adding
|
|
|
6667 headers with C-c h
|
|
|
6668 sccs-insert-static if non-nil, keywords inserted in C files
|
|
|
6669 get stuffed in a static string area so that
|
|
|
6670 what(1) can see them in the compiled object code.
|
|
|
6671
|
|
|
6672 When using CVS you have additional commands
|
|
|
6673
|
|
|
6674 \\[sc-cvs-update-directory] update the current directory using pcl-cvs
|
|
|
6675 \\[sc-cvs-file-status] show the CVS status of current file
|
|
|
6676 " t nil)
|
|
|
6677
|
|
|
6678 ;;;***
|
|
|
6679
|
|
|
6680 ;;;### (autoloads (gnuserv-start) "gnuserv" "packages/gnuserv.el")
|
|
|
6681
|
|
|
6682 (defvar gnuserv-frame nil "\
|
|
|
6683 *If non-nil, the frame to be used to display all edited files.
|
|
|
6684 If nil, then a new frame is created for each file edited.
|
|
|
6685 This variable has no effect in XEmacs versions older than 19.9.")
|
|
|
6686
|
|
|
6687 (autoload 'gnuserv-start "gnuserv" "\
|
|
|
6688 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
|
|
|
6689 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
|
|
|
6690 client \"editors\" (gnuclient and gnudoit) can send editing commands to
|
|
|
6691 this Emacs job. See the gnuserv(1) manual page for more details.
|
|
|
6692
|
|
|
6693 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
|
|
|
6694
|
|
|
6695 ;;;***
|
|
|
6696
|
|
|
6697 ;;;### (autoloads (gopher-atpoint gopher) "gopher" "packages/gopher.el")
|
|
|
6698
|
|
|
6699 (autoload 'gopher "gopher" "\
|
|
|
6700 Start a gopher session. With C-u, prompt for a gopher server." t nil)
|
|
|
6701
|
|
|
6702 (autoload 'gopher-atpoint "gopher" "\
|
|
|
6703 Try to interpret the text around point as a gopher bookmark, and dispatch
|
|
|
6704 to that object." t nil)
|
|
|
6705
|
|
|
6706 ;;;***
|
|
|
6707
|
|
|
6708 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" "packages/hexl.el")
|
|
|
6709
|
|
|
6710 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6711 \\<hexl-mode-map>
|
|
|
6712 A major mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
|
|
|
6713
|
|
|
6714 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
|
|
|
6715 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
|
|
|
6716
|
|
|
6717 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
|
|
|
6718 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
|
|
|
6719 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
|
|
|
6720 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
|
|
|
6721
|
|
|
6722 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
|
|
|
6723 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
|
|
|
6724 periods.
|
|
|
6725
|
|
|
6726 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
|
|
|
6727 in hexl format.
|
|
|
6728
|
|
|
6729 A sample format:
|
|
|
6730
|
|
|
6731 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
|
|
|
6732 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
|
|
|
6733 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
|
|
|
6734 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
|
|
|
6735 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
|
|
|
6736 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
|
|
|
6737 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
|
|
|
6738 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
|
|
|
6739 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
|
|
|
6740 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
|
|
|
6741 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
|
|
|
6742 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
|
|
|
6743 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
|
|
|
6744 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
|
|
|
6745 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
|
|
|
6746
|
|
|
6747 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
|
|
|
6748 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
|
|
|
6749 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
|
|
|
6750
|
|
|
6751 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
|
|
|
6752 also supported.
|
|
|
6753
|
|
|
6754 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
|
|
|
6755
|
|
|
6756 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
|
|
|
6757 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
|
|
|
6758 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
|
|
|
6759
|
|
|
6760 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
|
|
|
6761 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
|
|
|
6762 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
|
|
|
6763
|
|
|
6764 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
|
|
|
6765 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6766
|
|
|
6767 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
|
|
|
6768 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6769
|
|
|
6770 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
|
|
|
6771 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6772
|
|
|
6773 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6774
|
|
|
6775 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
|
|
|
6776 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
|
|
|
6777
|
|
|
6778 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6779
|
|
|
6780 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
|
|
|
6781
|
|
|
6782 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6783 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6784 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
|
|
|
6785
|
|
|
6786 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6787 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
|
|
|
6788 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
|
|
|
6789
|
|
|
6790 ;;;***
|
|
|
6791
|
|
108
|
6792 ;;;### (autoloads (hypropos-popup-menu hypropos-set-variable hyper-set-variable hypropos-get-doc hypropos-read-variable-symbol hyper-describe-function hyper-describe-variable hyper-describe-face hyper-describe-key-briefly hyper-describe-key hyper-apropos) "hyper-apropos" "packages/hyper-apropos.el")
|
|
78
|
6793
|
|
|
6794 (defvar hypropos-show-brief-docs t "\
|
|
|
6795 *If non-nil, `hyper-apropos' will display some documentation in the
|
|
|
6796 \"*Hyper Apropos*\" buffer. Setting this to nil will speed up searches.")
|
|
|
6797
|
|
|
6798 (autoload 'hyper-apropos "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6799 Display lists of functions and variables matching REGEXP
|
|
|
6800 in buffer \"*Hyper Apropos*\". If optional prefix arg is given, then the value
|
|
|
6801 of `hypropos-programming-apropos' is toggled for this search.
|
|
|
6802 See also `hyper-apropos-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
6803
|
|
108
|
6804 (autoload 'hyper-describe-key "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6805
|
|
|
6806 (autoload 'hyper-describe-key-briefly "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6807
|
|
|
6808 (autoload 'hyper-describe-face "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6809 Describe face..
|
|
|
6810 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." t nil)
|
|
|
6811
|
|
78
|
6812 (autoload 'hyper-describe-variable "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6813 Hypertext drop-in replacement for `describe-variable'.
|
|
|
6814 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." t nil)
|
|
|
6815
|
|
|
6816 (autoload 'hyper-describe-function "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6817 Hypertext replacement for `describe-function'. Unlike `describe-function'
|
|
|
6818 in that the symbol under the cursor is the default if it is a function.
|
|
|
6819 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-variable'." t nil)
|
|
|
6820
|
|
108
|
6821 (autoload 'hypropos-read-variable-symbol "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6822 Hypertext drop-in replacement for `describe-variable'.
|
|
|
6823 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6824
|
|
|
6825 (autoload 'hypropos-get-doc "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6826 Toggle display of documentation for the symbol on the current line." t nil)
|
|
|
6827
|
|
|
6828 (autoload 'hyper-set-variable "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6829
|
|
78
|
6830 (autoload 'hypropos-set-variable "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6831 Interactively set the variable on the current line." t nil)
|
|
|
6832
|
|
|
6833 (autoload 'hypropos-popup-menu "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6834
|
|
|
6835 ;;;***
|
|
|
6836
|
|
|
6837 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "packages/icomplete.el")
|
|
|
6838
|
|
|
6839 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
|
|
|
6840 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this emacs session,
|
|
|
6841 or deactivate with negative prefix arg." t nil)
|
|
|
6842
|
|
|
6843 (autoload 'icomplete-minibuffer-setup "icomplete" "\
|
|
|
6844 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
|
|
|
6845 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6846
|
|
|
6847 ;;;***
|
|
|
6848
|
|
100
|
6849 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-igrep-find dired-do-igrep igrep-find-define igrep-find igrep-define igrep) "igrep" "packages/igrep.el")
|
|
|
6850
|
|
|
6851 (autoload 'igrep "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6852 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION in FILES.
|
|
|
6853 The output is displayed in the *igrep* buffer, which \\[next-error] and
|
|
|
6854 \\[compile-goto-error] parse to find each line of matched text.
|
|
|
6855
|
|
|
6856 PROGRAM may be nil, in which case it defaults to `igrep-program'.
|
|
|
6857
|
|
|
6858 EXPRESSION is automatically delimited by `igrep-expression-quote-char'.
|
|
|
6859
|
|
|
6860 FILES is either a file name pattern (expanded by the shell named by
|
|
|
6861 `shell-file-name') or a list of file name patterns.
|
|
|
6862
|
|
|
6863 Optional OPTIONS is also passed to PROGRAM; it defaults to `igrep-options'.
|
|
|
6864
|
|
|
6865 If a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) is given when called interactively,
|
|
|
6866 or if `igrep-read-options' is set, OPTIONS is read from the minibuffer.
|
|
|
6867
|
|
|
6868 If two prefix arguments (\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]) are given when called interactively,
|
|
|
6869 or if `igrep-read-multiple-files' is set, FILES is read from the minibuffer
|
|
|
6870 multiple times.
|
|
|
6871
|
|
|
6872 If three prefix arguments (\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]) are given when called interactively,
|
|
|
6873 or if `igrep-read-options' and `igrep-read-multiple-files' are set,
|
|
|
6874 OPTIONS is read and FILES is read multiple times.
|
|
|
6875
|
|
|
6876 If `igrep-find' is non-nil, the directory or directories
|
|
|
6877 containing FILES is recursively searched for files whose name matches
|
|
|
6878 the file name component of FILES (and whose contents match
|
|
|
6879 EXPRESSION)." t nil)
|
|
|
6880
|
|
|
6881 (autoload 'igrep-define "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6882 Define ANALOGUE-COMMAND as an `igrep' analogue command.
|
|
|
6883 Optional (VARIABLE VALUE) arguments specify temporary bindings for the command." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
6884
|
|
|
6885 (autoload 'igrep-find "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6886 *Run `grep` via `find`; see \\[igrep] and `igrep-find'.
|
|
|
6887 All arguments (including prefix arguments, when called interactively)
|
|
|
6888 are handled by `igrep'." t nil)
|
|
|
6889
|
|
|
6890 (autoload 'igrep-find-define "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6891 Define ANALOGUE-COMMAND-find as an `igrep' analogue `find` command.
|
|
|
6892 Optional (VARIABLE VALUE) arguments specify temporary bindings for the command." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
6893
|
|
|
6894 (autoload 'dired-do-igrep "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6895 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION (with optional OPTIONS)
|
|
|
6896 on the marked (or next prefix ARG) files." t nil)
|
|
|
6897
|
|
|
6898 (defalias 'dired-do-grep 'dired-do-igrep)
|
|
|
6899
|
|
|
6900 (autoload 'dired-do-igrep-find "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6901 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION (with optional OPTIONS)
|
|
|
6902 on the marked (or next prefix ARG) directories." t nil)
|
|
|
6903
|
|
|
6904 (defalias 'dired-do-grep-find 'dired-do-igrep-find)
|
|
|
6905
|
|
|
6906 ;;;***
|
|
|
6907
|
|
78
|
6908 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-elisp-ref Info-emacs-key Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-emacs-command Info-search Info-visit-file Info-goto-node Info-query info) "info" "packages/info.el")
|
|
|
6909
|
|
|
6910 (autoload 'info "info" "\
|
|
|
6911 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
|
|
|
6912 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
|
|
|
6913 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
|
|
|
6914
|
|
|
6915 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
|
|
|
6916 to read a file name from the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6917
|
|
|
6918 (autoload 'Info-query "info" "\
|
|
|
6919 Enter Info, the documentation browser. Prompt for name of Info file." t nil)
|
|
|
6920
|
|
|
6921 (autoload 'Info-goto-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6922 Go to info node named NAME. Give just NODENAME or (FILENAME)NODENAME.
|
|
|
6923 Actually, the following interpretations of NAME are tried in order:
|
|
|
6924 (FILENAME)NODENAME
|
|
|
6925 (FILENAME) (using Top node)
|
|
|
6926 NODENAME (in current file)
|
|
|
6927 TAGNAME (see below)
|
|
|
6928 FILENAME (using Top node)
|
|
|
6929 where TAGNAME is a string that appears in quotes: \"TAGNAME\", in an
|
|
|
6930 annotation for any node of any file. (See `a' and `x' commands.)" t nil)
|
|
|
6931
|
|
|
6932 (autoload 'Info-visit-file "info" "\
|
|
|
6933 Directly visit an info file." t nil)
|
|
|
6934
|
|
|
6935 (autoload 'Info-search "info" "\
|
|
|
6936 Search for REGEXP, starting from point, and select node it's found in." t nil)
|
|
|
6937
|
|
|
6938 (autoload 'Info-emacs-command "info" "\
|
|
|
6939 Look up an Emacs command in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6940 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6941
|
|
|
6942 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6943 Look up an Emacs command in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6944 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6945
|
|
|
6946 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6947 Look up an Emacs key sequence in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6948 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6949
|
|
|
6950 (autoload 'Info-emacs-key "info" "\
|
|
|
6951 Look up an Emacs key sequence in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6952 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6953
|
|
|
6954 (autoload 'Info-elisp-ref "info" "\
|
|
|
6955 Look up an Emacs Lisp function in the Elisp manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6956 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6957
|
|
|
6958 ;;;***
|
|
|
6959
|
|
|
6960 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) "informat" "packages/informat.el")
|
|
|
6961
|
|
|
6962 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
|
|
|
6963 Create or update Info-file tag table in current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6964
|
|
|
6965 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
|
|
|
6966 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
|
|
|
6967 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
|
|
|
6968
|
|
|
6969 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
|
|
|
6970 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
|
|
|
6971 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
|
|
|
6972
|
|
|
6973 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
|
|
|
6974 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
|
|
|
6975 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
|
|
|
6976 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
|
|
|
6977
|
|
|
6978 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
|
|
|
6979 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
|
|
|
6980 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
|
|
|
6981
|
|
|
6982 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
|
|
|
6983 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
6984 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
6985 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
6986 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
|
|
|
6987
|
|
|
6988 ;;;***
|
|
|
6989
|
|
|
6990 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell ispell-help ispell-word) "ispell" "packages/ispell.el")
|
|
|
6991
|
|
120
|
6992 (defcustom ispell-personal-dictionary nil "*File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.\nIf nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,\nwhere DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary." :type 'file :group 'ispell)
|
|
78
|
6993
|
|
80
|
6994 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist-1 '((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex") ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-ZÄÖÜäößü]" "[^a-zA-ZÄÖÜäößü]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1") ("nederlands" "[A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[^A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[']" t ("-C") nil) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[^A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[']" t ("-C") nil)))
|
|
|
6995
|
|
126
|
6996 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist-2 '(("svenska" "[A-Za-z}{|\\133\\135\\\\]" "[^A-Za-z}{|\\133\\135\\\\]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil) ("svenska8" "[A-Za-zåäöÅÄö]" "[^A-Za-zåäöÅÄö]" "[']" nil ("-C" "-d" "svenska") "~list") ("norsk" "[A-Za-zéæøåÉÆØÅ]" "[^A-Za-zéæøåÉÆØÅ]" "[']" nil ("-C" "-d" "norsk") "~list") ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil) ("francais" "[A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü]" "[^A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü]" "[---']" t nil "~list") ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü\\]" "[^A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex") ("italiano" "[A-Za-zÀÈÉÌÍÎÒÙÚàèéìíîòùú]" "[^A-Za-zÀÈÉÌÍÎÒÙÚàèéìíîòùú]" "[']" t ("-d" "italiano") "~list") ("dansk" "[A-ZÆØÅa-zæøå]" "[^A-ZÆØÅa-zæøå]" "" nil ("-C") nil)))
|
|
78
|
6997
|
|
|
6998 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2) "\
|
|
|
6999 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
|
|
|
7000
|
|
|
7001 Each element of this list is also a list:
|
|
|
7002
|
|
|
7003 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
|
|
|
7004 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE)
|
|
|
7005
|
|
|
7006 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible value of variable `ispell-dictionary', nil
|
|
|
7007 means the default dictionary.
|
|
|
7008
|
|
|
7009 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
|
|
|
7010 word.
|
|
|
7011
|
|
|
7012 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
|
|
|
7013
|
|
|
7014 OTHERCHARS is a regular expression of other characters that are valid
|
|
|
7015 in word constructs. Otherchars cannot be adjacent to each other in a
|
|
|
7016 word, nor can they begin or end a word. This implies we can't check
|
|
|
7017 \"Stevens'\" as a correct possessive and other correct formations.
|
|
|
7018
|
|
|
7019 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
|
|
|
7020
|
|
|
7021 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil if many otherchars are to be allowed in a
|
|
|
7022 word instead of only one.
|
|
|
7023
|
|
|
7024 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
|
|
|
7025 subprocess.
|
|
|
7026
|
|
|
7027 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
|
|
|
7028 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
|
|
|
7029 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
|
|
|
7030 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
|
|
|
7031 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
|
|
|
7032 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
|
|
|
7033 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
|
|
|
7034 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
|
|
|
7035
|
|
|
7036 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
|
|
|
7037 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
|
|
|
7038 language.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
|
|
|
7039
|
|
|
7040 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
|
|
|
7041 Key map for ispell menu")
|
|
|
7042
|
|
|
7043 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
|
|
|
7044 Spelling menu for XEmacs.")
|
|
|
7045
|
|
|
7046 (defconst ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (string-lessp "19" emacs-version) (not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version))))
|
|
|
7047
|
|
|
7048 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) name) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) dicts (cdr dicts)) (if (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list 'lambda nil '(interactive) (list 'ispell-change-dictionary name))))))))
|
|
|
7049
|
|
|
7050 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag))))
|
|
|
7051
|
|
|
7052 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '("Continue Check" . ispell-continue)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '("Check Word" . ispell-word)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '("Check Region" . ispell-region)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer))))
|
|
|
7053
|
|
|
7054 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '("Check Message" . ispell-message)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help))) (put 'ispell-region 'menu-enable 'mark-active) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
|
|
|
7055
|
|
|
7056 (defvar ispell-local-pdict ispell-personal-dictionary "\
|
|
|
7057 A buffer local variable containing the current personal dictionary.
|
|
|
7058 If non-nil, the value must be a string, which is a file name.
|
|
|
7059
|
|
|
7060 If you specify a personal dictionary for the current buffer which is
|
|
|
7061 different from the current personal dictionary, the effect is similar
|
|
|
7062 to calling \\[ispell-change-dictionary]. This variable is automatically
|
|
|
7063 set when defined in the file with either `ispell-pdict-keyword' or the
|
|
|
7064 local variable syntax.")
|
|
|
7065
|
|
|
7066 (define-key global-map [(meta ?\$)] 'ispell-word)
|
|
|
7067
|
|
|
7068 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7069 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
|
|
|
7070 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
|
|
|
7071 in a window allowing you to choose one.
|
|
|
7072
|
|
|
7073 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
|
|
|
7074 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
|
|
|
7075
|
|
|
7076 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
|
|
|
7077 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
|
|
|
7078 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
|
|
|
7079 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
|
|
|
7080 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
|
|
|
7081
|
|
|
7082 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
|
|
|
7083
|
|
|
7084 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
|
|
|
7085 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process." t nil)
|
|
|
7086
|
|
|
7087 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7088 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
|
|
|
7089
|
|
|
7090 Selections are:
|
|
|
7091
|
|
|
7092 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
|
|
|
7093 SPC: Accept word this time.
|
|
|
7094 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
|
|
|
7095 `a': Accept word for this session.
|
|
|
7096 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
|
|
|
7097 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
|
|
|
7098 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
|
|
|
7099 `?': Show these commands.
|
|
|
7100 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
|
|
|
7101 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
|
|
|
7102 the aborted check to be completed later.
|
|
|
7103 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
|
|
|
7104 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
|
|
|
7105 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
|
|
|
7106 `m': Like `i', but allows one to include dictionary completion information.
|
|
|
7107 `C-l': redraws screen
|
|
|
7108 `C-r': recursive edit
|
|
|
7109 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
|
|
|
7110
|
|
|
7111 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7112 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
|
|
|
7113 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
|
|
|
7114
|
|
|
7115 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7116 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) and kill old Ispell process.
|
|
|
7117 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
|
|
|
7118
|
|
|
7119 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
|
|
|
7120
|
|
|
7121 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
|
|
|
7122
|
|
|
7123 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7124 Interactively check a region for spelling errors." t nil)
|
|
|
7125
|
|
|
7126 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7127 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
|
|
|
7128
|
|
|
7129 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7130
|
|
|
7131 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7132 Look up word before or under point in dictionary (see lookup-words command)
|
|
|
7133 and try to complete it. If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word
|
|
|
7134 may be a character sequence inside of a word.
|
|
|
7135
|
|
|
7136 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
|
|
|
7137
|
|
|
7138 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7139 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
|
|
|
7140
|
|
|
7141 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7142 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
|
|
|
7143 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
|
|
|
7144
|
|
|
7145 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
|
|
|
7146 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled." t nil)
|
|
|
7147
|
|
|
7148 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
|
|
|
7149 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
|
|
|
7150 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
|
|
|
7151 Don't check included messages.
|
|
|
7152
|
|
|
7153 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
|
|
|
7154 use the `x' or `q' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
|
|
|
7155 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
|
|
|
7156
|
|
|
7157 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
|
|
|
7158 in your .emacs file:
|
|
|
7159 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
7160 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
7161 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
7162
|
|
|
7163 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
|
|
|
7164 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
|
|
|
7165 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
|
|
|
7166
|
|
|
7167 ;;;***
|
|
|
7168
|
|
|
7169 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-install toggle-auto-compression jka-compr-load) "jka-compr" "packages/jka-compr.el")
|
|
|
7170
|
|
|
7171 (autoload 'jka-compr-load "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
7172 Documented as original." nil nil)
|
|
|
7173
|
|
|
7174 (autoload 'toggle-auto-compression "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
7175 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
|
|
|
7176 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
|
|
|
7177 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
|
|
|
7178 If the argument MESSAGE is non-nil, it means to print a message
|
|
|
7179 saying whether the mode is now on or off." t nil)
|
|
|
7180
|
|
|
7181 (autoload 'jka-compr-install "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
7182 Install jka-compr.
|
|
|
7183 This adds entries to `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
|
|
|
7184 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes'." nil nil)
|
|
|
7185
|
|
|
7186 ;;;***
|
|
|
7187
|
|
|
7188 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "packages/lazy-lock.el")
|
|
|
7189
|
|
|
7190 (autoload 'lazy-lock-mode "lazy-lock" "\
|
|
|
7191 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
|
|
|
7192 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
|
|
|
7193 is at least `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters long.
|
|
|
7194
|
|
|
7195 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification is demand-driven and stealthy:
|
|
|
7196
|
|
|
7197 - Fontification occurs in visible parts of buffers when necessary.
|
|
|
7198 Occurs if there is no input after pausing for `lazy-lock-continuity-time'.
|
|
|
7199
|
|
|
7200 - Fontification occurs in invisible parts when Emacs has been idle.
|
|
|
7201 Occurs if there is no input after pausing for `lazy-lock-stealth-time'.
|
|
|
7202
|
|
|
7203 If `lazy-lock-hide-invisible' is non-nil, text is not displayed until it is
|
|
|
7204 fontified, otherwise it is displayed in `lazy-lock-invisible-foreground'.
|
|
|
7205
|
|
|
7206 See also variables `lazy-lock-walk-windows' and `lazy-lock-ignore-commands' for
|
|
|
7207 window (scroll) fontification, and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines',
|
|
|
7208 `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose' for stealth
|
|
|
7209 fontification.
|
|
|
7210
|
|
|
7211 Use \\[lazy-lock-submit-bug-report] to send bug reports or feedback." t nil)
|
|
|
7212
|
|
|
7213 (autoload 'turn-on-lazy-lock "lazy-lock" "\
|
|
|
7214 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
7215
|
|
100
|
7216 (when (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (defvar lazy-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode 'lazy-lock-mode nil))
|
|
78
|
7217
|
|
|
7218 ;;;***
|
|
|
7219
|
|
|
7220 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "packages/ledit.el")
|
|
|
7221
|
|
|
7222 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
|
|
|
7223 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
|
|
|
7224
|
|
|
7225 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
|
|
|
7226 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
|
|
|
7227
|
|
|
7228 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
|
|
|
7229 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
|
|
|
7230
|
|
|
7231 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
|
|
|
7232 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
|
|
|
7233 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
|
|
|
7234 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
|
|
|
7235 for later transmission to Lisp job.
|
|
|
7236 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
|
|
|
7237 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
|
|
|
7238 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
|
|
|
7239 and transmit saved text.
|
|
|
7240 \\{ledit-mode-map}
|
|
|
7241 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
|
|
|
7242 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
|
|
|
7243
|
|
|
7244 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7245
|
|
|
7246 ;;;***
|
|
|
7247
|
|
|
7248 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer) "lpr" "packages/lpr.el")
|
|
|
7249
|
|
|
7250 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
|
|
|
7251 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
|
|
|
7252 See `lpr-command'.")
|
|
|
7253
|
|
|
7254 (defvar lpr-command (if (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix)) "lp" "lpr") "\
|
|
|
7255 *Name of program for printing a file.")
|
|
|
7256
|
|
|
7257 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
|
|
|
7258 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
|
|
|
7259 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
7260
|
|
|
7261 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
|
|
|
7262 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
|
|
|
7263 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
7264
|
|
|
7265 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
|
|
|
7266 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
|
|
|
7267 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
7268
|
|
|
7269 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
|
|
|
7270 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
|
|
|
7271 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
7272
|
|
|
7273 ;;;***
|
|
|
7274
|
|
|
7275 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "packages/makesum.el")
|
|
|
7276
|
|
|
7277 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
|
|
|
7278 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
|
|
|
7279 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
|
|
|
7280
|
|
|
7281 ;;;***
|
|
|
7282
|
|
|
7283 ;;;### (autoloads (manual-entry) "man" "packages/man.el")
|
|
|
7284
|
|
|
7285 (autoload 'manual-entry "man" "\
|
|
100
|
7286 Display the Unix manual entry (or entries) for TOPIC." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7287
|
|
|
7288 ;;;***
|
|
|
7289
|
|
|
7290 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "packages/metamail.el")
|
|
|
7291
|
|
|
7292 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7293 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
|
|
|
7294 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
|
|
|
7295
|
|
|
7296 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7297 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
|
|
|
7298 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
7299 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
7300 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
7301 redisplayed as output is inserted.
|
|
|
7302 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
|
|
|
7303
|
|
|
7304 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7305 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
|
|
|
7306 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
7307 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
7308 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
|
|
|
7309 means current).
|
|
|
7310 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
7311 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
|
|
|
7312
|
|
|
7313 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7314 Process current region through 'metamail'.
|
|
|
7315 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
7316 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
7317 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
|
|
|
7318 means current).
|
|
|
7319 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
7320 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
|
|
|
7321
|
|
|
7322 ;;;***
|
|
|
7323
|
|
|
7324 ;;;### (autoloads (blink-paren paren-set-mode) "paren" "packages/paren.el")
|
|
|
7325
|
|
126
|
7326 (defcustom paren-mode nil "*Sets the style of parenthesis highlighting.\nValid values are nil, `blink-paren', `paren', and `sexp'.\n nil no parenthesis highlighting.\n blink-paren causes the matching paren to blink.\n paren causes the matching paren to be highlighted but not to blink.\n sexp whole expression enclosed by the local paren at its mate.\n nested (not yet implemented) use variable shading to see the\n nesting of an expression. Also groks regular expressions\n and shell quoting.\n\nThis variable is global by default, but you can make it buffer-local and\nhighlight parentheses differently in different major modes." :type '(radio (const nil) (const blink-paren) (const paren) (const sexp) (const nested)) :group 'paren-matching)
|
|
78
|
7327
|
|
|
7328 (autoload 'paren-set-mode "paren" "\
|
|
|
7329 Cycles through possible values for `paren-mode', force off with negative arg.
|
|
108
|
7330 When called from lisp, a symbolic value for `paren-mode' can be passed directly.
|
|
78
|
7331 See also `paren-mode' and `paren-highlight'." t nil)
|
|
|
7332
|
|
|
7333 (make-obsolete 'blink-paren 'paren-set-mode)
|
|
|
7334
|
|
|
7335 (autoload 'blink-paren "paren" "\
|
|
|
7336 Obsolete. Use `paren-set-mode' instead." t nil)
|
|
|
7337
|
|
|
7338 ;;;***
|
|
|
7339
|
|
|
7340 ;;;### (autoloads (pending-delete pending-delete-off pending-delete-on) "pending-del" "packages/pending-del.el")
|
|
|
7341
|
|
|
7342 (autoload 'pending-delete-on "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
7343 Turn on pending delete.
|
|
|
7344 When it is ON, typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active.
|
|
|
7345 When it is OFF, typed text is just inserted at point." t nil)
|
|
|
7346
|
|
|
7347 (autoload 'pending-delete-off "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
7348 Turn off pending delete.
|
|
|
7349 When it is ON, typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active.
|
|
|
7350 When it is OFF, typed text is just inserted at point." t nil)
|
|
|
7351
|
|
|
7352 (autoload 'pending-delete "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
7353 Toggle automatic deletion of the selected region.
|
|
|
7354 With a positive argument, turns it on.
|
|
|
7355 With a non-positive argument, turns it off.
|
|
|
7356 When active, typed text replaces the selection." t nil)
|
|
|
7357
|
|
|
7358 ;;;***
|
|
|
7359
|
|
82
|
7360 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "packages/ps-print.el")
|
|
|
7361
|
|
124
|
7362 (defcustom ps-paper-type 'letter "*Specifies the size of paper to format for.\nShould be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for\nexample `letter', `legal' or `a4'." :type '(symbol :validate (lambda (wid) (if (assq (widget-value wid) ps-page-dimensions-database) nil (widget-put wid :error "Unknown paper size") wid))) :group 'ps-print)
|
|
|
7363
|
|
|
7364 (defcustom ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "*If non-nil, print the buffer's text in color." :type 'boolean :group 'ps-print-color)
|
|
78
|
7365
|
|
|
7366 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7367 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7368
|
|
|
7369 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
|
|
|
7370 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
|
|
|
7371 it to the printer.
|
|
|
7372
|
|
|
7373 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
|
|
|
7374 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
|
|
|
7375 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
|
|
|
7376 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
|
|
|
7377
|
|
|
7378 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7379 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7380 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7381 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7382 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
|
|
|
7383
|
|
|
7384 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7385 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
|
|
|
7386 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
|
|
|
7387
|
|
|
7388 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7389 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
|
|
|
7390 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7391 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7392 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
|
|
|
7393
|
|
|
7394 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7395 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7396 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
|
|
|
7397 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
|
|
|
7398
|
|
|
7399 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7400
|
|
|
7401 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7402 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7403 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7404 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7405 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
|
|
|
7406
|
|
|
7407 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7408
|
|
|
7409 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7410 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
|
|
|
7411 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
|
|
|
7412
|
|
|
7413 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7414
|
|
|
7415 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7416 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
|
|
|
7417 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7418 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7419 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
|
|
|
7420
|
|
|
7421 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7422
|
|
|
7423 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7424 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
|
|
|
7425
|
|
|
7426 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompt the user for
|
|
|
7427 the name of a file to save the spooled PostScript in, instead of sending
|
|
|
7428 it to the printer.
|
|
|
7429
|
|
|
7430 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
|
|
|
7431 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
|
|
|
7432 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
|
|
|
7433 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
|
|
|
7434
|
|
82
|
7435 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
|
|
88
|
7436 *Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
|
|
82
|
7437 using the current ps-print setup.
|
|
|
7438 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
|
|
|
7439 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
|
|
|
7440
|
|
|
7441 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
88
|
7442 *Display an approximate correspondence between a font size and the number
|
|
82
|
7443 of pages the current buffer would require to print
|
|
|
7444 using the current ps-print setup." t nil)
|
|
|
7445
|
|
|
7446 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
88
|
7447 *Display an approximate correspondence between a font size and the number
|
|
82
|
7448 of pages the current region would require to print
|
|
|
7449 using the current ps-print setup." t nil)
|
|
|
7450
|
|
|
7451 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7452 *Return the current setup" nil nil)
|
|
|
7453
|
|
78
|
7454 ;;;***
|
|
|
7455
|
|
|
7456 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "packages/rcompile.el")
|
|
|
7457
|
|
|
7458 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
|
|
|
7459 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
|
|
|
7460 See \\[compile]." t nil)
|
|
|
7461
|
|
|
7462 ;;;***
|
|
|
7463
|
|
|
7464 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "packages/resume.el")
|
|
|
7465
|
|
|
7466 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
|
|
|
7467 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
|
|
|
7468
|
|
|
7469 ;;;***
|
|
|
7470
|
|
|
7471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "packages/server.el")
|
|
|
7472
|
|
|
7473 (make-obsolete 'server-start 'gnuserv-start)
|
|
|
7474
|
|
|
7475 ;;;***
|
|
|
7476
|
|
|
7477 ;;;### (autoloads (install-shell-fonts) "shell-font" "packages/shell-font.el")
|
|
|
7478
|
|
|
7479 (autoload 'install-shell-fonts "shell-font" "\
|
|
|
7480 Decorate the current interaction buffer with fonts.
|
|
|
7481 This uses the faces called `shell-prompt', `shell-input' and `shell-output';
|
|
|
7482 you can alter the graphical attributes of those with the normal
|
|
|
7483 face-manipulation functions." nil nil)
|
|
|
7484
|
|
|
7485 ;;;***
|
|
|
7486
|
|
|
7487 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) "spell" "packages/spell.el")
|
|
|
7488
|
|
|
7489 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
7490
|
|
|
7491 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
|
|
|
7492 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
|
|
|
7493 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
|
|
|
7494 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
|
|
|
7495 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
|
|
|
7496 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
|
|
|
7497
|
|
|
7498 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
|
|
|
7499 Check spelling of word at or before point.
|
|
|
7500 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
|
|
|
7501 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
|
|
|
7502
|
|
|
7503 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
|
|
|
7504 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
|
|
|
7505 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
|
|
|
7506 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
|
|
|
7507 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
|
|
|
7508
|
|
|
7509 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
|
|
|
7510 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
|
|
|
7511
|
|
|
7512 ;;;***
|
|
|
7513
|
|
|
7514 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "packages/tar-mode.el")
|
|
|
7515
|
|
|
7516 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
|
|
|
7517 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
|
|
|
7518 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
|
|
|
7519 Letters no longer insert themselves.
|
|
|
7520 Type 'e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer.
|
|
|
7521 Type 'c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
|
|
|
7522
|
|
|
7523 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the 'e' command) and
|
|
|
7524 save it with Control-X Control-S, the contents of that buffer will be
|
|
|
7525 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
|
|
|
7526 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
|
|
|
7527
|
|
|
7528 See also: variables tar-update-datestamp and tar-anal-blocksize.
|
|
|
7529 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
|
|
|
7530
|
|
|
7531 ;;;***
|
|
|
7532
|
|
|
7533 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "packages/terminal.el")
|
|
|
7534
|
|
|
7535 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
|
|
|
7536 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
|
|
|
7537 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
|
|
|
7538 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
|
|
|
7539 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
|
|
|
7540 program an keyboard input.
|
|
|
7541
|
|
|
7542 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
|
|
|
7543 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
|
|
|
7544 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
|
|
|
7545 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
|
|
|
7546
|
|
|
7547 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
|
|
|
7548 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
|
|
|
7549 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
|
|
|
7550 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
|
|
|
7551 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
|
|
|
7552
|
|
|
7553 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
|
|
|
7554
|
|
|
7555 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
|
|
|
7556 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
|
|
|
7557 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
|
|
|
7558 terminal-redisplay-interval.
|
|
|
7559
|
|
|
7560 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
|
|
|
7561 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
|
|
|
7562 subprocess started.
|
|
|
7563
|
|
|
7564 Presently with `termcap' only; if somebody sends us code to make this
|
|
|
7565 work with `terminfo' we will try to use it." t nil)
|
|
|
7566
|
|
|
7567 ;;;***
|
|
|
7568
|
|
|
7569 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-texinfo-format texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "packages/texinfmt.el")
|
|
|
7570
|
|
|
7571 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7572 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
|
|
|
7573 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
|
|
|
7574 names specified in the @setfilename command.
|
|
|
7575
|
|
|
7576 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
|
|
|
7577 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
|
|
|
7578 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
|
|
|
7579
|
|
|
7580 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7581 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
|
|
|
7582 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
|
|
|
7583 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
|
|
|
7584 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7585
|
|
|
7586 (autoload 'batch-texinfo-format "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7587 Runs texinfo-format-buffer on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
7588 Must be used only with -batch, and kills emacs on completion.
|
|
|
7589 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
7590 For example, invoke
|
|
|
7591 \"emacs -batch -funcall batch-texinfo-format $docs/ ~/*.texinfo\"." nil nil)
|
|
|
7592
|
|
|
7593 ;;;***
|
|
|
7594
|
|
|
7595 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "packages/texnfo-upd.el")
|
|
|
7596
|
|
|
7597 (autoload 'texinfo-update-node "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7598 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
|
|
|
7599 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
|
|
|
7600 marked region.
|
|
|
7601
|
|
|
7602 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
|
|
|
7603 keybindings, are:
|
|
|
7604
|
|
|
7605 texinfo-update-node (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-update-node]
|
|
|
7606 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
|
|
|
7607 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
|
|
|
7608
|
|
|
7609 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
|
|
|
7610 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
|
|
|
7611 texinfo-master-menu ()
|
|
|
7612
|
|
|
7613 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
|
|
|
7614
|
|
|
7615 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
|
|
|
7616 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
|
|
|
7617
|
|
|
7618 (autoload 'texinfo-every-node-update "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7619 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
|
|
|
7620
|
|
|
7621 (autoload 'texinfo-sequential-node-update "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7622 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
|
|
|
7623
|
|
|
7624 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
|
|
|
7625 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
|
|
|
7626 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
|
|
|
7627 `p' takes you straight through the file.
|
|
|
7628
|
|
|
7629 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
|
|
|
7630 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
|
|
|
7631 marked region.
|
|
|
7632
|
|
|
7633 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
|
|
|
7634 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
|
|
|
7635 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
|
|
|
7636 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
|
|
|
7637
|
|
|
7638 ;;;***
|
|
|
7639
|
|
|
7640 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" "packages/time-stamp.el")
|
|
|
7641
|
|
|
7642 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
|
|
|
7643 Update the time stamp string in the buffer.
|
|
|
7644 If you put a time stamp template anywhere in the first 8 lines of a file,
|
|
|
7645 it can be updated every time you save the file. See the top of
|
|
|
7646 `time-stamp.el' for a sample. The template looks like one of the following:
|
|
|
7647 Time-stamp: <>
|
|
|
7648 Time-stamp: \" \"
|
|
|
7649 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes, resulting in
|
|
|
7650 Time-stamp: <95/01/18 10:20:51 gildea>
|
|
|
7651 Only does its thing if the variable time-stamp-active is non-nil.
|
|
|
7652 Typically used on write-file-hooks for automatic time-stamping.
|
|
|
7653 The format of the time stamp is determined by the variable time-stamp-format.
|
|
|
7654 The variables time-stamp-line-limit, time-stamp-start, and time-stamp-end
|
|
|
7655 control finding the template." t nil)
|
|
|
7656
|
|
|
7657 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
|
|
|
7658 Toggle time-stamp-active, setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
|
|
|
7659 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
7660
|
|
|
7661 ;;;***
|
|
|
7662
|
|
|
7663 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time) "time" "packages/time.el")
|
|
|
7664
|
|
110
|
7665 (defcustom display-time-day-and-date nil "*Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day,date and time.\nThis affects the spec 'date in the variable display-time-form-list." :group 'display-time :type 'boolean)
|
|
78
|
7666
|
|
|
7667 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
|
|
|
7668 Display current time, load level, and mail flag in mode line of each buffer.
|
|
|
7669 Updates automatically every minute.
|
|
|
7670 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
|
|
|
7671 are displayed as well.
|
|
|
7672 After each update, `display-time-hook' is run with `run-hooks'.
|
|
|
7673 If `display-time-echo-area' is non-nil, the time is displayed in the
|
|
|
7674 echo area instead of in the mode-line." t nil)
|
|
|
7675
|
|
|
7676 ;;;***
|
|
|
7677
|
|
|
7678 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-and-unoverstrike-region overstrike-region unoverstrike-region ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" "packages/underline.el")
|
|
|
7679
|
|
|
7680 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7681 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
|
|
|
7682 Works by overstriking underscores.
|
|
|
7683 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
7684 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7685
|
|
|
7686 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7687 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
|
|
|
7688 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
7689 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7690
|
|
|
7691 (autoload 'unoverstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7692 Remove all overstriking (character-backspace-character) in the region.
|
|
|
7693 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which specify the
|
|
|
7694 range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7695
|
|
|
7696 (autoload 'overstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7697 Overstrike (character-backspace-character) all nonblank characters in
|
|
|
7698 the region. Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which
|
|
|
7699 specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7700
|
|
|
7701 (autoload 'ununderline-and-unoverstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7702 Remove underlining and overstriking in the region. Called from a program,
|
|
|
7703 takes two arguments START and END which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7704
|
|
|
7705 ;;;***
|
|
|
7706
|
|
|
7707 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-to-update-copyright update-copyright) "upd-copyr" "packages/upd-copyr.el")
|
|
|
7708
|
|
|
7709 (defvar copyright-do-not-disturb "Free Software Foundation, Inc." "\
|
|
|
7710 *If non-nil, the existing copyright holder is checked against this regexp.
|
|
|
7711 If it does not match, then a new copyright line is added with the copyright
|
|
|
7712 holder set to the value of `copyright-whoami'.")
|
|
|
7713
|
|
|
7714 (defvar copyright-whoami nil "\
|
|
|
7715 *A string containing the name of the owner of new copyright notices.")
|
|
|
7716
|
|
|
7717 (defvar copyright-notice-file nil "\
|
|
|
7718 *If non-nil, replace copying notices with this file.")
|
|
|
7719
|
|
|
7720 (autoload 'update-copyright "upd-copyr" "\
|
|
|
7721 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer
|
|
|
7722 to indicate the current year. If optional arg REPLACE is given
|
|
|
7723 \(interactively, with prefix arg) replace the years in the notice
|
|
|
7724 rather than adding the current year after them.
|
|
|
7725 If `copyright-notice-file' is set, the copying permissions following the
|
|
|
7726 copyright are replaced as well.
|
|
|
7727
|
|
|
7728 If optional third argument ASK is non-nil, the user is prompted for whether
|
|
|
7729 or not to update the copyright. If optional fourth argument ASK-YEAR is
|
|
|
7730 non-nil, the user is prompted for whether or not to replace the year rather
|
|
|
7731 than adding to it." t nil)
|
|
|
7732
|
|
|
7733 (autoload 'ask-to-update-copyright "upd-copyr" "\
|
|
|
7734 If the current buffer contains a copyright notice that is out of date,
|
|
|
7735 ask the user if it should be updated with `update-copyright' (which see).
|
|
|
7736 Put this on write-file-hooks." nil nil)
|
|
|
7737
|
|
|
7738 ;;;***
|
|
|
7739
|
|
|
7740 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-update-change-log vc-rename-this-file vc-rename-file vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-version-diff vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-file-status) "vc" "packages/vc.el")
|
|
|
7741
|
|
|
7742 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
|
|
|
7743 *List of functions called after a checkin is done. See `run-hooks'.")
|
|
|
7744
|
|
108
|
7745 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
|
|
|
7746 *List of functions called before a checkin is done. See `run-hooks'.")
|
|
|
7747
|
|
78
|
7748 (autoload 'vc-file-status "vc" "\
|
|
|
7749 Display the current status of the file being visited.
|
|
|
7750 Currently, this is only defined for CVS. The information provided in the
|
|
|
7751 modeline is generally sufficient for RCS and SCCS." t nil)
|
|
|
7752
|
|
|
7753 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
|
|
|
7754 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
|
|
|
7755
|
|
|
7756 For RCS and SCCS files:
|
|
|
7757 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
|
|
|
7758 control and then retrieves a writable, locked copy for editing.
|
|
|
7759 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
|
|
|
7760 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
|
|
|
7761 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
|
|
|
7762 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
|
|
|
7763 it performs a revert.
|
|
|
7764 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
|
|
|
7765 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
|
|
|
7766 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
|
|
|
7767 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
|
|
|
7768 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
|
|
|
7769 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
|
|
|
7770 the option to steal the lock.
|
|
|
7771
|
|
|
7772 For CVS files:
|
|
|
7773 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
|
|
|
7774 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
|
|
|
7775 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
|
|
|
7776 If the file has not been changed, neither in your working area or
|
|
|
7777 in the repository, a message is printed and nothing is done.
|
|
|
7778 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
|
|
|
7779 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
|
|
|
7780 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
|
|
|
7781 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
|
|
|
7782 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
|
|
|
7783 merge in the changes into your working copy.
|
|
|
7784
|
|
|
7785 The following is true regardless of which version control system you
|
|
|
7786 are using:
|
|
|
7787
|
|
|
7788 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
|
|
|
7789 it will operate on the file in the current line.
|
|
|
7790 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
|
|
|
7791 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
|
|
|
7792 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
|
|
|
7793 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
|
|
|
7794 lock steals will raise an error.
|
|
|
7795
|
|
|
7796 For checkin, a prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use." t nil)
|
|
|
7797
|
|
|
7798 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
|
|
|
7799 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
|
|
|
7800
|
|
|
7801 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
|
|
|
7802 Display diffs between file versions.
|
|
|
7803 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
|
|
|
7804 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
|
|
|
7805 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
|
|
|
7806 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
|
|
|
7807
|
|
|
7808 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
|
|
|
7809 For FILE, report diffs between two stored versions REL1 and REL2 of it.
|
|
|
7810 If FILE is a directory, generate diffs between versions for all registered
|
|
|
7811 files in or below it." t nil)
|
|
|
7812
|
|
|
7813 (autoload 'vc-version-other-window "vc" "\
|
|
|
7814 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
|
|
|
7815 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
|
|
|
7816 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
|
|
|
7817
|
|
|
7818 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
|
|
|
7819 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
|
|
|
7820 Headers desired are inserted at the start of the buffer, and are pulled from
|
|
|
7821 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
7822
|
|
|
7823 (autoload 'vc-directory "vc" "\
|
|
|
7824 Show version-control status of all files in the directory DIR.
|
|
|
7825 If the second argument VERBOSE is non-nil, show all files;
|
|
|
7826 otherwise show only files that current locked in the version control system.
|
|
|
7827 Interactively, supply a prefix arg to make VERBOSE non-nil.
|
|
|
7828
|
|
|
7829 If the optional third argument NESTED is non-nil,
|
|
|
7830 scan the entire tree of subdirectories of the current directory." t nil)
|
|
|
7831
|
|
|
7832 (autoload 'vc-create-snapshot "vc" "\
|
|
|
7833 Make a snapshot called NAME.
|
|
|
7834 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
|
|
|
7835 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
|
|
|
7836 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
|
|
|
7837
|
|
|
7838 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-snapshot "vc" "\
|
|
|
7839 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
|
|
|
7840 This function fails if any files are locked at or below the current directory
|
|
|
7841 Otherwise, all registered files are checked out (unlocked) at their version
|
|
|
7842 levels in the snapshot." t nil)
|
|
|
7843
|
|
|
7844 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
|
|
|
7845 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
|
|
|
7846
|
|
|
7847 (autoload 'vc-revert-buffer "vc" "\
|
|
|
7848 Revert the current buffer's file back to the latest checked-in version.
|
|
|
7849 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
|
|
|
7850 to that version.
|
|
|
7851 If the back-end is CVS, this will give you the most recent revision of
|
|
|
7852 the file on the branch you are editing." t nil)
|
|
|
7853
|
|
|
7854 (autoload 'vc-cancel-version "vc" "\
|
|
|
7855 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
|
|
|
7856 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
|
|
|
7857
|
|
|
7858 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
|
|
|
7859 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
|
|
|
7860
|
|
|
7861 (autoload 'vc-rename-this-file "vc" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7862
|
|
|
7863 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
|
|
|
7864 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS logs.
|
|
|
7865 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
|
|
|
7866 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
|
|
|
7867 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all files currently visited.
|
|
|
7868 Otherwise, find log entries for all registered files in the default directory.
|
|
|
7869 From a program, any arguments are passed to the `rcs2log' script." t nil)
|
|
|
7870
|
|
|
7871 ;;;***
|
|
|
7872
|
|
98
|
7873 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "packages/webjump.el")
|
|
|
7874
|
|
|
7875 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
|
|
|
7876 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
|
|
|
7877
|
|
|
7878 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
|
|
|
7879 hotlist.
|
|
|
7880
|
|
|
7881 Feedback on WebJump can be sent to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke <nwv@acm.org>,
|
|
|
7882 or submitted via `\\[webjump-submit-bug-report]'. The latest version can be
|
|
|
7883 gotten from `http://www.cs.brown.edu/people/nwv/'." t nil)
|
|
|
7884
|
|
|
7885 ;;;***
|
|
|
7886
|
|
118
|
7887 ;;;### (autoloads (webster-www) "webster-www" "packages/webster-www.el")
|
|
|
7888
|
|
|
7889 (autoload 'webster-www "webster-www" "\
|
|
|
7890 Look up a word in the Webster's dictionary at http://www.m-w.com using WWW." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7891
|
|
|
7892 ;;;***
|
|
|
7893
|
|
|
7894 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "xscheme" "packages/xscheme.el")
|
|
|
7895
|
|
|
7896 (defvar scheme-program-name "scheme" "\
|
|
|
7897 *Program invoked by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7898
|
|
|
7899 (defvar scheme-band-name nil "\
|
|
|
7900 *Band loaded by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7901
|
|
|
7902 (defvar scheme-program-arguments nil "\
|
|
|
7903 *Arguments passed to the Scheme program by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7904
|
|
|
7905 (autoload 'run-scheme "xscheme" "\
|
|
|
7906 Run an inferior Scheme process.
|
|
|
7907 Output goes to the buffer `*scheme*'.
|
|
|
7908 With argument, asks for a command line." t nil)
|
|
|
7909
|
|
|
7910 ;;;***
|
|
|
7911
|
|
|
7912 ;;;### (autoloads (pcl-cvs-fontify) "pcl-cvs-xemacs" "pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs-xemacs.el")
|
|
|
7913
|
|
|
7914 (autoload 'pcl-cvs-fontify "pcl-cvs-xemacs" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7915
|
|
|
7916 ;;;***
|
|
|
7917
|
|
|
7918 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-update-other-window cvs-update) "pcl-cvs" "pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs.el")
|
|
|
7919
|
|
|
7920 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcl-cvs" "\
|
|
|
7921 Run a 'cvs update' in the current working directory. Feed the
|
|
|
7922 output to a *cvs* buffer and run cvs-mode on it.
|
|
|
7923 If optional prefix argument LOCAL is non-nil, 'cvs update -l' is run." t nil)
|
|
|
7924
|
|
|
7925 (autoload 'cvs-update-other-window "pcl-cvs" "\
|
|
|
7926 Run a 'cvs update' in the current working directory. Feed the
|
|
|
7927 output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the other window, and run
|
|
|
7928 cvs-mode on it.
|
|
|
7929
|
|
|
7930 If optional prefix argument LOCAL is non-nil, 'cvs update -l' is run." t nil)
|
|
|
7931
|
|
|
7932 ;;;***
|
|
|
7933
|
|
|
7934 ;;;### (autoloads (about-xemacs) "about" "prim/about.el")
|
|
|
7935
|
|
|
7936 (autoload 'about-xemacs "about" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7937
|
|
|
7938 ;;;***
|
|
|
7939
|
|
|
7940 ;;;### (autoloads (all-hail-emacs all-hail-xemacs praise-be-unto-emacs praise-be-unto-xemacs) "advocacy" "prim/advocacy.el")
|
|
|
7941
|
|
|
7942 (defvar xemacs-praise-sound-file "sounds/im_so_happy.au" "\
|
|
|
7943 The name of an audio file containing something to play
|
|
|
7944 when praising XEmacs")
|
|
|
7945
|
|
|
7946 (defvar xemacs-praise-message "All Hail XEmacs!\n" "\
|
|
|
7947 What to praise XEmacs with")
|
|
|
7948
|
|
|
7949 (autoload 'praise-be-unto-xemacs "advocacy" "\
|
|
|
7950 All Hail XEmacs!" t nil)
|
|
|
7951
|
|
|
7952 (autoload 'praise-be-unto-emacs "advocacy" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7953
|
|
|
7954 (autoload 'all-hail-xemacs "advocacy" "\
|
|
|
7955 All Hail XEmacs!" t nil)
|
|
|
7956
|
|
|
7957 (autoload 'all-hail-emacs "advocacy" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7958
|
|
|
7959 ;;;***
|
|
|
7960
|
|
|
7961 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-buffer-case-table) "case-table" "prim/case-table.el")
|
|
|
7962
|
|
|
7963 (autoload 'describe-buffer-case-table "case-table" "\
|
|
|
7964 Describe the case table of the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7965
|
|
|
7966 ;;;***
|
|
|
7967
|
|
108
|
7968 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-remove-old-elc) "cleantree" "prim/cleantree.el")
|
|
|
7969
|
|
|
7970 (autoload 'batch-remove-old-elc "cleantree" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7971
|
|
|
7972 ;;;***
|
|
|
7973
|
|
78
|
7974 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" "prim/debug.el")
|
|
|
7975
|
|
|
7976 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
|
|
|
7977 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
|
|
|
7978 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
|
|
|
7979 of the evaluator.
|
|
|
7980
|
|
|
7981 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
|
|
|
7982 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
|
|
|
7983 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7984
|
|
|
7985 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
|
|
|
7986 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
|
|
|
7987 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
|
|
|
7988 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
|
|
|
7989 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
|
|
|
7990 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
|
|
|
7991 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
|
|
|
7992
|
|
|
7993 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
|
|
|
7994 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
|
|
|
7995 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
|
|
|
7996
|
|
|
7997 ;;;***
|
|
|
7998
|
|
|
7999 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default standard-display-8bit make-display-table describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "prim/disp-table.el")
|
|
|
8000
|
|
|
8001 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
8002 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
8003
|
|
|
8004 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
8005 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
|
|
|
8006
|
|
|
8007 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
8008 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
|
|
|
8009
|
|
|
8010 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
8011 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
|
|
|
8012
|
|
|
8013 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
8014 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
|
|
|
8015
|
|
|
8016 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
8017 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
|
|
|
8018 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
|
|
|
8019 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
|
|
|
8020
|
|
|
8021 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
8022 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
|
|
|
8023 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
|
|
|
8024 X frame." nil nil)
|
|
|
8025
|
|
|
8026 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
8027 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
|
|
|
8028
|
|
|
8029 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
8030 Toggle display of European characters encoded with ISO 8859.
|
|
|
8031 When enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 display not
|
|
|
8032 as octal escapes, but as accented characters.
|
|
|
8033 With prefix argument, enable European character display iff arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
8034
|
|
|
8035 ;;;***
|
|
|
8036
|
|
|
8037 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "prim/env.el")
|
|
|
8038
|
|
|
8039 (autoload 'setenv "env" "\
|
|
|
8040 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
|
|
|
8041 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
|
|
|
8042 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
|
|
|
8043
|
|
|
8044 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
|
|
|
8045 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
|
|
|
8046 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
|
|
|
8047
|
|
|
8048 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
|
|
|
8049
|
|
|
8050 ;;;***
|
|
|
8051
|
|
100
|
8052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "itimer-autosave" "prim/itimer-autosave.el")
|
|
78
|
8053
|
|
|
8054 ;;;***
|
|
|
8055
|
|
|
8056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loaddefs" "prim/loaddefs.el")
|
|
|
8057
|
|
|
8058 ;;;***
|
|
|
8059
|
|
98
|
8060 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "prim/macros.el")
|
|
78
|
8061
|
|
|
8062 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
|
|
|
8063 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
|
|
|
8064 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
|
|
|
8065 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
|
|
|
8066 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid
|
|
|
8067 editor command." t nil)
|
|
|
8068
|
|
|
8069 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
|
|
|
8070 Query user during kbd macro execution.
|
|
|
8071 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit,
|
|
|
8072 reading keyboard commands even within a kbd macro.
|
|
|
8073 You can give different commands each time the macro executes.
|
|
|
8074 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
|
|
|
8075 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
|
|
|
8076 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
|
|
|
8077 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
|
|
|
8078 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
|
|
|
8079 \\[recenter] Redisplay the frame, then ask again.
|
|
|
8080 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
|
|
|
8081
|
|
|
8082 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
|
|
|
8083 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
|
|
|
8084 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
|
|
|
8085
|
|
|
8086 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
|
|
|
8087 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
|
|
|
8088 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
|
|
|
8089 execute.
|
|
|
8090
|
|
|
8091 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
|
|
|
8092 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
|
|
|
8093
|
|
|
8094 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
|
|
|
8095 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
|
|
|
8096 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
|
|
|
8097 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
|
|
|
8098 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
|
|
|
8099
|
|
|
8100 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
|
|
|
8101 looked like this:
|
|
|
8102
|
|
|
8103 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
|
|
|
8104 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
|
|
|
8105 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
|
|
|
8106
|
|
|
8107 You could enter the names in this format:
|
|
|
8108
|
|
|
8109 foo
|
|
|
8110 bar
|
|
|
8111 baz
|
|
|
8112
|
|
|
8113 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
|
|
|
8114
|
|
|
8115 \\C-x (
|
|
|
8116 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
|
|
|
8117 \\C-x )
|
|
|
8118
|
|
|
8119 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
|
|
|
8120 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
|
|
|
8121 " t nil)
|
|
|
8122
|
|
|
8123 ;;;***
|
|
|
8124
|
|
|
8125 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook) "novice" "prim/novice.el")
|
|
|
8126
|
|
|
8127 (autoload 'disabled-command-hook "novice" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
8128
|
|
|
8129 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
|
|
|
8130 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
|
|
|
8131 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
|
|
|
8132 to future sessions." t nil)
|
|
|
8133
|
|
|
8134 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
|
|
|
8135 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
|
|
|
8136 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
|
|
|
8137 to future sessions." t nil)
|
|
|
8138
|
|
|
8139 ;;;***
|
|
|
8140
|
|
|
8141 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "prim/options.el")
|
|
|
8142
|
|
|
8143 (autoload 'list-options "options" "\
|
|
|
8144 Display a list of XEmacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
|
|
|
8145
|
|
|
8146 (autoload 'edit-options "options" "\
|
|
|
8147 Edit a list of XEmacs user option values.
|
|
|
8148 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
|
|
|
8149 in which there are commands to set the option values.
|
|
|
8150 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands." t nil)
|
|
|
8151
|
|
|
8152 ;;;***
|
|
|
8153
|
|
|
8154 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "prim/rect.el")
|
|
|
8155
|
|
|
8156 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8157 Delete (don't save) text in rectangle with point and mark as corners.
|
|
|
8158 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the line
|
|
|
8159 where the region begins and ending with the line where the region ends." t nil)
|
|
|
8160
|
|
|
8161 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8162 Delete contents of rectangle and return it as a list of strings.
|
|
|
8163 Arguments START and END are the corners of the rectangle.
|
|
|
8164 The value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
|
|
|
8165
|
|
|
8166 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8167 Return contents of rectangle with corners at START and END.
|
|
|
8168 Value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
|
|
|
8169
|
|
|
8170 (defvar killed-rectangle nil "\
|
|
|
8171 Rectangle for yank-rectangle to insert.")
|
|
|
8172
|
|
|
8173 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8174 Delete rectangle with corners at point and mark; save as last killed one.
|
|
|
8175 Calling from program, supply two args START and END, buffer positions.
|
|
|
8176 But in programs you might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle'." t nil)
|
|
|
8177
|
|
|
8178 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8179 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
|
|
|
8180
|
|
|
8181 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8182 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
|
|
|
8183 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
|
|
|
8184 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
|
|
|
8185 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
|
|
|
8186 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
|
|
|
8187 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
|
|
|
8188
|
|
|
8189 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8190 Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark, shifting text right.
|
|
|
8191 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
|
|
|
8192 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle." t nil)
|
|
|
8193
|
|
|
8194 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8195 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
|
|
|
8196 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
|
|
|
8197 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
|
|
|
8198
|
|
|
8199 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
|
|
|
8200
|
|
|
8201 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
8202 Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark.
|
|
|
8203 The text previously in the region is overwritten by the blanks.
|
|
|
8204 When called from a program, requires two args which specify the corners." t nil)
|
|
|
8205
|
|
|
8206 ;;;***
|
|
|
8207
|
|
|
8208 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "prim/reposition.el")
|
|
|
8209
|
|
|
8210 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
|
|
|
8211 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
|
|
|
8212 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
|
|
|
8213 visibility of comments that precede it.
|
|
|
8214 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
|
|
|
8215 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
|
|
|
8216 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
|
|
|
8217 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
|
|
|
8218 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
|
|
|
8219 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
|
|
|
8220 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
|
|
|
8221 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
|
|
|
8222 the comment lines.
|
|
|
8223 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
|
|
|
8224 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
|
|
|
8225 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
|
|
|
8226 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
|
|
|
8227 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
|
|
|
8228
|
|
|
8229 ;;;***
|
|
|
8230
|
|
|
8231 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields sort-fields sort-float-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "prim/sort.el")
|
|
|
8232
|
|
|
8233 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
|
|
|
8234 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
|
|
|
8235 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
|
|
|
8236
|
|
|
8237 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
|
|
|
8238 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
|
|
|
8239 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
|
|
|
8240 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
|
|
|
8241 contiguous.
|
|
|
8242
|
|
|
8243 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
|
|
|
8244 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
|
|
|
8245 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8246 the sort order.
|
|
|
8247
|
|
|
8248 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
|
|
|
8249 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
|
|
|
8250
|
|
|
8251 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
|
|
|
8252 It moves point to the start of the next record.
|
|
|
8253 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
|
|
|
8254 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
|
|
|
8255 is called.
|
|
|
8256
|
|
|
8257 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
|
|
|
8258 It should move point to the end of the record.
|
|
|
8259
|
|
|
8260 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
|
|
|
8261 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
|
|
|
8262 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
|
|
|
8263 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
|
|
|
8264 starts at the beginning of the record.
|
|
|
8265
|
|
|
8266 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
|
|
|
8267 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
|
|
|
8268 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
|
|
|
8269
|
|
|
8270 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
|
|
|
8271 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
8272 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8273 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
8274 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8275 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
8276
|
|
|
8277 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
|
|
|
8278 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
8279 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8280 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
8281 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8282 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
8283
|
|
|
8284 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
|
|
|
8285 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
8286 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8287 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
8288 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8289 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
8290
|
|
|
8291 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8292 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
8293 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
|
|
|
8294 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region.
|
|
|
8295 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
|
|
|
8296 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8297 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
|
|
|
8298 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8299 the sort order.
|
|
|
8300 If you want to sort floating-point numbers, try `sort-float-fields'." t nil)
|
|
|
8301
|
|
|
8302 (autoload 'sort-float-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8303 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
8304 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. Specified field
|
|
|
8305 must contain a floating point number in each line of the region. With a
|
|
|
8306 negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. Called from a
|
|
|
8307 program, there are three arguments: FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify
|
|
|
8308 region to sort." t nil)
|
|
|
8309
|
|
|
8310 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8311 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
8312 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
|
|
|
8313 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
|
|
|
8314 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8315 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
|
|
|
8316
|
|
|
8317 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8318 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
|
|
|
8319 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
|
|
|
8320 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
|
|
|
8321 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
|
|
|
8322 is to be used for sorting.
|
|
|
8323 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
|
|
|
8324 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
|
|
|
8325 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
|
|
|
8326 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
|
|
|
8327 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
|
|
|
8328
|
|
|
8329 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
|
|
|
8330
|
|
|
8331 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8332 the sort order.
|
|
|
8333
|
|
|
8334 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
|
|
|
8335 starting with the letter \"f\",
|
|
|
8336 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
|
|
|
8337
|
|
|
8338 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
|
|
|
8339 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
|
|
|
8340 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
|
|
|
8341 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
|
|
|
8342 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
|
|
|
8343 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
|
|
|
8344 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8345 the sort order.
|
|
|
8346
|
|
|
8347 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
|
|
|
8348 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
|
|
|
8349 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
|
|
|
8350 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
|
|
|
8351 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
|
|
|
8352
|
|
|
8353 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
|
|
|
8354 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
|
|
|
8355 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
|
|
|
8356
|
|
|
8357 ;;;***
|
|
|
8358
|
|
|
8359 ;;;### (autoloads (load-default-sounds load-sound-file) "sound" "prim/sound.el")
|
|
|
8360
|
|
|
8361 (or sound-alist (setq sound-alist '((ready nil) (warp nil))))
|
|
|
8362
|
|
|
8363 (autoload 'load-sound-file "sound" "\
|
|
|
8364 Read in an audio-file and add it to the sound-alist.
|
|
|
8365
|
|
98
|
8366 You can only play sound files if you are running on display 0 of the
|
|
|
8367 console of a machine with native sound support or running a NetAudio
|
|
|
8368 server and XEmacs has the necessary sound support compiled in.
|
|
|
8369
|
|
124
|
8370 The sound file must be in the Sun/NeXT U-LAW format, except on Linux,
|
|
|
8371 where .wav files are also supported by the sound card drivers." t nil)
|
|
78
|
8372
|
|
|
8373 (autoload 'load-default-sounds "sound" "\
|
|
124
|
8374 Load and install some sound files as beep-types, using
|
|
|
8375 `load-sound-file'. This only works if you're on display 0 of the
|
|
|
8376 console of a machine with native sound support or running a NetAudio
|
|
|
8377 server and XEmacs has the necessary sound support compiled in." t nil)
|
|
78
|
8378
|
|
|
8379 ;;;***
|
|
|
8380
|
|
|
8381 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "prim/tabify.el")
|
|
|
8382
|
|
|
8383 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
|
|
|
8384 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
|
|
|
8385 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
|
|
|
8386 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
|
|
|
8387 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
|
|
|
8388
|
|
|
8389 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
|
|
|
8390 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
|
|
|
8391 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
|
|
|
8392 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
|
|
|
8393 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
|
|
|
8394 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
|
|
|
8395 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
|
|
|
8396
|
|
|
8397 ;;;***
|
|
|
8398
|
|
|
8399 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "prim/userlock.el")
|
|
|
8400
|
|
|
8401 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
|
|
|
8402 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by USER.
|
|
|
8403 This function has a choice of three things to do:
|
|
|
8404 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE USER))
|
|
|
8405 to refrain from editing the file
|
|
|
8406 return t (grab the lock on the file)
|
|
|
8407 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
|
|
|
8408 You can rewrite it to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do." nil nil)
|
|
|
8409
|
|
|
8410 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
|
|
|
8411 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
|
|
|
8412 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
|
|
|
8413 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
|
|
|
8414 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
|
|
|
8415
|
|
|
8416 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
|
|
|
8417 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
|
|
|
8418
|
|
|
8419 ;;;***
|
|
|
8420
|
|
|
8421 ;;;### (autoloads (style-format) "psgml-fs" "psgml/psgml-fs.el")
|
|
|
8422
|
|
|
8423 (autoload 'style-format "psgml-fs" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8424
|
|
|
8425 ;;;***
|
|
|
8426
|
|
|
8427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "psgml-html" "psgml/psgml-html.el")
|
|
|
8428
|
|
|
8429 (autoload 'html-mode "psgml-html" "\
|
|
|
8430 HTML mode." t)
|
|
|
8431
|
|
|
8432 (autoload 'html3-mode "psgml-html" "\
|
|
|
8433 HTML3 mode." t)
|
|
|
8434
|
|
|
8435 ;;;***
|
|
|
8436
|
|
|
8437 ;;;### (autoloads (sgml-mode) "psgml" "psgml/psgml.el")
|
|
|
8438
|
|
|
8439 (autoload 'sgml-mode "psgml" "\
|
|
|
8440 Major mode for editing SGML.\\<sgml-mode-map>
|
|
|
8441 Makes > display the matching <. Makes / display matching /.
|
|
|
8442 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
|
|
|
8443
|
|
|
8444 You can find information with:
|
|
|
8445 \\[sgml-show-context] Show the nesting of elements at cursor position.
|
|
|
8446 \\[sgml-list-valid-tags] Show the tags valid at cursor position.
|
|
|
8447
|
|
|
8448 Insert tags with completion of contextually valid tags with \\[sgml-insert-tag].
|
|
|
8449 End the current element with \\[sgml-insert-end-tag]. Insert an element (i.e.
|
|
|
8450 both start and end tag) with \\[sgml-insert-element]. Or tag a region with
|
|
|
8451 \\[sgml-tag-region].
|
|
|
8452
|
|
|
8453 To tag a region with the mouse, use transient mark mode or secondary selection.
|
|
|
8454
|
|
|
8455 Structure editing:
|
|
|
8456 \\[sgml-backward-element] Moves backwards over the previous element.
|
|
108
|
8457 \\[sgml-forward-element] Moves forward over the next element.
|
|
78
|
8458 \\[sgml-down-element] Move forward and down one level in the element structure.
|
|
|
8459 \\[sgml-backward-up-element] Move backward out of this element level.
|
|
|
8460 \\[sgml-beginning-of-element] Move to after the start tag of the current element.
|
|
|
8461 \\[sgml-end-of-element] Move to before the end tag of the current element.
|
|
|
8462 \\[sgml-kill-element] Kill the element following the cursor.
|
|
|
8463
|
|
|
8464 Finding interesting positions
|
|
|
8465 \\[sgml-next-data-field] Move forward to next point where data is allowed.
|
|
|
8466 \\[sgml-next-trouble-spot] Move forward to next point where something is
|
|
|
8467 amiss with the structure.
|
|
|
8468
|
|
|
8469 Folding and unfolding
|
|
|
8470 \\[sgml-fold-element] Fold the lines comprising the current element, leaving
|
|
|
8471 the first line visible.
|
|
|
8472 \\[sgml-fold-subelement] Fold the elements in the content of the current element.
|
|
|
8473 Leaving the first line of every element visible.
|
|
|
8474 \\[sgml-unfold-line] Show hidden lines in current line.
|
|
|
8475
|
|
|
8476 User options:
|
|
|
8477
|
|
|
8478 sgml-omittag Set this to reflect OMITTAG in the SGML declaration.
|
|
|
8479 sgml-shortag Set this to reflect SHORTTAG in the SGML declaration.
|
|
|
8480 sgml-auto-insert-required-elements If non-nil, automatically insert required
|
|
|
8481 elements in the content of an inserted element.
|
|
|
8482 sgml-balanced-tag-edit If non-nil, always insert start-end tag pairs.
|
|
|
8483 sgml-omittag-transparent If non-nil, will show legal tags inside elements
|
|
|
8484 with omitable start tags and legal tags beyond omitable end tags.
|
|
|
8485 sgml-leave-point-after-insert If non-nil, the point will remain after
|
|
|
8486 inserted tag(s).
|
|
|
8487 sgml-warn-about-undefined-elements If non-nil, print a warning when a tag
|
|
|
8488 for a undefined element is found.
|
|
|
8489 sgml-max-menu-size Max number of entries in Tags and Entities menus before
|
|
|
8490 they are split into several panes.
|
|
|
8491 sgml-always-quote-attributes If non-nil, quote all attribute values
|
|
|
8492 inserted after finishing edit attributes.
|
|
|
8493 sgml-minimize-attributes Determines minimization of attributes inserted by
|
|
|
8494 edit-attributes.
|
|
|
8495 sgml-normalize-trims If non-nil, sgml-normalize will trim off white space
|
|
|
8496 from end of element when adding end tag.
|
|
|
8497 sgml-indent-step How much to increament indent for every element level.
|
|
|
8498 sgml-indent-data If non-nil, indent in data/mixed context also.
|
|
|
8499 sgml-set-face If non-nil, psgml will set the face of parsed markup.
|
|
|
8500 sgml-markup-faces The faces used when the above variable is non-nil.
|
|
108
|
8501 sgml-system-path List of directories used to look for system identifiers.
|
|
78
|
8502 sgml-public-map Mapping from public identifiers to file names.
|
|
|
8503 sgml-offer-save If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before
|
|
|
8504 \\[sgml-validate] is run.
|
|
|
8505
|
|
|
8506 All bindings:
|
|
|
8507 \\{sgml-mode-map}
|
|
|
8508 " t nil)
|
|
|
8509
|
|
|
8510 ;;;***
|
|
|
8511
|
|
|
8512 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-input rmail-mode rmail) "rmail" "rmail/rmail.el")
|
|
|
8513
|
|
|
8514 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
|
|
|
8515 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
|
|
|
8516 A value of nil means exclude your own name only.")
|
|
|
8517
|
|
|
8518 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
|
|
|
8519 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
|
|
|
8520 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
|
|
|
8521 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
|
|
|
8522 value is the user's name.)
|
|
|
8523 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
|
|
|
8524
|
|
|
8525 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
|
|
|
8526 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
|
|
|
8527
|
|
|
8528 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
|
|
|
8529 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
|
|
|
8530 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
|
|
|
8531 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
|
|
|
8532 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
|
|
|
8533
|
|
|
8534 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
|
|
|
8535 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
|
|
|
8536
|
|
|
8537 (defvar rmail-retry-setup-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8538 Hook that `rmail-retry-failure' uses in place of `mail-setup-hook'.")
|
|
|
8539
|
|
|
8540 (defvar rmail-last-file nil)
|
|
|
8541
|
|
|
8542 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8543 Read and edit incoming mail.
|
|
|
8544 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
|
|
|
8545 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
|
|
|
8546 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
|
|
|
8547
|
|
|
8548 May be called with filename as argument; then performs rmail editing on
|
|
|
8549 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file." t nil)
|
|
|
8550
|
|
|
8551 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8552 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
|
|
|
8553 All normal editing commands are turned off.
|
|
|
8554 Instead, these commands are available:
|
|
|
8555
|
|
|
8556 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
|
|
|
8557 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
|
|
|
8558 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
|
|
|
8559 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
|
|
|
8560 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
|
|
|
8561 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
|
|
|
8562 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
|
|
|
8563 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
|
|
|
8564 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
|
|
|
8565 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
|
|
|
8566 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
|
|
|
8567 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
|
|
|
8568 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
|
|
|
8569 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
|
|
|
8570 till a deleted message is found.
|
|
|
8571 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
|
|
|
8572 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
|
|
|
8573 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
|
|
|
8574 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
|
|
|
8575 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
|
|
|
8576 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
|
|
|
8577 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
|
|
|
8578 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
|
|
|
8579 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
|
|
|
8580 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
|
|
|
8581 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
|
|
|
8582 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
|
|
|
8583 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
|
|
|
8584 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
|
|
|
8585 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
|
|
|
8586 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
|
|
|
8587 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
|
|
|
8588 (label defaults to last one specified).
|
|
|
8589 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
|
|
|
8590 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
|
|
|
8591 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
|
|
|
8592 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
|
|
|
8593 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
|
|
|
8594 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
|
|
|
8595 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
|
|
|
8596 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
|
|
|
8597 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
|
|
|
8598
|
|
|
8599 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8600 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
|
|
|
8601
|
|
|
8602 ;;;***
|
|
|
8603
|
|
|
8604 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-file-p) "rmailout" "rmail/rmailout.el")
|
|
|
8605
|
|
|
8606 (autoload 'rmail-file-p "rmailout" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
8607
|
|
|
8608 ;;;***
|
|
|
8609
|
|
|
8610 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "rmail/unrmail.el")
|
|
|
8611
|
|
|
8612 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
|
|
|
8613 Convert Rmail files to mailbox files.
|
|
|
8614 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
|
|
|
8615 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
|
|
|
8616 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
|
|
|
8617 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
|
|
|
8618
|
|
|
8619 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
|
|
|
8620 Convert Rmail file FILE to mailbox-format file TO-FILE." t nil)
|
|
|
8621
|
|
|
8622 ;;;***
|
|
|
8623
|
|
|
8624 ;;;### (autoloads (mime/editor-mode) "tm-edit" "tm/tm-edit.el")
|
|
|
8625
|
|
|
8626 (autoload 'mime/editor-mode "tm-edit" "\
|
|
|
8627 MIME minor mode for editing the tagged MIME message.
|
|
|
8628
|
|
|
8629 In this mode, basically, the message is composed in the tagged MIME
|
|
|
8630 format. The message tag looks like:
|
|
|
8631
|
|
|
8632 --[[text/plain; charset=ISO-2022-JP][7bit]]
|
|
|
8633
|
|
|
8634 The tag specifies the MIME content type, subtype, optional parameters
|
|
|
8635 and transfer encoding of the message following the tag. Messages
|
|
|
8636 without any tag are treated as `text/plain' by default. Charset and
|
|
|
8637 transfer encoding are automatically defined unless explicitly
|
|
|
8638 specified. Binary messages such as audio and image are usually hidden.
|
|
|
8639 The messages in the tagged MIME format are automatically translated
|
|
|
8640 into a MIME compliant message when exiting this mode.
|
|
|
8641
|
|
|
8642 Available charsets depend on Emacs version being used. The following
|
|
|
8643 lists the available charsets of each emacs.
|
|
|
8644
|
|
|
8645 EMACS 18: US-ASCII is only available.
|
|
|
8646 NEmacs: US-ASCII and ISO-2022-JP are available.
|
|
|
8647 EMACS 19: US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 (or other charset) are available.
|
|
|
8648 XEmacs 19: US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 (or other charset) are available.
|
|
|
8649 Mule: US-ASCII, ISO-8859-* (except for ISO-8859-5), KOI8-R,
|
|
|
8650 ISO-2022-JP, ISO-2022-JP-2, ISO-2022-KR, BIG5 and
|
|
|
8651 ISO-2022-INT-1 are available.
|
|
|
8652
|
|
|
8653 ISO-2022-JP-2 and ISO-2022-INT-1 charsets used in mule is expected to
|
|
|
8654 be used to represent multilingual text in intermixed manner. Any
|
|
|
8655 languages that has no registered charset are represented as either
|
|
|
8656 ISO-2022-JP-2 or ISO-2022-INT-1 in mule.
|
|
|
8657
|
|
|
8658 If you want to use non-ISO-8859-1 charset in EMACS 19 or XEmacs 19,
|
|
|
8659 please set variable `default-mime-charset'. This variable must be
|
|
|
8660 symbol of which name is a MIME charset.
|
|
|
8661
|
|
|
8662 If you want to add more charsets in mule, please set variable
|
|
|
8663 `charsets-mime-charset-alist'. This variable must be alist of which
|
|
|
8664 key is list of leading-char/charset and value is symbol of MIME
|
|
|
8665 charset. (leading-char is a term of MULE 1.* and 2.*. charset is a
|
|
|
8666 term of XEmacs/mule, mule merged EMACS and MULE 3.*) If name of
|
|
|
8667 coding-system is different as MIME charset, please set variable
|
|
|
8668 `mime-charset-coding-system-alist'. This variable must be alist of
|
|
|
8669 which key is MIME charset and value is coding-system.
|
|
|
8670
|
|
|
8671 Following commands are available in addition to major mode commands:
|
|
|
8672
|
|
|
8673 [make single part]
|
|
|
8674 \\[mime-editor/insert-text] insert a text message.
|
|
|
8675 \\[mime-editor/insert-file] insert a (binary) file.
|
|
|
8676 \\[mime-editor/insert-external] insert a reference to external body.
|
|
|
8677 \\[mime-editor/insert-voice] insert a voice message.
|
|
|
8678 \\[mime-editor/insert-message] insert a mail or news message.
|
|
|
8679 \\[mime-editor/insert-mail] insert a mail message.
|
|
|
8680 \\[mime-editor/insert-signature] insert a signature file at end.
|
|
|
8681 \\[mime-editor/insert-key] insert PGP public key.
|
|
|
8682 \\[mime-editor/insert-tag] insert a new MIME tag.
|
|
|
8683
|
|
|
8684 [make enclosure (maybe multipart)]
|
|
|
8685 \\[mime-editor/enclose-alternative-region] enclose as multipart/alternative.
|
|
|
8686 \\[mime-editor/enclose-parallel-region] enclose as multipart/parallel.
|
|
|
8687 \\[mime-editor/enclose-mixed-region] enclose as multipart/mixed.
|
|
|
8688 \\[mime-editor/enclose-digest-region] enclose as multipart/digest.
|
|
|
8689 \\[mime-editor/enclose-signed-region] enclose as PGP signed.
|
|
|
8690 \\[mime-editor/enclose-encrypted-region] enclose as PGP encrypted.
|
|
|
8691 \\[mime-editor/enclose-quote-region] enclose as verbose mode (to avoid to expand tags)
|
|
|
8692
|
|
|
8693 [other commands]
|
|
|
8694 \\[mime-editor/set-transfer-level-7bit] set transfer-level as 7.
|
|
|
8695 \\[mime-editor/set-transfer-level-8bit] set transfer-level as 8.
|
|
|
8696 \\[mime-editor/set-split] set message splitting mode.
|
|
|
8697 \\[mime-editor/set-sign] set PGP-sign mode.
|
|
|
8698 \\[mime-editor/set-encrypt] set PGP-encryption mode.
|
|
|
8699 \\[mime-editor/preview-message] preview editing MIME message.
|
|
|
8700 \\[mime-editor/exit] exit and translate into a MIME compliant message.
|
|
|
8701 \\[mime-editor/help] show this help.
|
|
|
8702 \\[mime-editor/maybe-translate] exit and translate if in MIME mode, then split.
|
|
|
8703
|
|
|
8704 Additional commands are available in some major modes:
|
|
|
8705 C-c C-c exit, translate and run the original command.
|
|
|
8706 C-c C-s exit, translate and run the original command.
|
|
|
8707
|
|
|
8708 The following is a message example written in the tagged MIME format.
|
|
|
8709 TABs at the beginning of the line are not a part of the message:
|
|
|
8710
|
|
|
8711 This is a conventional plain text. It should be translated
|
|
|
8712 into text/plain.
|
|
|
8713 --[[text/plain]]
|
|
|
8714 This is also a plain text. But, it is explicitly specified as
|
|
|
8715 is.
|
|
86
|
8716 --[[text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1]]
|
|
|
8717 This is also a plain text. But charset is specified as
|
|
|
8718 iso-8859-1.
|
|
|
8719
|
|
|
8720 ¡Hola! Buenos días. ¿Cómo está usted?
|
|
|
8721 --[[text/enriched]]
|
|
|
8722 This is a <bold>enriched text</bold>.
|
|
|
8723 --[[image/gif][base64]]...image encoded in base64 here...
|
|
|
8724 --[[audio/basic][base64]]...audio encoded in base64 here...
|
|
78
|
8725
|
|
|
8726 User customizable variables (not documented all of them):
|
|
|
8727 mime-prefix
|
|
|
8728 Specifies a key prefix for MIME minor mode commands.
|
|
|
8729
|
|
|
8730 mime-ignore-preceding-spaces
|
|
|
8731 Preceding white spaces in a message body are ignored if non-nil.
|
|
|
8732
|
|
|
8733 mime-ignore-trailing-spaces
|
|
|
8734 Trailing white spaces in a message body are ignored if non-nil.
|
|
|
8735
|
|
|
8736 mime-auto-hide-body
|
|
|
8737 Hide a non-textual body message encoded in base64 after insertion
|
|
|
8738 if non-nil.
|
|
|
8739
|
|
|
8740 mime-editor/transfer-level
|
|
|
8741 A number of network transfer level. It should be bigger than 7.
|
|
|
8742 If you are in 8bit-through environment, please set 8.
|
|
|
8743
|
|
|
8744 mime-editor/voice-recorder
|
|
|
8745 Specifies a function to record a voice message and encode it.
|
|
|
8746 The function `mime-editor/voice-recorder-for-sun' is for Sun
|
|
|
8747 SparcStations.
|
|
|
8748
|
|
|
8749 mime/editor-mode-hook
|
|
|
8750 Turning on MIME mode calls the value of mime/editor-mode-hook, if
|
|
|
8751 it is non-nil.
|
|
|
8752
|
|
|
8753 mime-editor/translate-hook
|
|
|
8754 The value of mime-editor/translate-hook is called just before translating
|
|
|
8755 the tagged MIME format into a MIME compliant message if it is
|
|
|
8756 non-nil. If the hook call the function mime-editor/insert-signature,
|
|
|
8757 the signature file will be inserted automatically.
|
|
|
8758
|
|
|
8759 mime-editor/exit-hook
|
|
|
8760 Turning off MIME mode calls the value of mime-editor/exit-hook, if it is
|
|
|
8761 non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
8762
|
|
|
8763 (defalias 'edit-mime 'mime/editor-mode)
|
|
|
8764
|
|
|
8765 ;;;***
|
|
|
8766
|
|
|
8767 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice) "advice" "utils/advice.el")
|
|
|
8768
|
|
|
8769 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
|
|
|
8770 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
|
|
|
8771 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
|
|
|
8772 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
|
|
|
8773 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
|
|
|
8774 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
|
|
|
8775 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
|
|
|
8776 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
|
|
|
8777 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
|
|
|
8778 interpreted as `error'.")
|
|
|
8779
|
|
|
8780 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
|
|
|
8781 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
|
|
|
8782 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
|
|
|
8783 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
|
|
|
8784 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
|
|
|
8785 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
|
|
|
8786 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
|
|
|
8787 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
|
|
|
8788
|
|
|
8789 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
|
|
|
8790 Adds a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
|
|
|
8791 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
|
|
|
8792 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
|
|
|
8793 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
|
|
|
8794 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
|
|
|
8795 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
|
|
|
8796 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
|
|
|
8797 will be overwritten with the new one.
|
|
|
8798 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
|
|
|
8799 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
|
|
|
8800 will clear the cache." nil nil)
|
|
|
8801
|
|
|
8802 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
|
|
|
8803 Defines a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
|
|
|
8804 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
|
|
|
8805
|
|
|
8806 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
|
|
|
8807 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
|
|
|
8808 BODY... )
|
|
|
8809
|
|
|
8810 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
|
|
|
8811 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
|
|
|
8812 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
|
|
|
8813 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
|
|
|
8814 see also `ad-add-advice'.
|
|
|
8815 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
|
|
|
8816 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
|
|
|
8817 before/around/after-advices will be used.
|
|
|
8818 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
|
|
|
8819 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
|
|
|
8820 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
|
|
|
8821 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
|
|
|
8822 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
|
|
|
8823 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
|
|
|
8824
|
|
|
8825 Semantics of the various flags:
|
|
|
8826 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
|
|
|
8827 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
|
|
|
8828 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
|
|
|
8829
|
|
|
8830 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
|
|
|
8831 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
|
|
|
8832
|
|
|
8833 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
|
|
|
8834 advised function should be compiled.
|
|
|
8835
|
|
|
8836 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
|
|
|
8837 during activation until somebody enables it.
|
|
|
8838
|
|
|
8839 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
|
|
|
8840 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
|
|
|
8841 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
|
|
|
8842 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
|
|
|
8843
|
|
|
8844 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
|
|
|
8845 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
|
|
|
8846 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
|
|
|
8847 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
|
|
|
8848 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
|
|
|
8849 during preloading.
|
|
|
8850
|
|
|
8851 Look at the file `advice.el' for comprehensive documentation." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
8852
|
|
|
8853 ;;;***
|
|
|
8854
|
|
|
8855 ;;;### (autoloads (all-annotations annotation-list annotations-at annotations-in-region annotation-at annotationp delete-annotation make-annotation) "annotations" "utils/annotations.el")
|
|
|
8856
|
|
|
8857 (defvar make-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8858 *Function or functions to run immediately after creating an annotation.")
|
|
|
8859
|
|
|
8860 (defvar before-delete-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8861 *Function or functions to run immediately before deleting an annotation.")
|
|
|
8862
|
|
|
8863 (defvar after-delete-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8864 *Function or functions to run immediately after deleting an annotation.")
|
|
|
8865
|
|
|
8866 (autoload 'make-annotation "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8867 Create a marginal annotation, displayed using GLYPH, at position POS.
|
|
|
8868 GLYPH may be either a glyph object or a string. Use layout policy
|
|
|
8869 LAYOUT and place the annotation in buffer BUFFER. If POS is nil, point is
|
|
|
8870 used. If LAYOUT is nil, `whitespace' is used. If BUFFER is nil, the
|
|
|
8871 current buffer is used. If WITH-EVENT is non-nil, then when an annotation
|
|
|
8872 is activated, the triggering event is passed as the second arg to the
|
|
|
8873 annotation function. If D-GLYPH is non-nil then it is used as the glyph
|
|
|
8874 that will be displayed when button1 is down. If RIGHTP is non-nil then
|
|
|
8875 the glyph will be displayed on the right side of the buffer instead of the
|
|
|
8876 left." nil nil)
|
|
|
8877
|
|
|
8878 (autoload 'delete-annotation "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8879 Remove ANNOTATION from its buffer. This does not modify the buffer text." nil nil)
|
|
|
8880
|
|
|
8881 (autoload 'annotationp "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8882 T if OBJECT is an annotation." nil nil)
|
|
|
8883
|
|
|
8884 (autoload 'annotation-at "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8885 Return the first annotation at POS in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8886 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. POS defaults to point in BUFFER." nil nil)
|
|
|
8887
|
|
|
8888 (autoload 'annotations-in-region "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8889 Return all annotations in BUFFER between START and END inclusively." nil nil)
|
|
|
8890
|
|
|
8891 (autoload 'annotations-at "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8892 Return a list of all annotations at POS in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8893 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used. If POS is nil, point is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
8894
|
|
|
8895 (autoload 'annotation-list "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8896 Return a list of all annotations in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8897 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
8898
|
|
|
8899 (autoload 'all-annotations "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8900 Return a list of all annotations in existence." nil nil)
|
|
|
8901
|
|
|
8902 ;;;***
|
|
|
8903
|
|
|
8904 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directory update-autoloads-here update-file-autoloads generate-file-autoloads) "autoload" "utils/autoload.el")
|
|
|
8905
|
|
|
8906 (autoload 'generate-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8907 Insert at point a loaddefs autoload section for FILE.
|
|
|
8908 autoloads are generated for defuns and defmacros in FILE
|
|
|
8909 marked by `generate-autoload-cookie' (which see).
|
|
|
8910 If FILE is being visited in a buffer, the contents of the buffer
|
|
|
8911 are used." t nil)
|
|
|
8912
|
|
|
8913 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8914 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
|
|
|
8915 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
|
|
|
8916
|
|
|
8917 (autoload 'update-autoloads-here "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8918 Update sections of the current buffer generated by `update-file-autoloads'." t nil)
|
|
|
8919
|
|
|
8920 (autoload 'update-autoloads-from-directory "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8921 Update `generated-autoload-file' with all the current autoloads from DIR.
|
|
|
8922 This runs `update-file-autoloads' on each .el file in DIR.
|
|
|
8923 Obsolete autoload entries for files that no longer exist are deleted." t nil)
|
|
|
8924
|
|
|
8925 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8926 Update the autoloads for the files or directories on the command line.
|
|
|
8927 Runs `update-file-autoloads' on files and `update-directory-autoloads'
|
|
|
8928 on directories. Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
8929 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
8930 For example, invoke `xemacs -batch -f batch-update-autoloads *.el'." nil nil)
|
|
|
8931
|
|
|
8932 ;;;***
|
|
|
8933
|
|
|
8934 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "utils/browse-url.el")
|
|
|
8935
|
|
|
8936 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-w3 "\
|
|
|
8937 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
|
|
|
8938 Used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
|
|
|
8939 `browse-url-of-file' commands.")
|
|
|
8940
|
|
|
8941 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8942 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8943
|
|
|
8944 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
|
|
|
8945 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
|
|
|
8946
|
|
|
8947 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
|
|
|
8948 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
|
|
|
8949 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
|
|
|
8950 the effect of browse-url-new-window-p.
|
|
|
8951
|
|
|
8952 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
|
|
|
8953 used instead of browse-url-new-window-p." t nil)
|
|
|
8954
|
|
|
8955 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8956 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8957 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8958
|
|
|
8959 (autoload 'browse-url-grail "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8960 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8961 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
|
|
|
8962 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
|
|
|
8963
|
|
|
8964 (autoload 'browse-url-iximosaic "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8965 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8966 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8967
|
|
|
8968 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8969 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8970 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8971
|
|
|
8972 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-xterm "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8973 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8974 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
|
|
|
8975 in an Xterm window." t nil)
|
|
|
8976
|
|
|
8977 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-emacs "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8978 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8979 Default to the URL around or before point. Run a new Lynx process in
|
|
|
8980 an Emacs buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
8981
|
|
|
8982 ;;;***
|
|
|
8983
|
|
|
8984 ;;;### (autoloads (docref-setup) "docref" "utils/docref.el")
|
|
|
8985
|
|
|
8986 (autoload 'docref-setup "docref" "\
|
|
|
8987 Process docref cross-references in the current buffer.
|
|
|
8988 See also \\(f@docref-subst)." t nil)
|
|
|
8989
|
|
|
8990 ;;;***
|
|
|
8991
|
|
|
8992 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "utils/easymenu.el")
|
|
|
8993
|
|
|
8994 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
|
|
|
8995 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
|
|
|
8996 The arguments SYMBOL and DOC are ignored; they are present for
|
|
|
8997 compatibility only. SYMBOL is not evaluated. In other Emacs versions
|
|
|
8998 these arguments may be used as a variable to hold the menu data, and a
|
|
|
8999 doc string for that variable.
|
|
|
9000
|
|
|
9001 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
|
|
|
9002 The rest of the elements are menu items.
|
|
|
9003
|
|
|
9004 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
|
|
|
9005
|
|
|
9006 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
|
|
|
9007
|
|
|
9008 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
|
|
|
9009 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
|
|
|
9010
|
|
|
9011 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
9012 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9013
|
|
|
9014 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
|
|
|
9015
|
|
|
9016 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
|
|
|
9017
|
|
|
9018 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbol defined below.
|
|
|
9019
|
|
|
9020 :keys KEYS
|
|
|
9021
|
|
|
9022 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
|
|
|
9023
|
|
|
9024 :active ENABLE
|
|
|
9025
|
|
|
9026 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
9027 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9028
|
|
|
9029 :suffix NAME
|
|
|
9030
|
|
|
9031 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
|
|
|
9032
|
|
|
9033 :style STYLE
|
|
|
9034
|
|
|
9035 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
|
|
|
9036 defined:
|
|
|
9037
|
|
|
9038 toggle: A checkbox.
|
|
|
9039 Currently just prepend the name with the string \"Toggle \".
|
|
|
9040 radio: A radio button.
|
|
|
9041 nil: An ordinary menu item.
|
|
|
9042
|
|
|
9043 :selected SELECTED
|
|
|
9044
|
|
|
9045 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
|
|
|
9046 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9047 Currently just disable radio buttons, no effect on checkboxes.
|
|
|
9048
|
|
|
9049 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
|
|
|
9050 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
|
|
|
9051 as a solid horizontal line.
|
|
|
9052
|
|
|
9053 A menu item can be a list. It is treated as a submenu.
|
|
|
9054 The first element should be the submenu name. That's used as the
|
|
|
9055 menu item in the top-level menu. The cdr of the submenu list
|
|
|
9056 is a list of menu items, as above." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9057
|
|
|
9058 ;;;***
|
|
|
9059
|
|
118
|
9060 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-kbd-macro format-kbd-macro kbd read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "utils/edmacro.el")
|
|
98
|
9061
|
|
|
9062 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
|
|
|
9063
|
|
|
9064 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
|
|
|
9065 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
|
|
|
9066 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
|
|
|
9067
|
|
|
9068 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
9069 Edit a keyboard macro.
|
|
|
9070 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
|
|
|
9071 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
|
|
|
9072 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
|
|
|
9073 its command name.
|
|
|
9074 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
|
|
|
9075
|
|
|
9076 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
9077 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
|
|
|
9078
|
|
|
9079 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
9080 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
|
|
|
9081
|
|
|
9082 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
9083 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
|
|
|
9084 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
|
|
|
9085 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
|
|
|
9086 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
|
|
|
9087 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
|
|
|
9088
|
|
|
9089 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
|
|
|
9090 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
|
|
|
9091 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
|
|
|
9092 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
|
|
|
9093
|
|
118
|
9094 (autoload 'kbd "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
9095 Convert KEYS to the internal Emacs key representation." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9096
|
|
98
|
9097 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
9098 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
|
|
|
9099 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
|
|
|
9100 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
|
|
|
9101 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
|
|
|
9102 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
|
|
|
9103
|
|
|
9104 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
9105 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
|
|
|
9106 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
|
|
|
9107 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
|
|
|
9108
|
|
|
9109 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
|
|
|
9110 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
|
|
|
9111 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
|
|
|
9112 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
|
|
|
9113 bindings.
|
|
|
9114
|
|
|
9115 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
|
|
|
9116 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
|
|
|
9117
|
|
|
9118 ;;;***
|
|
|
9119
|
|
|
9120 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "utils/eldoc.el")
|
|
|
9121
|
|
|
9122 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
|
|
|
9123 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
|
|
|
9124
|
|
|
9125 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
|
|
|
9126 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
|
|
|
9127 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
|
|
|
9128 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
|
|
|
9129 from the documentation string if possible.
|
|
|
9130
|
|
|
9131 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
|
|
|
9132 instead.
|
|
|
9133
|
|
|
9134 This variable is buffer-local.")
|
|
|
9135
|
|
|
9136 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
|
|
|
9137 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
|
|
|
9138 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
|
|
|
9139
|
|
|
9140 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
|
|
|
9141 of the mode.
|
|
|
9142 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
|
|
|
9143 the mode, respectively." t nil)
|
|
|
9144
|
|
|
9145 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
|
|
|
9146 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
|
|
|
9147
|
|
|
9148 ;;;***
|
|
|
9149
|
|
78
|
9150 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) "elp" "utils/elp.el")
|
|
|
9151
|
|
|
9152 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
|
|
|
9153 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
|
|
|
9154 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
|
|
|
9155
|
|
|
9156 (autoload 'elp-restore-function "elp" "\
|
|
|
9157 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
|
|
|
9158 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
|
|
|
9159
|
|
|
9160 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
|
|
|
9161 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
|
|
|
9162 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
|
|
|
9163
|
|
|
9164 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
|
|
|
9165 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
|
|
|
9166 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
|
|
|
9167
|
|
|
9168 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
|
|
|
9169
|
|
|
9170 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
|
|
|
9171 Display current profiling results.
|
|
|
9172 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
|
|
|
9173 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
|
|
|
9174 displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
9175
|
|
|
9176 (autoload 'elp-submit-bug-report "elp" "\
|
|
|
9177 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
|
|
|
9178
|
|
|
9179 ;;;***
|
|
|
9180
|
|
|
9181 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-props facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-make-much-smaller facemenu-make-much-larger facemenu-make-smaller facemenu-make-larger facemenu-set-size-default facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "utils/facemenu.el")
|
|
|
9182
|
|
126
|
9183 (define-key ctl-x-map "F" 'facemenu-keymap)
|
|
|
9184
|
|
78
|
9185 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
|
|
|
9186 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
|
|
|
9187
|
|
|
9188 (defvar facemenu-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Set face"))) (define-key map ?o 'facemenu-set-face) map) "\
|
|
|
9189 Keymap for face-changing commands.
|
|
|
9190 `Facemenu-update' fills in the keymap according to the bindings
|
|
|
9191 requested in `facemenu-keybindings'.")
|
|
|
9192
|
|
|
9193 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9194 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
9195 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
|
|
|
9196 will not show through at all will be removed.
|
|
|
9197
|
|
|
9198 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
|
|
|
9199
|
|
|
9200 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
|
|
|
9201 this command sets the region to the requested face.
|
|
|
9202
|
|
|
9203 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
|
|
|
9204 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
9205 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
|
|
|
9206
|
|
|
9207 (autoload 'facemenu-set-foreground "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9208 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
9209 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
|
|
|
9210 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
|
|
|
9211 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
|
|
|
9212 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
|
|
|
9213 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
9214 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
|
|
|
9215
|
|
|
9216 (autoload 'facemenu-set-background "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9217 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
9218 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
|
|
|
9219 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
|
|
|
9220 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
|
|
|
9221 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
|
|
|
9222 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
9223 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
|
|
|
9224
|
|
|
9225 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face-from-menu "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9226 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
9227 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
|
|
|
9228 is the menu item's name.
|
|
|
9229
|
|
|
9230 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
|
|
|
9231 this command sets the region to the requested face.
|
|
|
9232
|
|
|
9233 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
|
|
|
9234 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
100
|
9235 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9236
|
|
|
9237 (autoload 'facemenu-set-size-default "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9238
|
|
|
9239 (autoload 'facemenu-make-larger "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9240
|
|
|
9241 (autoload 'facemenu-make-smaller "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9242
|
|
|
9243 (autoload 'facemenu-make-much-larger "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9244
|
|
|
9245 (autoload 'facemenu-make-much-smaller "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9246
|
|
|
9247 (autoload 'facemenu-set-invisible "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9248 Make the region invisible.
|
|
|
9249 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
9250 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
9251
|
|
|
9252 (autoload 'facemenu-set-intangible "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9253 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
|
|
|
9254 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
9255 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
9256
|
|
|
9257 (autoload 'facemenu-set-read-only "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9258 Make the region unmodifiable.
|
|
|
9259 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
9260 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
9261
|
|
|
9262 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-props "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9263 Remove all text properties that facemenu added to region." t nil)
|
|
|
9264
|
|
|
9265 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-special "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9266 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
|
|
|
9267 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
|
|
|
9268
|
|
|
9269 (autoload 'list-text-properties-at "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9270 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
|
|
|
9271
|
|
|
9272 (autoload 'facemenu-read-color "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9273 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
9274
|
|
|
9275 (autoload 'list-colors-display "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
9276 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
|
|
|
9277 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
|
|
|
9278 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
|
|
|
9279 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
|
|
|
9280
|
|
|
9281 ;;;***
|
|
|
9282
|
|
98
|
9283 ;;;### (autoloads (floating-toolbar-from-extent-or-popup-mode-menu floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu floating-toolbar) "floating-toolbar" "utils/floating-toolbar.el")
|
|
|
9284
|
|
|
9285 (autoload 'floating-toolbar "floating-toolbar" "\
|
|
|
9286 Popup a toolbar near the current mouse position.
|
|
|
9287 The toolbar instantiator used is taken from the 'floating-toolbar
|
|
|
9288 property of any extent under the mouse. If no such non-nil
|
|
|
9289 property exists for any extent under the mouse, then the value of the
|
|
|
9290 variable `floating-toolbar' is checked. If its value si nil, then
|
|
|
9291 no toolbar will be displayed.
|
|
|
9292
|
|
|
9293 This command should be bound to a button press event.
|
|
|
9294
|
|
|
9295 When called from a program, first arg EVENT should be the button
|
|
|
9296 press event. Optional second arg EXTENT-LOCAL-ONLY specifies
|
|
|
9297 that only extent local toolbars should be used; this means the
|
|
|
9298 `floating-toolbar' variable will not be consulted." t nil)
|
|
|
9299
|
|
|
9300 (autoload 'floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu "floating-toolbar" "\
|
|
|
9301 Like floating-toolbar, but if no toolbar is displayed
|
|
|
9302 run popup-mode-menu." t nil)
|
|
|
9303
|
|
|
9304 (autoload 'floating-toolbar-from-extent-or-popup-mode-menu "floating-toolbar" "\
|
|
|
9305 Like floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu, but search only for an
|
|
|
9306 extent local toolbar." t nil)
|
|
|
9307
|
|
|
9308 ;;;***
|
|
|
9309
|
|
78
|
9310 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "utils/flow-ctrl.el")
|
|
|
9311
|
|
|
9312 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
|
|
|
9313 Toggle flow control handling.
|
|
|
9314 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
|
|
|
9315 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
|
|
|
9316
|
|
|
9317 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
|
|
|
9318 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
|
|
|
9319 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
|
|
|
9320 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
|
|
|
9321 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
|
|
|
9322 to get the effect of a C-q.
|
|
|
9323
|
|
|
9324 This function has no effect unless the current device is a tty.
|
|
|
9325
|
|
|
9326 The tty terminal type is determined from the TERM environment variable.
|
|
|
9327 Trailing hyphens and everything following is stripped, so a TERM
|
|
|
9328 value of \"vt100-nam\" is treated the same as \"vt100\"." nil nil)
|
|
|
9329
|
|
|
9330 ;;;***
|
|
|
9331
|
|
|
9332 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) "forms" "utils/forms.el")
|
|
|
9333
|
|
|
9334 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
|
|
|
9335 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
|
|
|
9336
|
|
|
9337 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
|
|
|
9338 TAB forms-next-field TAB
|
|
|
9339 \\C-c TAB forms-next-field
|
|
|
9340 \\C-c < forms-first-record <
|
|
|
9341 \\C-c > forms-last-record >
|
|
|
9342 \\C-c ? describe-mode ?
|
|
|
9343 \\C-c \\C-k forms-delete-record
|
|
|
9344 \\C-c \\C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
|
|
|
9345 \\C-c \\C-o forms-insert-record
|
|
|
9346 \\C-c \\C-l forms-jump-record l
|
|
|
9347 \\C-c \\C-n forms-next-record n
|
|
|
9348 \\C-c \\C-p forms-prev-record p
|
|
|
9349 \\C-c \\C-r forms-search-backward r
|
|
|
9350 \\C-c \\C-s forms-search-forward s
|
|
|
9351 \\C-c \\C-x forms-exit x
|
|
|
9352 " t nil)
|
|
|
9353
|
|
|
9354 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
|
|
|
9355 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
|
|
|
9356
|
|
|
9357 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
|
|
|
9358 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
9359
|
|
|
9360 ;;;***
|
|
|
9361
|
|
|
9362 ;;;### (autoloads (highlight-headers-follow-url highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape highlight-headers) "highlight-headers" "utils/highlight-headers.el")
|
|
|
9363
|
|
|
9364 (autoload 'highlight-headers "highlight-headers" "\
|
|
|
9365 Highlight message headers between start and end.
|
|
|
9366 Faces used:
|
|
|
9367 message-headers the part before the colon
|
|
|
9368 message-header-contents the part after the colon
|
|
|
9369 message-highlighted-header-contents contents of \"special\" headers
|
|
|
9370 message-cited-text quoted text from other messages
|
|
|
9371
|
|
|
9372 Variables used:
|
|
|
9373
|
|
|
9374 highlight-headers-regexp what makes a \"special\" header
|
|
|
9375 highlight-headers-citation-regexp matches lines of quoted text
|
|
|
9376 highlight-headers-citation-header-regexp matches headers for quoted text
|
|
|
9377
|
|
|
9378 If HACK-SIG is true,then we search backward from END for something that
|
|
|
9379 looks like the beginning of a signature block, and don't consider that a
|
|
|
9380 part of the message (this is because signatures are often incorrectly
|
|
|
9381 interpreted as cited text.)" nil nil)
|
|
|
9382
|
|
|
9383 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape "highlight-headers" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9384
|
|
|
9385 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic "highlight-headers" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9386
|
|
|
9387 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url "highlight-headers" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9388
|
|
|
9389 ;;;***
|
|
|
9390
|
|
|
9391 ;;;### (autoloads (id-select-double-click-hook id-select-and-kill-thing id-select-and-copy-thing id-select-goto-matching-tag id-select-thing-with-mouse id-select-thing) "id-select" "utils/id-select.el")
|
|
|
9392
|
|
|
9393 (autoload 'id-select-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9394 Mark the region selected by the syntax of the thing at point.
|
|
|
9395 If invoked repeatedly, selects bigger and bigger things.
|
|
|
9396 If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil, the type of selection is displayed in
|
|
|
9397 the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9398
|
|
|
9399 (autoload 'id-select-thing-with-mouse "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9400 Select a region based on the syntax of the character from a mouse click.
|
|
|
9401 If the click occurs at the same point as the last click, select
|
|
|
9402 the next larger syntactic structure. If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil,
|
|
|
9403 the type of selection is displayed in the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9404
|
|
|
9405 (autoload 'id-select-goto-matching-tag "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9406 If in a major mode listed in `id-select-markup-modes,' moves point to the start of the tag paired with the closest tag that point is within or precedes.
|
|
|
9407 Returns t if point is moved, else nil.
|
|
|
9408 Signals an error if no tag is found following point or if the closing tag
|
|
|
9409 does not have a `>' terminator character." t nil)
|
|
|
9410
|
|
|
9411 (autoload 'id-select-and-copy-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9412 Copy the region surrounding the syntactical unit at point." t nil)
|
|
|
9413
|
|
|
9414 (autoload 'id-select-and-kill-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9415 Kill the region surrounding the syntactical unit at point." t nil)
|
|
|
9416
|
|
|
9417 (autoload 'id-select-double-click-hook "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9418 Select a region based on the syntax of the character wherever the mouse is double-clicked.
|
|
|
9419 If the double-click occurs at the same point as the last double-click, select
|
|
|
9420 the next larger syntactic structure. If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil,
|
|
|
9421 the type of selection is displayed in the minibuffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
9422
|
|
|
9423 ;;;***
|
|
|
9424
|
|
|
9425 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "utils/loadhist.el")
|
|
|
9426
|
|
|
9427 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
|
|
|
9428 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
|
|
|
9429 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
|
|
|
9430 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
|
|
|
9431
|
|
|
9432 ;;;***
|
|
|
9433
|
|
|
9434 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "utils/mail-extr.el")
|
|
|
9435
|
|
|
9436 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
|
|
|
9437 Given an RFC-822 ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
|
|
|
9438 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
|
|
|
9439 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
|
|
|
9440 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
|
|
|
9441 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
|
|
|
9442 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
|
|
|
9443 consing a string.)
|
|
|
9444 If ADDRESS contains more than one RFC-822 address, only the first is
|
|
|
9445 returned. Some day this function may be extended to extract multiple
|
|
|
9446 addresses, or perhaps return the position at which parsing stopped." nil nil)
|
|
|
9447
|
|
|
9448 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
|
|
|
9449 Prompts for a mail domain, and prints the country it corresponds to
|
|
|
9450 in the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9451
|
|
|
9452 ;;;***
|
|
|
9453
|
|
|
9454 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "utils/mail-utils.el")
|
|
|
9455
|
|
|
9456 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
|
|
|
9457 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
|
|
|
9458 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
|
|
|
9459 often correct parser.")
|
|
|
9460
|
|
|
9461 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9462
|
|
|
9463 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
|
|
|
9464 Return the value of the header field FIELD-NAME.
|
|
|
9465 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the headers of the message.
|
|
|
9466 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last such field if there are several.
|
|
|
9467 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between." nil nil)
|
|
|
9468
|
|
|
9469 ;;;***
|
|
|
9470
|
|
|
9471 ;;;### (autoloads (read-passwd) "passwd" "utils/passwd.el")
|
|
|
9472
|
|
|
9473 (autoload 'read-passwd "passwd" "\
|
|
|
9474 Prompts for a password in the minibuffer, and returns it as a string.
|
|
|
9475 If PROMPT may be a prompt string or an alist of elements
|
|
|
9476 '(prompt . default).
|
|
|
9477 If optional arg CONFIRM is true, then ask the user to type the password
|
|
|
9478 again to confirm that they typed it correctly.
|
|
|
9479 If optional arg DEFAULT is provided, then it is a string to insert as
|
|
|
9480 the default choice (it is not, of course, displayed.)
|
|
|
9481
|
|
|
9482 If running under X, the keyboard will be grabbed (with XGrabKeyboard())
|
|
108
|
9483 to reduce the possibility that eavesdropping is occuring.
|
|
78
|
9484
|
|
|
9485 When reading a password, all keys self-insert, except for:
|
|
|
9486 \\<read-passwd-map>
|
|
|
9487 \\[read-passwd-erase-line] Erase the entire line.
|
|
|
9488 \\[quoted-insert] Insert the next character literally.
|
|
|
9489 \\[delete-backward-char] Delete the previous character.
|
|
|
9490 \\[exit-minibuffer] Accept what you have typed.
|
|
|
9491 \\[keyboard-quit] Abort the command.
|
|
|
9492
|
|
|
9493 The returned value is always a newly-created string. No additional copies
|
|
|
9494 of the password remain after this function has returned.
|
|
|
9495
|
|
|
9496 NOTE: unless great care is taken, the typed password will exist in plaintext
|
|
|
9497 form in the running image for an arbitrarily long time. Priveleged users may
|
|
|
9498 be able to extract it from memory. If emacs crashes, it may appear in the
|
|
|
9499 resultant core file.
|
|
|
9500
|
|
|
9501 Some steps you can take to prevent the password from being copied around:
|
|
|
9502
|
|
|
9503 - as soon as you are done with the returned string, destroy it with
|
|
|
9504 (fillarray string 0). The same goes for any default passwords
|
|
|
9505 or password histories.
|
|
|
9506
|
|
|
9507 - do not copy the string, as with concat or substring - if you do, be
|
|
|
9508 sure to keep track of and destroy all copies.
|
|
|
9509
|
|
|
9510 - do not insert the password into a buffer - if you do, be sure to
|
|
|
9511 overwrite the buffer text before killing it, as with the functions
|
|
|
9512 `passwd-erase-buffer' or `passwd-kill-buffer'. Note that deleting
|
|
|
9513 the text from the buffer does NOT necessarily remove the text from
|
|
|
9514 memory.
|
|
|
9515
|
|
|
9516 - be careful of the undo history - if you insert the password into a
|
|
|
9517 buffer which has undo recording turned on, the password will be
|
|
|
9518 copied onto the undo list, and thus recoverable.
|
|
|
9519
|
|
|
9520 - do not pass it as an argument to a shell command - anyone will be
|
|
|
9521 able to see it if they run `ps' at the right time.
|
|
|
9522
|
|
|
9523 Note that the password will be temporarily recoverable with the `view-lossage'
|
|
|
9524 command. This data will not be overwritten until another hundred or so
|
|
|
9525 characters are typed. There's not currently a way around this." nil nil)
|
|
|
9526
|
|
|
9527 ;;;***
|
|
|
9528
|
|
|
9529 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp" "utils/pp.el")
|
|
|
9530
|
|
|
9531 (defalias 'pprint 'pp)
|
|
|
9532
|
|
|
9533 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
|
|
|
9534 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
|
|
|
9535 Quoting characters are printed when needed to make output that `read'
|
|
|
9536 can handle, whenever this is possible.
|
|
|
9537 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
|
|
|
9538
|
|
|
9539 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
|
|
|
9540 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
|
|
|
9541 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
|
|
|
9542 instead. Value is also consed on to front of variable values 's
|
|
|
9543 value." t nil)
|
|
|
9544
|
|
|
9545 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
|
|
|
9546 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
|
|
|
9547 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
|
|
|
9548 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
|
|
|
9549
|
|
|
9550 ;;;***
|
|
|
9551
|
|
|
9552 ;;;### (autoloads (prettyexpand-all-sexp prettyexpand-sexp macroexpand-all-sexp macroexpand-sexp pp-plist pp-variable pp-function) "pretty-print" "utils/pretty-print.el")
|
|
|
9553
|
|
|
9554 (autoload 'pp-function "pretty-print" "\
|
|
108
|
9555 Pretty print the function definition of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9556
|
|
|
9557 (autoload 'pp-variable "pretty-print" "\
|
|
108
|
9558 Pretty print the variable value of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9559
|
|
|
9560 (autoload 'pp-plist "pretty-print" "\
|
|
108
|
9561 Pretty print the property list of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9562
|
|
|
9563 (autoload 'macroexpand-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9564 Macro expand the sexpression following point. Pretty print expansion in a
|
|
|
9565 temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the original
|
|
|
9566 sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9567
|
|
|
9568 (autoload 'macroexpand-all-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9569 Macro expand recursively the sexpression following point. Pretty print
|
|
|
9570 expansion in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the
|
|
|
9571 original sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9572
|
|
|
9573 (autoload 'prettyexpand-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9574 Macro expand the sexpression following point. Pretty print expansion
|
|
|
9575 in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the original
|
|
|
9576 sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer.
|
|
|
9577 However, calls to macros specified in the variable
|
|
|
9578 `pp-shadow-expansion-list' are not expanded, in order to make the code
|
|
|
9579 look nicer." t nil)
|
|
|
9580
|
|
|
9581 (autoload 'prettyexpand-all-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9582 Macro expand recursively the sexpression following point. Pretty print
|
|
|
9583 expansion in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the
|
|
|
9584 original sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer.
|
|
|
9585 However, calls to macros specified in the variable
|
|
|
9586 `pp-shadow-expansion-list' are not expanded, in order to make the code
|
|
|
9587 look nicer." t nil)
|
|
|
9588
|
|
|
9589 ;;;***
|
|
|
9590
|
|
|
9591 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "utils/reporter.el")
|
|
|
9592
|
|
|
9593 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9594
|
|
|
9595 ;;;***
|
|
|
9596
|
|
|
9597 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ringp) "ring" "utils/ring.el")
|
|
|
9598
|
|
|
9599 (autoload 'ringp "ring" "\
|
|
|
9600 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
|
|
|
9601
|
|
|
9602 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'ring-p 'ringp)
|
|
|
9603
|
|
|
9604 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
|
|
|
9605 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
|
|
|
9606
|
|
|
9607 ;;;***
|
|
|
9608
|
|
|
9609 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "utils/skeleton.el")
|
|
|
9610
|
|
|
9611 (defvar skeleton-filter 'identity "\
|
|
|
9612 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
|
|
|
9613
|
|
|
9614 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9615 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
|
|
|
9616 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
|
|
|
9617 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
|
|
|
9618 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9619
|
|
|
9620 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9621 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9622 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9623 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
|
|
|
9624 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
|
|
|
9625 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
|
|
|
9626 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
|
|
|
9627
|
|
|
9628 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
|
|
|
9629 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
|
|
|
9630 ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
9631
|
|
|
9632 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9633 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9634 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9635 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
|
|
|
9636 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
|
|
|
9637 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
|
|
|
9638 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
|
|
|
9639
|
|
|
9640 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
|
|
|
9641 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
|
|
|
9642 ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
9643
|
|
|
9644 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9645 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
|
|
|
9646
|
|
|
9647 With optional third REGIONS wrap first interesting point (`_') in skeleton
|
|
|
9648 around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. If REGIONS is negative,
|
|
|
9649 wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first REGIONS interesting positions
|
|
|
9650 \(successive `_'s) in skeleton. An interregion is the stretch of text between
|
|
|
9651 two contiguous marked points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor)
|
|
|
9652 in alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. But
|
|
|
9653 if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
|
|
|
9654
|
|
|
9655 Optional fourth STR is the value for the variable `str' within the skeleton.
|
|
|
9656 When this is non-`nil' the interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid
|
|
|
9657 skeleton element.
|
|
|
9658
|
|
|
9659 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
|
|
|
9660 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
|
|
|
9661
|
|
|
9662 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
|
|
|
9663 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
|
|
|
9664
|
|
|
9665 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
|
|
|
9666 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
|
|
|
9667 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
|
|
|
9668 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
|
|
|
9669 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
|
|
|
9670 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
|
|
|
9671 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
|
|
|
9672 nil skipped
|
|
|
9673
|
|
|
9674 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
|
|
|
9675 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
|
|
|
9676 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
|
|
|
9677 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
|
|
|
9678 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
|
|
|
9679 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
|
|
|
9680 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also a list of
|
|
|
9681 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
|
|
|
9682
|
|
|
9683 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated evaluated for their side-effect.
|
|
|
9684 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
|
|
|
9685 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
|
|
|
9686 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
|
|
|
9687 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
|
|
|
9688 available:
|
|
|
9689
|
|
|
9690 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
|
|
|
9691 then: insert previously read string once more
|
|
|
9692 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
|
|
|
9693 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
|
|
|
9694 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
|
|
|
9695
|
|
|
9696 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
|
|
|
9697 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
|
|
|
9698
|
|
|
9699 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9700 Insert the character you type ARG times.
|
|
|
9701
|
|
|
9702 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
|
|
|
9703 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
|
|
|
9704 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
|
|
|
9705 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
|
|
|
9706
|
|
|
9707 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
|
|
|
9708 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
|
|
|
9709 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
|
|
|
9710
|
|
|
9711 ;;;***
|
|
|
9712
|
|
100
|
9713 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "utils/speedbar.el")
|
|
|
9714
|
|
|
9715 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
|
|
|
9716 Enable or disable use of a speedbar. Positive number means turn
|
|
|
9717 on, negative turns speedbar off, and nil means toggle. Once the
|
|
|
9718 speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in `speedbar-mode' will be
|
|
|
9719 displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is supported at a time." t nil)
|
|
|
9720
|
|
|
9721 ;;;***
|
|
|
9722
|
|
86
|
9723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timezone" "utils/timezone.el")
|
|
|
9724
|
|
|
9725 (define-error 'invalid-date "Invalid date string")
|
|
|
9726
|
|
|
9727 ;;;***
|
|
|
9728
|
|
78
|
9729 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "utils/tq.el")
|
|
|
9730
|
|
|
9731 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
|
|
|
9732 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
|
|
|
9733 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
|
|
|
9734 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
|
|
|
9735 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
|
|
|
9736
|
|
|
9737 ;;;***
|
|
|
9738
|
|
|
9739 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function) "trace" "utils/trace.el")
|
|
|
9740
|
|
|
9741 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
|
|
|
9742 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
|
|
|
9743
|
|
|
9744 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
|
|
|
9745 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
|
|
|
9746 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
|
|
|
9747 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
|
|
|
9748 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
|
|
|
9749 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
|
|
|
9750 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
|
|
|
9751 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
|
|
|
9752
|
|
|
9753 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
|
|
|
9754 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
|
|
|
9755 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
|
|
|
9756 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
|
|
|
9757 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
|
|
|
9758 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
|
|
|
9759 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
|
|
|
9760
|
|
|
9761 ;;;***
|
|
|
9762
|
|
|
9763 ;;;### (autoloads (xbm-button-create) "xbm-button" "utils/xbm-button.el")
|
|
|
9764
|
|
|
9765 (autoload 'xbm-button-create "xbm-button" "\
|
|
|
9766 Returns a list of XBM image instantiators for a button displaying TEXT.
|
|
|
9767 The list is of the form
|
|
|
9768 (UP DOWN DISABLED)
|
|
|
9769 where UP, DOWN, and DISABLED are the up, down and disabled image
|
|
|
9770 instantiators for the button.
|
|
|
9771
|
|
|
9772 BORDER-THICKNESS specifies how many pixels should be used for the
|
|
|
9773 borders on the edges of the buttons. It should be a positive integer,
|
|
|
9774 or 0 to mean no border." nil nil)
|
|
|
9775
|
|
|
9776 ;;;***
|
|
|
9777
|
|
|
9778 ;;;### (autoloads (xpm-button-create) "xpm-button" "utils/xpm-button.el")
|
|
|
9779
|
|
|
9780 (autoload 'xpm-button-create "xpm-button" "\
|
|
|
9781 Returns a list of XPM image instantiators for a button displaying TEXT.
|
|
|
9782 The list is of the form
|
|
|
9783 (UP DOWN DISABLED)
|
|
|
9784 where UP, DOWN, and DISABLED are the up, down and disabled image
|
|
|
9785 instantiators for the button.
|
|
|
9786
|
|
|
9787 SHADOW-THICKNESS specifies how many pixels should be used for the
|
|
|
9788 shadows on the edges of the buttons. It should be a positive integer,
|
|
|
9789 or 0 to mean no shadows on the edges.
|
|
|
9790 FG-COLOR is the color used to display the text. It should be a string.
|
|
|
9791 BG-COLOR is the background color the text will be displayed upon.
|
|
|
9792 It should be a string." nil nil)
|
|
|
9793
|
|
|
9794 ;;;***
|
|
|
9795
|
|
|
9796 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode) "viper" "viper/viper.el")
|
|
|
9797
|
|
|
9798 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
|
|
|
9799 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
|
|
|
9800
|
|
|
9801 (defalias 'vip-mode 'viper-mode)
|
|
|
9802
|
|
|
9803 ;;;***
|
|
|
9804
|
|
|
9805 ;;;### (autoloads (vm-easy-menu-create-keymaps vm-easy-menu-define) "vm-easymenu" "vm/vm-easymenu.el")
|
|
|
9806
|
|
|
9807 (autoload 'vm-easy-menu-define "vm-easymenu" "\
|
|
|
9808 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
|
|
|
9809 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
|
|
|
9810 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
|
|
|
9811
|
|
|
9812 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
|
|
|
9813 The rest of the elements are menu items.
|
|
|
9814
|
|
|
9815 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
|
|
|
9816
|
|
|
9817 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
|
|
|
9818
|
|
|
9819 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
|
|
|
9820 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
|
|
|
9821
|
|
|
9822 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
9823 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9824
|
|
|
9825 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
|
|
|
9826
|
|
|
9827 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
|
|
|
9828
|
|
|
9829 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbol defined below.
|
|
|
9830
|
|
|
9831 :keys KEYS
|
|
|
9832
|
|
|
9833 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
|
|
|
9834 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
|
|
|
9835 computed automatically.
|
|
|
9836
|
|
|
9837 :active ENABLE
|
|
|
9838
|
|
|
9839 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
9840 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9841
|
|
|
9842 :suffix NAME
|
|
|
9843
|
|
|
9844 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
|
|
|
9845
|
|
|
9846 :style
|
|
|
9847
|
|
|
9848 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
|
|
|
9849 defined:
|
|
|
9850
|
|
|
9851 toggle: A checkbox.
|
|
|
9852 Currently just prepend the name with the string \"Toggle \".
|
|
|
9853 radio: A radio button.
|
|
|
9854 nil: An ordinary menu item.
|
|
|
9855
|
|
|
9856 :selected SELECTED
|
|
|
9857
|
|
|
9858 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
|
|
|
9859 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9860 Currently just disable radio buttons, no effect on checkboxes.
|
|
|
9861
|
|
|
9862 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
|
|
|
9863 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
|
|
|
9864 as a solid horizontal line.
|
|
|
9865
|
|
|
9866 A menu item can be a list. It is treated as a submenu.
|
|
|
9867 The first element should be the submenu name. That's used as the
|
|
|
9868 menu item in the top-level menu. The cdr of the submenu list
|
|
|
9869 is a list of menu items, as above." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9870
|
|
|
9871 (autoload 'vm-easy-menu-create-keymaps "vm-easymenu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9872
|
|
|
9873 ;;;***
|
|
|
9874
|
|
118
|
9875 ;;;### (autoloads (x-font-build-cache font-default-size-for-device font-default-encoding-for-device font-default-registry-for-device font-default-family-for-device font-default-object-for-device font-default-font-for-device font-create-object) "font" "w3/font.el")
|
|
108
|
9876
|
|
|
9877 (autoload 'font-create-object "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9878
|
|
|
9879 (autoload 'font-default-font-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9880
|
|
|
9881 (autoload 'font-default-object-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9882
|
|
|
9883 (autoload 'font-default-family-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9884
|
|
118
|
9885 (autoload 'font-default-registry-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9886
|
|
|
9887 (autoload 'font-default-encoding-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9888
|
|
108
|
9889 (autoload 'font-default-size-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9890
|
|
|
9891 (autoload 'x-font-build-cache "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9892
|
|
|
9893 ;;;***
|
|
|
9894
|
|
|
9895 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "w3/url-cache.el")
|
|
102
|
9896
|
|
|
9897 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
|
|
|
9898 Store buffer BUFF in the cache" nil nil)
|
|
|
9899
|
|
|
9900 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
|
|
|
9901 Return non-nil if the URL is cached." nil nil)
|
|
|
9902
|
|
108
|
9903 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
|
|
102
|
9904 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache" nil nil)
|
|
|
9905
|
|
|
9906 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
|
|
|
9907 Return t iff a cached file has expired." nil nil)
|
|
|
9908
|
|
|
9909 ;;;***
|
|
|
9910
|
|
118
|
9911 ;;;### (autoloads (url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "w3/url-gw.el")
|
|
|
9912
|
|
|
9913 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
|
|
|
9914 Attempt to resolve the given HOSTNAME using nslookup if possible." t nil)
|
|
|
9915
|
|
|
9916 ;;;***
|
|
|
9917
|
|
102
|
9918 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve url-popup-info url-get-url-at-point url-buffer-visiting url-normalize-url url-file-attributes) "url" "w3/url.el")
|
|
80
|
9919
|
|
|
9920 (autoload 'url-file-attributes "url" "\
|
|
|
9921 Return a list of attributes of URL.
|
|
|
9922 Value is nil if specified file cannot be opened.
|
|
|
9923 Otherwise, list elements are:
|
|
|
9924 0. t for directory, string (name linked to) for symbolic link, or nil.
|
|
|
9925 1. Number of links to file.
|
|
|
9926 2. File uid.
|
|
|
9927 3. File gid.
|
|
|
9928 4. Last access time, as a list of two integers.
|
|
|
9929 First integer has high-order 16 bits of time, second has low 16 bits.
|
|
|
9930 5. Last modification time, likewise.
|
|
|
9931 6. Last status change time, likewise.
|
|
|
9932 7. Size in bytes. (-1, if number is out of range).
|
|
|
9933 8. File modes, as a string of ten letters or dashes as in ls -l.
|
|
|
9934 If URL is on an http server, this will return the content-type if possible.
|
|
|
9935 9. t iff file's gid would change if file were deleted and recreated.
|
|
|
9936 10. inode number.
|
|
|
9937 11. Device number.
|
|
|
9938
|
|
|
9939 If file does not exist, returns nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
9940
|
|
|
9941 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url" "\
|
|
|
9942 Return a 'normalized' version of URL. This strips out default port
|
|
|
9943 numbers, etc." nil nil)
|
|
|
9944
|
|
|
9945 (autoload 'url-buffer-visiting "url" "\
|
|
|
9946 Return the name of a buffer (if any) that is visiting URL." nil nil)
|
|
|
9947
|
|
|
9948 (autoload 'url-get-url-at-point "url" "\
|
|
|
9949 Get the URL closest to point, but don't change your
|
|
|
9950 position. Has a preference for looking backward when not
|
|
|
9951 directly on a symbol." nil nil)
|
|
|
9952
|
|
|
9953 (autoload 'url-popup-info "url" "\
|
|
|
9954 Retrieve the HTTP/1.0 headers and display them in a temp buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
9955
|
|
|
9956 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
|
|
|
9957 Retrieve a document over the World Wide Web.
|
|
|
9958 The document should be specified by its fully specified
|
|
|
9959 Uniform Resource Locator. No parsing is done, just return the
|
|
|
9960 document as the server sent it. The document is left in the
|
|
|
9961 buffer specified by url-working-buffer. url-working-buffer is killed
|
|
|
9962 immediately before starting the transfer, so that no buffer-local
|
|
|
9963 variables interfere with the retrieval. HTTP/1.0 redirection will
|
|
|
9964 be honored before this function exits." nil nil)
|
|
|
9965
|
|
|
9966 ;;;***
|
|
|
9967
|
|
78
|
9968 ;;;### (autoloads (w3-use-hotlist) "w3-hot" "w3/w3-hot.el")
|
|
|
9969
|
|
|
9970 (autoload 'w3-use-hotlist "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9971 Possibly go to a link in your W3/Mosaic hotlist.
|
|
|
9972 This is part of the emacs World Wide Web browser. It will prompt for
|
|
|
9973 one of the items in your 'hotlist'. A hotlist is a list of often
|
|
|
9974 visited or interesting items you have found on the World Wide Web." t nil)
|
|
|
9975
|
|
|
9976 ;;;***
|
|
|
9977
|
|
102
|
9978 ;;;### (autoloads (w3-follow-link w3-follow-link-other-frame w3-do-setup w3 w3-preview-this-buffer w3-follow-url-at-point w3-follow-url-at-point-other-frame w3-maybe-follow-link w3-maybe-follow-link-mouse w3-fetch w3-fetch-other-frame w3-find-file w3-open-local) "w3" "w3/w3.el")
|
|
78
|
9979
|
|
|
9980 (autoload 'w3-open-local "w3" "\
|
|
|
9981 Find a local file, and interpret it as a hypertext document.
|
|
|
9982 It will prompt for an existing file or directory, and retrieve it as a
|
|
98
|
9983 hypertext document." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9984
|
|
|
9985 (autoload 'w3-find-file "w3" "\
|
|
|
9986 Find a local file, and interpret it as a hypertext document.
|
|
|
9987 It will prompt for an existing file or directory, and retrieve it as a
|
|
98
|
9988 hypertext document." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9989
|
|
|
9990 (autoload 'w3-fetch-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9991 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point in a new frame.
|
|
|
9992 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9993 to disk." t nil)
|
|
|
9994
|
|
|
9995 (autoload 'w3-fetch "w3" "\
|
|
|
9996 Retrieve a document over the World Wide Web.
|
|
82
|
9997 Defaults to URL of the current document, if any.
|
|
|
9998 With prefix argument, use the URL of the hyperlink under point instead." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9999
|
|
|
10000 (autoload 'w3-maybe-follow-link-mouse "w3" "\
|
|
|
10001 Maybe follow a hypertext link under point.
|
|
|
10002 If there is no link under point, this will try using
|
|
|
10003 url-get-url-at-point" t nil)
|
|
|
10004
|
|
|
10005 (autoload 'w3-maybe-follow-link "w3" "\
|
|
|
10006 Maybe follow a hypertext link under point.
|
|
|
10007 If there is no link under point, this will try using
|
|
|
10008 url-get-url-at-point" t nil)
|
|
|
10009
|
|
|
10010 (autoload 'w3-follow-url-at-point-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
10011 Follow the URL under PT, defaults to link under (point)" t nil)
|
|
|
10012
|
|
|
10013 (autoload 'w3-follow-url-at-point "w3" "\
|
|
|
10014 Follow the URL under PT, defaults to link under (point)" t nil)
|
|
|
10015
|
|
|
10016 (autoload 'w3-preview-this-buffer "w3" "\
|
|
|
10017 See what this buffer will look like when its formatted as HTML.
|
|
|
10018 HTML is the HyperText Markup Language used by the World Wide Web to
|
|
|
10019 specify formatting for text. More information on HTML can be found at
|
|
|
10020 ftp.w3.org:/pub/www/doc." t nil)
|
|
|
10021
|
|
|
10022 (autoload 'w3 "w3" "\
|
|
|
10023 Retrieve the default World Wide Web home page.
|
|
|
10024 The World Wide Web is a global hypertext system started by CERN in
|
|
|
10025 Switzerland in 1991.
|
|
|
10026
|
|
|
10027 The home page is specified by the variable w3-default-homepage. The
|
|
|
10028 document should be specified by its fully specified Uniform Resource
|
|
|
10029 Locator. The document will be parsed as HTML (if appropriate) and
|
|
|
10030 displayed in a new buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
10031
|
|
|
10032 (autoload 'w3-do-setup "w3" "\
|
|
|
10033 Do setup - this is to avoid conflict with user settings when W3 is
|
|
|
10034 dumped with emacs." nil nil)
|
|
|
10035
|
|
|
10036 (autoload 'w3-follow-link-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
10037 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point in a new frame.
|
|
|
10038 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
10039 to disk." nil nil)
|
|
|
10040
|
|
|
10041 (autoload 'w3-follow-link "w3" "\
|
|
|
10042 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point.
|
|
|
10043 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
10044 to disk." t nil)
|
|
|
10045
|
|
|
10046 ;;;***
|
|
|
10047
|
|
|
10048 ;;;### (autoloads (font-menu-weight-constructor font-menu-size-constructor font-menu-family-constructor reset-device-font-menus) "x-font-menu" "x11/x-font-menu.el")
|
|
|
10049
|
|
|
10050 (defvar font-menu-ignore-scaled-fonts t "\
|
|
|
10051 *If non-nil, then the font menu will try to show only bitmap fonts.")
|
|
|
10052
|
|
|
10053 (defvar font-menu-this-frame-only-p nil "\
|
|
|
10054 *If non-nil, then changing the default font from the font menu will only
|
|
|
10055 affect one frame instead of all frames.")
|
|
|
10056
|
|
|
10057 (fset 'install-font-menus 'reset-device-font-menus)
|
|
|
10058
|
|
|
10059 (autoload 'reset-device-font-menus "x-font-menu" "\
|
|
|
10060 Generates the `Font', `Size', and `Weight' submenus for the Options menu.
|
|
|
10061 This is run the first time that a font-menu is needed for each device.
|
|
|
10062 If you don't like the lazy invocation of this function, you can add it to
|
|
|
10063 `create-device-hook' and that will make the font menus respond more quickly
|
|
|
10064 when they are selected for the first time. If you add fonts to your system,
|
|
|
10065 or if you change your font path, you can call this to re-initialize the menus." nil nil)
|
|
|
10066
|
|
|
10067 (autoload 'font-menu-family-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
10068
|
|
|
10069 (autoload 'font-menu-size-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
10070
|
|
|
10071 (autoload 'font-menu-weight-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
10072
|
|
|
10073 ;;;***
|
